git subrepo clone --branch=sono6good https://github.com/essej/JUCE.git deps/juce

subrepo:
  subdir:   "deps/juce"
  merged:   "b13f9084e"
upstream:
  origin:   "https://github.com/essej/JUCE.git"
  branch:   "sono6good"
  commit:   "b13f9084e"
git-subrepo:
  version:  "0.4.3"
  origin:   "https://github.com/ingydotnet/git-subrepo.git"
  commit:   "2f68596"
This commit is contained in:
essej
2022-04-18 17:51:22 -04:00
parent 63e175fee6
commit 25bd5d8adb
3210 changed files with 1045392 additions and 0 deletions

View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
/*
==============================================================================
This file is part of the JUCE library.
Copyright (c) 2020 - Raw Material Software Limited
JUCE is an open source library subject to commercial or open-source
licensing.
By using JUCE, you agree to the terms of both the JUCE 6 End-User License
Agreement and JUCE Privacy Policy (both effective as of the 16th June 2020).
End User License Agreement: www.juce.com/juce-6-licence
Privacy Policy: www.juce.com/juce-privacy-policy
Or: You may also use this code under the terms of the GPL v3 (see
www.gnu.org/licenses).
JUCE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, AND ALL WARRANTIES, WHETHER
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED.
==============================================================================
*/
namespace juce
{
AudioPluginFormat::AudioPluginFormat() {}
AudioPluginFormat::~AudioPluginFormat() {}
std::unique_ptr<AudioPluginInstance> AudioPluginFormat::createInstanceFromDescription (const PluginDescription& desc,
double initialSampleRate,
int initialBufferSize)
{
String errorMessage;
return createInstanceFromDescription (desc, initialSampleRate, initialBufferSize, errorMessage);
}
std::unique_ptr<AudioPluginInstance> AudioPluginFormat::createInstanceFromDescription (const PluginDescription& desc,
double initialSampleRate,
int initialBufferSize,
String& errorMessage)
{
if (MessageManager::getInstance()->isThisTheMessageThread()
&& requiresUnblockedMessageThreadDuringCreation (desc))
{
errorMessage = NEEDS_TRANS ("This plug-in cannot be instantiated synchronously");
return {};
}
WaitableEvent finishedSignal;
std::unique_ptr<AudioPluginInstance> instance;
auto callback = [&] (std::unique_ptr<AudioPluginInstance> p, const String& error)
{
errorMessage = error;
instance = std::move (p);
finishedSignal.signal();
};
if (! MessageManager::getInstance()->isThisTheMessageThread())
createPluginInstanceAsync (desc, initialSampleRate, initialBufferSize, std::move (callback));
else
createPluginInstance (desc, initialSampleRate, initialBufferSize, std::move (callback));
finishedSignal.wait();
return instance;
}
struct AudioPluginFormat::AsyncCreateMessage : public Message
{
AsyncCreateMessage (const PluginDescription& d, double sr, int size, PluginCreationCallback call)
: desc (d), sampleRate (sr), bufferSize (size), callbackToUse (std::move (call))
{
}
PluginDescription desc;
double sampleRate;
int bufferSize;
PluginCreationCallback callbackToUse;
};
void AudioPluginFormat::createPluginInstanceAsync (const PluginDescription& description,
double initialSampleRate, int initialBufferSize,
PluginCreationCallback callback)
{
jassert (callback != nullptr);
postMessage (new AsyncCreateMessage (description, initialSampleRate, initialBufferSize, std::move (callback)));
}
void AudioPluginFormat::handleMessage (const Message& message)
{
if (auto m = dynamic_cast<const AsyncCreateMessage*> (&message))
createPluginInstance (m->desc, m->sampleRate, m->bufferSize, std::move (m->callbackToUse));
}
} // namespace juce

View File

@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
/*
==============================================================================
This file is part of the JUCE library.
Copyright (c) 2020 - Raw Material Software Limited
JUCE is an open source library subject to commercial or open-source
licensing.
By using JUCE, you agree to the terms of both the JUCE 6 End-User License
Agreement and JUCE Privacy Policy (both effective as of the 16th June 2020).
End User License Agreement: www.juce.com/juce-6-licence
Privacy Policy: www.juce.com/juce-privacy-policy
Or: You may also use this code under the terms of the GPL v3 (see
www.gnu.org/licenses).
JUCE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, AND ALL WARRANTIES, WHETHER
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED.
==============================================================================
*/
namespace juce
{
//==============================================================================
/**
The base class for a type of plugin format, such as VST, AudioUnit, LADSPA, etc.
@see AudioPluginFormatManager
@tags{Audio}
*/
class JUCE_API AudioPluginFormat : private MessageListener
{
public:
/** Destructor. */
~AudioPluginFormat() override;
//==============================================================================
/** Returns the format name.
E.g. "VST", "AudioUnit", etc.
*/
virtual String getName() const = 0;
/** This tries to create descriptions for all the plugin types available in
a binary module file.
The file will be some kind of DLL or bundle.
Normally there will only be one type returned, but some plugins
(e.g. VST shells) can use a single DLL to create a set of different plugin
subtypes, so in that case, each subtype is returned as a separate object.
*/
virtual void findAllTypesForFile (OwnedArray<PluginDescription>& results,
const String& fileOrIdentifier) = 0;
/** Tries to recreate a type from a previously generated PluginDescription.
@see AudioPluginFormatManager::createInstance
*/
std::unique_ptr<AudioPluginInstance> createInstanceFromDescription (const PluginDescription&,
double initialSampleRate,
int initialBufferSize);
/** Same as above but with the possibility of returning an error message.
@see AudioPluginFormatManager::createInstance
*/
std::unique_ptr<AudioPluginInstance> createInstanceFromDescription (const PluginDescription&,
double initialSampleRate,
int initialBufferSize,
String& errorMessage);
/** A callback lambda that is passed to createPluginInstanceAsync() */
using PluginCreationCallback = std::function<void (std::unique_ptr<AudioPluginInstance>, const String&)>;
/** Tries to recreate a type from a previously generated PluginDescription.
When the plugin has been created, it will be passed to the caller via an
asynchronous call to the PluginCreationCallback lambda that was provided.
@see AudioPluginFormatManager::createPluginInstanceAsync
*/
void createPluginInstanceAsync (const PluginDescription& description,
double initialSampleRate,
int initialBufferSize,
PluginCreationCallback);
/** Should do a quick check to see if this file or directory might be a plugin of
this format.
This is for searching for potential files, so it shouldn't actually try to
load the plugin or do anything time-consuming.
*/
virtual bool fileMightContainThisPluginType (const String& fileOrIdentifier) = 0;
/** Returns a readable version of the name of the plugin that this identifier refers to. */
virtual String getNameOfPluginFromIdentifier (const String& fileOrIdentifier) = 0;
/** Returns true if this plugin's version or date has changed and it should be re-checked. */
virtual bool pluginNeedsRescanning (const PluginDescription&) = 0;
/** Checks whether this plugin could possibly be loaded.
It doesn't actually need to load it, just to check whether the file or component
still exists.
*/
virtual bool doesPluginStillExist (const PluginDescription&) = 0;
/** Returns true if this format needs to run a scan to find its list of plugins. */
virtual bool canScanForPlugins() const = 0;
/** Should return true if this format is both safe and quick to scan - i.e. if a file
can be scanned within a few milliseconds on a background thread, without actually
needing to load an executable.
*/
virtual bool isTrivialToScan() const = 0;
/** Searches a suggested set of directories for any plugins in this format.
The path might be ignored, e.g. by AUs, which are found by the OS rather
than manually.
@param directoriesToSearch This specifies which directories shall be
searched for plug-ins.
@param recursive Should the search recursively traverse folders.
@param allowPluginsWhichRequireAsynchronousInstantiation
If this is false then plug-ins which require
asynchronous creation will be excluded.
*/
virtual StringArray searchPathsForPlugins (const FileSearchPath& directoriesToSearch,
bool recursive,
bool allowPluginsWhichRequireAsynchronousInstantiation = false) = 0;
/** Returns the typical places to look for this kind of plugin.
Note that if this returns no paths, it means that the format doesn't search in
files or folders, e.g. AudioUnits.
*/
virtual FileSearchPath getDefaultLocationsToSearch() = 0;
protected:
//==============================================================================
friend class AudioPluginFormatManager;
AudioPluginFormat();
/** Implementors must override this function. This is guaranteed to be called on
the message thread. You may call the callback on any thread.
*/
virtual void createPluginInstance (const PluginDescription&, double initialSampleRate,
int initialBufferSize, PluginCreationCallback) = 0;
/** Returns true if instantiation of this plugin type must be done from a non-message thread. */
virtual bool requiresUnblockedMessageThreadDuringCreation (const PluginDescription&) const = 0;
private:
struct AsyncCreateMessage;
void handleMessage (const Message&) override;
JUCE_DECLARE_NON_COPYABLE_WITH_LEAK_DETECTOR (AudioPluginFormat)
};
} // namespace juce

View File

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/*
==============================================================================
This file is part of the JUCE library.
Copyright (c) 2020 - Raw Material Software Limited
JUCE is an open source library subject to commercial or open-source
licensing.
By using JUCE, you agree to the terms of both the JUCE 6 End-User License
Agreement and JUCE Privacy Policy (both effective as of the 16th June 2020).
End User License Agreement: www.juce.com/juce-6-licence
Privacy Policy: www.juce.com/juce-privacy-policy
Or: You may also use this code under the terms of the GPL v3 (see
www.gnu.org/licenses).
JUCE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, AND ALL WARRANTIES, WHETHER
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED.
==============================================================================
*/
namespace juce
{
AudioPluginFormatManager::AudioPluginFormatManager() {}
AudioPluginFormatManager::~AudioPluginFormatManager() {}
//==============================================================================
void AudioPluginFormatManager::addDefaultFormats()
{
#if JUCE_DEBUG
// you should only call this method once!
for (auto* format : formats)
{
ignoreUnused (format);
#if JUCE_PLUGINHOST_VST && (JUCE_MAC || JUCE_WINDOWS || JUCE_LINUX || JUCE_BSD || JUCE_IOS)
jassert (dynamic_cast<VSTPluginFormat*> (format) == nullptr);
#endif
#if JUCE_PLUGINHOST_VST3 && (JUCE_MAC || JUCE_WINDOWS || JUCE_LINUX || JUCE_BSD)
jassert (dynamic_cast<VST3PluginFormat*> (format) == nullptr);
#endif
#if JUCE_PLUGINHOST_AU && (JUCE_MAC || JUCE_IOS)
jassert (dynamic_cast<AudioUnitPluginFormat*> (format) == nullptr);
#endif
#if JUCE_PLUGINHOST_LADSPA && (JUCE_LINUX || JUCE_BSD)
jassert (dynamic_cast<LADSPAPluginFormat*> (format) == nullptr);
#endif
}
#endif
#if JUCE_PLUGINHOST_AU && (JUCE_MAC || JUCE_IOS)
formats.add (new AudioUnitPluginFormat());
#endif
#if JUCE_PLUGINHOST_VST && (JUCE_MAC || JUCE_WINDOWS || JUCE_LINUX || JUCE_BSD || JUCE_IOS)
formats.add (new VSTPluginFormat());
#endif
#if JUCE_PLUGINHOST_VST3 && (JUCE_MAC || JUCE_WINDOWS || JUCE_LINUX || JUCE_BSD)
formats.add (new VST3PluginFormat());
#endif
#if JUCE_PLUGINHOST_LADSPA && (JUCE_LINUX || JUCE_BSD)
formats.add (new LADSPAPluginFormat());
#endif
}
int AudioPluginFormatManager::getNumFormats() const { return formats.size(); }
AudioPluginFormat* AudioPluginFormatManager::getFormat (int index) const { return formats[index]; }
Array<AudioPluginFormat*> AudioPluginFormatManager::getFormats() const
{
Array<AudioPluginFormat*> a;
a.addArray (formats);
return a;
}
void AudioPluginFormatManager::addFormat (AudioPluginFormat* format)
{
formats.add (format);
}
std::unique_ptr<AudioPluginInstance> AudioPluginFormatManager::createPluginInstance (const PluginDescription& description,
double rate, int blockSize,
String& errorMessage) const
{
if (auto* format = findFormatForDescription (description, errorMessage))
return format->createInstanceFromDescription (description, rate, blockSize, errorMessage);
return {};
}
void AudioPluginFormatManager::createPluginInstanceAsync (const PluginDescription& description,
double initialSampleRate, int initialBufferSize,
AudioPluginFormat::PluginCreationCallback callback)
{
String error;
if (auto* format = findFormatForDescription (description, error))
return format->createPluginInstanceAsync (description, initialSampleRate, initialBufferSize, std::move (callback));
struct DeliverError : public CallbackMessage
{
DeliverError (AudioPluginFormat::PluginCreationCallback c, const String& e)
: call (std::move (c)), error (e)
{
post();
}
void messageCallback() override { call (nullptr, error); }
AudioPluginFormat::PluginCreationCallback call;
String error;
};
new DeliverError (std::move (callback), error);
}
AudioPluginFormat* AudioPluginFormatManager::findFormatForDescription (const PluginDescription& description,
String& errorMessage) const
{
errorMessage = {};
for (auto* format : formats)
if (format->getName() == description.pluginFormatName
&& format->fileMightContainThisPluginType (description.fileOrIdentifier))
return format;
errorMessage = NEEDS_TRANS ("No compatible plug-in format exists for this plug-in");
return {};
}
bool AudioPluginFormatManager::doesPluginStillExist (const PluginDescription& description) const
{
for (auto* format : formats)
if (format->getName() == description.pluginFormatName)
return format->doesPluginStillExist (description);
return false;
}
} // namespace juce

View File

@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
/*
==============================================================================
This file is part of the JUCE library.
Copyright (c) 2020 - Raw Material Software Limited
JUCE is an open source library subject to commercial or open-source
licensing.
By using JUCE, you agree to the terms of both the JUCE 6 End-User License
Agreement and JUCE Privacy Policy (both effective as of the 16th June 2020).
End User License Agreement: www.juce.com/juce-6-licence
Privacy Policy: www.juce.com/juce-privacy-policy
Or: You may also use this code under the terms of the GPL v3 (see
www.gnu.org/licenses).
JUCE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, AND ALL WARRANTIES, WHETHER
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED.
==============================================================================
*/
namespace juce
{
//==============================================================================
/**
This maintains a list of known AudioPluginFormats.
@see AudioPluginFormat
@tags{Audio}
*/
class JUCE_API AudioPluginFormatManager
{
public:
//==============================================================================
AudioPluginFormatManager();
/** Destructor. */
~AudioPluginFormatManager();
//==============================================================================
/** Adds the set of available standard formats, e.g. VST. */
void addDefaultFormats();
//==============================================================================
/** Returns the number of types of format that are available.
Use getFormat() to get one of them.
*/
int getNumFormats() const;
/** Returns one of the available formats.
@see getNumFormats
*/
AudioPluginFormat* getFormat (int index) const;
/** Returns a list of all the registered formats. */
Array<AudioPluginFormat*> getFormats() const;
//==============================================================================
/** Adds a format to the list.
The object passed in will be owned and deleted by the manager.
*/
void addFormat (AudioPluginFormat*);
//==============================================================================
/** Tries to load the type for this description, by trying all the formats
that this manager knows about.
If it can't load the plugin, it returns nullptr and leaves a message in the
errorMessage string.
If you intend to instantiate a AudioUnit v3 plug-in then you must either
use the non-blocking asynchronous version below - or call this method from a
thread other than the message thread and without blocking the message
thread.
*/
std::unique_ptr<AudioPluginInstance> createPluginInstance (const PluginDescription& description,
double initialSampleRate, int initialBufferSize,
String& errorMessage) const;
/** Tries to asynchronously load the type for this description, by trying
all the formats that this manager knows about.
The caller must supply a callback object which will be called when
the instantiation has completed.
If it can't load the plugin then the callback function will be called
passing a nullptr as the instance argument along with an error message.
The callback function will be called on the message thread so the caller
must not block the message thread.
The callback object will be deleted automatically after it has been
invoked.
The caller is responsible for deleting the instance that is passed to
the callback function.
If you intend to instantiate a AudioUnit v3 plug-in then you must use
this non-blocking asynchronous version - or call the synchronous method
from an auxiliary thread.
*/
void createPluginInstanceAsync (const PluginDescription& description,
double initialSampleRate, int initialBufferSize,
AudioPluginFormat::PluginCreationCallback callback);
/** Checks that the file or component for this plugin actually still exists.
(This won't try to load the plugin)
*/
bool doesPluginStillExist (const PluginDescription&) const;
private:
//==============================================================================
AudioPluginFormat* findFormatForDescription (const PluginDescription&, String& errorMessage) const;
OwnedArray<AudioPluginFormat> formats;
JUCE_DECLARE_NON_COPYABLE_WITH_LEAK_DETECTOR (AudioPluginFormatManager)
};
} // namespace juce

View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
This list details modifications made to the VST3 SDK in order to facilitate
inclusion in JUCE.
- `#warning` directives were removed from fstring.cpp, as these cannot be
silenced with a `pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcpp"` when building with
g++.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
This license applies only to files referencing this license,
for other files of the Software Development Kit the respective embedded license text
is applicable. The license can be found at: www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses_vst3
This Software Development Kit is licensed under the terms of the Steinberg VST3 License,
or alternatively under the terms of the General Public License (GPL) Version 3.
You may use the Software Development Kit according to either of these licenses as it is
most appropriate for your project on a case-by-case basis (commercial or not).
a) Proprietary Steinberg VST3 License
The Software Development Kit may not be distributed in parts or its entirety
without prior written agreement by Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH.
The SDK must not be used to re-engineer or manipulate any technology used
in any Steinberg or Third-party application or software module,
unless permitted by law.
Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
software without specific prior written permission.
Before publishing a software under the proprietary license, you need to obtain a copy
of the License Agreement signed by Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH.
The Steinberg VST SDK License Agreement can be found at:
www.steinberg.net/en/company/developers.html
THE SDK IS PROVIDED BY STEINBERG MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES GMBH "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL STEINBERG MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES GMBH BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
b) General Public License (GPL) Version 3
Details of these licenses can be found at: www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.html
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
# Welcome to VST 3 SDK Interfaces
Here are located all VST interfaces definitions (including VST Component/Controller, UI, Test).
## License & Usage guidelines
More details are found at [www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses_vst3](http://www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses_vst3)
----
Return to [VST 3 SDK](https://github.com/steinbergmedia/vst3sdk)

View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
# Welcome to VST SDK 3 base
Here you can find some helper classes useful for developing VST3 Plug-Ins.
## License & Usage guidelines
More details are found at [www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses_vst3](http://www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses_vst3)
----
Return to [VST 3 SDK](https://github.com/steinbergmedia/vst3sdk)

View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/baseidds.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2008
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/istringresult.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ipersistent.h"
namespace Steinberg {
DEF_CLASS_IID (IString)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IStringResult)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPersistent)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IAttributes)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IAttributes2)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/classfactoryhelpers.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 03/2017
// Description : Class factory
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Helper Macros. Not intended for direct use.
// Use:
// META_CLASS(className),
// META_CLASS_IFACE(className,Interface),
// META_CLASS_SINGLE(className,Interface)
// instead.
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define META_CREATE_FUNC(funcName) static FUnknown* funcName ()
#define CLASS_CREATE_FUNC(className) \
namespace Meta { \
META_CREATE_FUNC (make##className) { return (NEW className)->unknownCast (); } \
}
#define SINGLE_CREATE_FUNC(className) \
namespace Meta { \
META_CREATE_FUNC (make##className) { return className::instance ()->unknownCast (); } \
}
#define _META_CLASS(className) \
namespace Meta { \
static Steinberg::MetaClass meta##className ((#className), Meta::make##className); \
}
#define _META_CLASS_IFACE(className, Interface) \
namespace Meta { \
static Steinberg::MetaClass meta##Interface##className ((#className), Meta::make##className, \
Interface##_iid); \
}
/** TODO
*/
#define META_CLASS(className) \
CLASS_CREATE_FUNC (className) \
_META_CLASS (className)
/** TODO
*/
#define META_CLASS_IFACE(className, Interface) \
CLASS_CREATE_FUNC (className) \
_META_CLASS_IFACE (className, Interface)
/** TODO
*/
#define META_CLASS_SINGLE(className, Interface) \
SINGLE_CREATE_FUNC (className) \
_META_CLASS_IFACE (className, Interface)

View File

@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/fbuffer.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 2008
// Description :
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "base/source/fbuffer.h"
#include "base/source/fstring.h"
#include <cstdlib>
namespace Steinberg {
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buffer::Buffer ()
: buffer (nullptr)
, memSize (0)
, fillSize (0)
, delta (defaultDelta)
{}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buffer::Buffer (uint32 s, uint8 initVal)
: buffer (nullptr)
, memSize (s)
, fillSize (0)
, delta (defaultDelta)
{
if (memSize == 0)
return;
buffer = (int8*)::malloc (memSize);
if (buffer)
memset (buffer, initVal, memSize);
else
memSize = 0;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buffer::Buffer (uint32 s)
: buffer (nullptr)
, memSize (s)
, fillSize (0)
, delta (defaultDelta)
{
if (memSize == 0)
return;
buffer = (int8*)::malloc (memSize);
if (!buffer)
memSize = 0;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buffer::Buffer (const void* b , uint32 s)
: buffer (nullptr)
, memSize (s)
, fillSize (s)
, delta (defaultDelta)
{
if (memSize == 0)
return;
buffer = (int8*)::malloc (memSize);
if (buffer)
memcpy (buffer, b, memSize);
else
{
memSize = 0;
fillSize = 0;
}
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buffer::Buffer (const Buffer& bufferR)
: buffer (nullptr)
, memSize (bufferR.memSize)
, fillSize (bufferR.fillSize)
, delta (bufferR.delta)
{
if (memSize == 0)
return;
buffer = (int8*)::malloc (memSize);
if (buffer)
memcpy (buffer, bufferR.buffer, memSize);
else
memSize = 0;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buffer::~Buffer ()
{
if (buffer)
::free (buffer);
buffer = nullptr;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void Buffer::operator = (const Buffer& b2)
{
if (&b2 != this)
{
setSize (b2.memSize);
if (b2.memSize > 0 && buffer)
memcpy (buffer, b2.buffer, b2.memSize);
fillSize = b2.fillSize;
delta = b2.delta;
}
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::operator == (const Buffer& b2)const
{
if (&b2 == this)
return true;
if (b2.getSize () != getSize ())
return false;
return memcmp (this->int8Ptr (), b2.int8Ptr (), getSize ()) == 0 ? true : false;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 Buffer::get (void* b, uint32 size)
{
uint32 maxGet = memSize - fillSize;
if (size > maxGet)
size = maxGet;
if (size > 0)
memcpy (b, buffer + fillSize, size);
fillSize += size;
return size;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::put (char16 c)
{
return put ((const void*)&c, sizeof (c));
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::put (uint8 byte)
{
if (grow (fillSize + 1) == false)
return false;
buffer [fillSize++] = byte;
return true;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::put (char c)
{
if (grow (fillSize + 1) == false)
return false;
buffer [fillSize++] = c;
return true;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::put (const void* toPut, uint32 s)
{
if (!toPut)
return false;
if (grow (fillSize + s) == false)
return false;
memcpy (buffer + fillSize, toPut, s);
fillSize += s;
return true;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::put (const String& str)
{
return put ((const void*)str.text () , (str.length () + 1) * sizeof (tchar));
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::appendString8 (const char8* s)
{
if (!s)
return false;
uint32 len = (uint32) strlen (s);
return put (s, len);
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::appendString16 (const char16* s)
{
if (!s)
return false;
ConstString str (s);
uint32 len = (uint32) str.length () * sizeof (char16);
return put (s, len);
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::prependString8 (const char8* s)
{
if (!s)
return false;
uint32 len = (uint32) strlen (s);
if (len > 0)
{
shiftStart (len);
memcpy (buffer, s, len);
return true;
}
return false;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::prependString16 (const char16* s)
{
if (!s)
return false;
ConstString str (s);
uint32 len = (uint32) str.length () * sizeof (char16);
if (len > 0)
{
shiftStart (len);
memcpy (buffer, s, len);
return true;
}
return false;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::prependString8 (char8 c)
{
shiftStart (sizeof (char));
char* b = (char*)buffer;
b [0] = c;
return true;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::prependString16 (char16 c)
{
shiftStart (sizeof (char16));
char16* b = (char16*)buffer;
b [0] = c;
return true;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::copy (uint32 from, uint32 to, uint32 bytes)
{
if (from + bytes > memSize || bytes == 0)
return false;
if (to + bytes > memSize)
setSize (to + bytes);
if (from + bytes > to && from < to)
{ // overlap
Buffer tmp (buffer + from, bytes);
memcpy (buffer + to, tmp, bytes);
}
else
memcpy (buffer + to, buffer + from, bytes);
return true;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::makeHexString (String& result)
{
unsigned char* data = uint8Ptr ();
uint32 bytes = getSize ();
if (data == nullptr || bytes == 0)
return false;
char8* stringBuffer = (char8*)malloc ((bytes * 2) + 1);
if (!stringBuffer)
return false;
int32 count = 0;
while (bytes > 0)
{
unsigned char t1 = ((*data) >> 4) & 0x0F;
unsigned char t2 = (*data) & 0x0F;
if (t1 < 10)
t1 += '0';
else
t1 = t1 - 10 + 'A';
if (t2 < 10)
t2 += '0';
else
t2 = t2 - 10 + 'A';
stringBuffer [count++] = t1;
stringBuffer [count++] = t2;
data++;
bytes--;
}
stringBuffer [count] = 0;
result.take ((void*)stringBuffer, false);
return true;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::fromHexString (const char8* string)
{
flush ();
if (string == nullptr)
return false;
int32 len = strlen8 (string);
if (len == 0 || ((len & 1) == 1)/*odd number*/ )
return false;
setSize (len / 2);
unsigned char* data = uint8Ptr ();
bool upper = true;
int32 count = 0;
while (count < len)
{
char c = string [count];
unsigned char d = 0;
if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') d += c - '0';
else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') d += c - 'A' + 10;
else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') d += c - 'a' + 10;
else return false; // no hex string
if (upper)
data [count >> 1] = static_cast<unsigned char> (d << 4);
else
data [count >> 1] += d;
upper = !upper;
count++;
}
setFillSize (len / 2);
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void Buffer::set (uint8 value)
{
if (buffer)
memset (buffer, value, memSize);
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::setFillSize (uint32 c)
{
if (c <= memSize)
{
fillSize = c;
return true;
}
return false;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::truncateToFillSize ()
{
if (fillSize < memSize)
setSize (fillSize);
return true;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::grow (uint32 newSize)
{
if (newSize > memSize)
{
if (delta == 0)
delta = defaultDelta;
uint32 s = ((newSize + delta - 1) / delta) * delta;
return setSize (s);
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void Buffer::shiftAt (uint32 position, int32 amount)
{
if (amount > 0)
{
if (grow (fillSize + amount))
{
if (position < fillSize)
memmove (buffer + amount + position, buffer + position, fillSize - position);
fillSize += amount;
}
}
else if (amount < 0 && fillSize > 0)
{
uint32 toRemove = -amount;
if (toRemove < fillSize)
{
if (position < fillSize)
memmove (buffer + position, buffer + toRemove + position, fillSize - position - toRemove);
fillSize -= toRemove;
}
}
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void Buffer::move (int32 amount, uint8 initVal)
{
if (memSize == 0)
return;
if (amount > 0)
{
if ((uint32)amount < memSize)
{
memmove (buffer + amount, buffer, memSize - amount);
memset (buffer, initVal, amount);
}
else
memset (buffer, initVal, memSize);
}
else
{
uint32 toRemove = -amount;
if (toRemove < memSize)
{
memmove (buffer, buffer + toRemove, memSize - toRemove);
memset (buffer + memSize - toRemove, initVal, toRemove);
}
else
memset (buffer, initVal, memSize);
}
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::setSize (uint32 newSize)
{
if (memSize != newSize)
{
if (buffer)
{
if (newSize > 0)
{
int8* newBuffer = (int8*) ::realloc (buffer, newSize);
if (newBuffer == nullptr)
{
newBuffer = (int8*)::malloc (newSize);
if (newBuffer)
{
uint32 tmp = newSize;
if (tmp > memSize)
tmp = memSize;
memcpy (newBuffer, buffer, tmp);
::free (buffer);
buffer = newBuffer;
}
else
{
::free (buffer);
buffer = nullptr;
}
}
else
buffer = newBuffer;
}
else
{
::free (buffer);
buffer = nullptr;
}
}
else
buffer = (int8*)::malloc (newSize);
if (newSize > 0 && !buffer)
memSize = 0;
else
memSize = newSize;
if (fillSize > memSize)
fillSize = memSize;
}
return (newSize > 0) == (buffer != nullptr);
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void Buffer::fillup (uint8 value)
{
if (getFree () > 0)
memset (buffer + fillSize, value, getFree ());
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
int8* Buffer::operator + (uint32 i)
{
if (i < memSize)
return buffer + i;
else
{
static int8 eof;
eof = 0;
return &eof;
}
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::swap (int16 swapSize)
{
return swap (buffer, memSize, swapSize);
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::swap (void* buffer, uint32 bufferSize, int16 swapSize)
{
if (swapSize != kSwap16 && swapSize != kSwap32 && swapSize != kSwap64)
return false;
if (swapSize == kSwap16)
{
for (uint32 count = 0 ; count < bufferSize ; count += 2)
{
SWAP_16 ( * (((int16*)buffer) + count) );
}
}
else if (swapSize == kSwap32)
{
for (uint32 count = 0 ; count < bufferSize ; count += 4)
{
SWAP_32 ( * (((int32*)buffer) + count) );
}
}
else if (swapSize == kSwap64)
{
for (uint32 count = 0 ; count < bufferSize ; count += 8)
{
SWAP_64 ( * (((int64*)buffer) + count) );
}
}
return true;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
void Buffer::take (Buffer& from)
{
setSize (0);
memSize = from.memSize;
fillSize = from.fillSize;
buffer = from.buffer;
from.buffer = nullptr;
from.memSize = 0;
from.fillSize = 0;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
int8* Buffer::pass ()
{
int8* res = buffer;
buffer = nullptr;
memSize = 0;
fillSize = 0;
return res;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::toWideString (int32 sourceCodePage)
{
if (getFillSize () > 0)
{
if (str8 () [getFillSize () - 1] != 0) // multiByteToWideString only works with 0-terminated strings
endString8 ();
Buffer dest (getFillSize () * sizeof (char16));
int32 result = String::multiByteToWideString (dest.str16 (), buffer, dest.getFree () / sizeof (char16), sourceCodePage);
if (result > 0)
{
dest.setFillSize ((result - 1) * sizeof (char16));
take (dest);
return true;
}
return false;
}
return true;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Buffer::toMultibyteString (int32 destCodePage)
{
if (getFillSize () > 0)
{
int32 textLength = getFillSize () / sizeof (char16); // wideStringToMultiByte only works with 0-terminated strings
if (str16 () [textLength - 1] != 0)
endString16 ();
Buffer dest (getFillSize ());
int32 result = String::wideStringToMultiByte (dest.str8 (), str16 (), dest.getFree (), destCodePage);
if (result > 0)
{
dest.setFillSize (result - 1);
take (dest);
return true;
}
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/fbuffer.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 2008
// Description :
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h"
#include <cstring>
namespace Steinberg {
class String;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Buffer.
@ingroup adt
A Buffer is an object-oriented wrapper for a piece of memory.
It adds several utility functions, e.g. for managing the size of the Buffer,
appending or prepending values or strings to it.
Internally it uses the standard memory functions malloc(), free(), etc. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class Buffer
{
public:
//---------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Default constructor, allocates no memory at all.
*/
Buffer ();
/** Constructor - creates a new Buffer with a given size and copies contents from optional memory pointer.
\param[in] b : optional memory pointer with the size of at least the given size
\param[in] size : the size of the new Buffer to be allocated, in bytes.
*/
Buffer (const void* b, uint32 size);
/** Constructor - creates a new Buffer with a given size and fills it all with a given value.
\param[in] size : the size of the new Buffer to be allocated, in bytes.
\param[in] initVal : the initial value the Buffer will be completely filled with
*/
Buffer (uint32 size, uint8 initVal);
/** Constructor - creates a new Buffer with a given size.
\param[in] size : the size of the new Buffer to be allocated, in bytes.
*/
Buffer (uint32 size);
/** Copy constructor - creates a new Buffer from a given Buffer.
\param[in] buff : the Buffer from which all memory will be copied to the new one
*/
Buffer (const Buffer& buff);
/** Destructor - deallocates the internal memory.
*/
virtual ~Buffer ();
/** Assignment operator - copies contents from a given Buffer and increases the size if necessary.
\param[in] buff : the Buffer from which all memory will be copied
*/
void operator = (const Buffer& buff);
/** Comparison operator - copies contents from a given Buffer and increases the size if necessary.
\param[in] buff : the Buffer to be compared to
\return true, if the given Buffer's content is equal to this one, else false
*/
bool operator == (const Buffer& buff)const;
uint32 getSize () const {return memSize;} ///< \return the actual size of the Buffer's memory, in bytes.
/** Sets a new size for this Buffer, keeping as much content as possible.
\param[in] newSize : the new size for the Buffer, in bytes, newSize maybe zero
\return true, if the new size could be adapted, else false
*/
bool setSize (uint32 newSize);
/** Increases the Buffer to the next block, block size given by delta.
\param[in] memSize : the new minimum size of the Buffer, newSize maybe zero
\return true, if the Buffer could be grown successfully, else false
*/
bool grow (uint32 memSize);
bool setMaxSize (uint32 size) {return grow (size);} ///< see \ref grow()
void fillup (uint8 initVal = 0); ///< set from fillSize to end
uint32 getFillSize ()const {return fillSize;} ///< \return the actual fill size
bool setFillSize (uint32 c); ///< sets a new fill size, does not change any memory
inline void flush () {setFillSize (0);} ///< sets fill size to zero
bool truncateToFillSize (); ///< \return always true, truncates the size of the Buffer to the actual fill size
bool isFull () const { return (fillSize == memSize); } ///< \return true, if all memory is filled up, else false
uint32 getFree () const { return (memSize - fillSize); }///< \return remaining memory
inline void shiftStart (int32 amount) {return shiftAt (0, amount);} ///< moves all memory by given amount, grows the Buffer if necessary
void shiftAt (uint32 position, int32 amount); ///< moves memory starting at the given position
void move (int32 amount, uint8 initVal = 0); ///< shifts memory at start without growing the buffer, so data is lost and initialized with init val
bool copy (uint32 from, uint32 to, uint32 bytes); ///< copies a number of bytes from one position to another, the size may be adapted
uint32 get (void* b, uint32 size); ///< copy to buffer from fillSize, and shift fillSize
void setDelta (uint32 d) {delta = d;} ///< define the block size by which the Buffer grows, see \ref grow()
bool put (uint8); ///< append value at end, grows Buffer if necessary
bool put (char16 c); ///< append value at end, grows Buffer if necessary
bool put (char c); ///< append value at end, grows Buffer if necessary
bool put (const void* , uint32 size); ///< append bytes from a given buffer, grows Buffer if necessary
bool put (void* , uint32 size); ///< append bytes from a given buffer, grows Buffer if necessary
bool put (uint8* , uint32 size); ///< append bytes from a given buffer, grows Buffer if necessary
bool put (char8* , uint32 size); ///< append bytes from a given buffer, grows Buffer if necessary
bool put (const uint8* , uint32 size); ///< append bytes from a given buffer, grows Buffer if necessary
bool put (const char8* , uint32 size); ///< append bytes from a given buffer, grows Buffer if necessary
bool put (const String&); ///< append String at end, grows Buffer if necessary
void set (uint8 value); ///< fills complete Buffer with given value
// strings ----------------
bool appendString (const tchar* s);
bool appendString (tchar* s);
bool appendString (tchar c) { return put (c); }
bool appendString8 (const char8* s);
bool appendString16 (const char16* s);
bool appendString8 (char8* s) { return appendString8 ((const char8*)s); }
bool appendString8 (unsigned char* s) { return appendString8 ((const char8*)s); }
bool appendString8 (const unsigned char* s) { return appendString8 ((const char8*)s); }
bool appendString8 (char8 c) { return put ((uint8)c); }
bool appendString8 (unsigned char c) { return put (c); }
bool appendString16 (char16 c) { return put (c); }
bool appendString16 (char16* s) { return appendString16 ((const char16*)s); }
bool prependString (const tchar* s);
bool prependString (tchar* s);
bool prependString (tchar c);
bool prependString8 (const char8* s);
bool prependString16 (const char16* s);
bool prependString8 (char8 c);
bool prependString8 (unsigned char c) { return prependString8 ((char8)c); }
bool prependString8 (char8* s) { return prependString8 ((const char8*)s); }
bool prependString8 (unsigned char* s) { return prependString8((const char8*)s); }
bool prependString8 (const unsigned char* s) { return prependString8 ((const char8*)s); }
bool prependString16 (char16 c);
bool prependString16 (char16* s) { return prependString16 ((const char16*)s); }
bool operator+= (const char* s) { return appendString8 (s); }
bool operator+= (char c) { return appendString8 (c); }
bool operator+= (const char16* s) { return appendString16 (s); }
bool operator+= (char16 c) { return appendString16 (c); }
bool operator= (const char* s) { flush (); return appendString8 (s); }
bool operator= (const char16* s) { flush (); return appendString16 (s); }
bool operator= (char8 c) { flush (); return appendString8 (c); }
bool operator= (char16 c) { flush (); return appendString16 (c); }
void endString () {put (tchar (0));}
void endString8 () {put (char8 (0));}
void endString16 () {put (char16 (0));}
bool makeHexString (String& result);
bool fromHexString (const char8* string);
// conversion
operator void* () const { return (void*)buffer; } ///< conversion
inline tchar* str () const {return (tchar*)buffer;} ///< conversion
inline char8* str8 () const {return (char8*)buffer;} ///< conversion
inline char16* str16 () const {return (char16*)buffer;} ///< conversion
inline int8* int8Ptr () const {return (int8*)buffer;} ///< conversion
inline uint8* uint8Ptr () const {return (uint8*)buffer; } ///< conversion
inline int16* int16Ptr () const {return (int16*)buffer; } ///< conversion
inline uint16* uint16Ptr () const {return (uint16*)buffer; } ///< conversion
inline int32* int32Ptr () const {return (int32*)buffer; } ///< conversion
inline uint32* uint32Ptr () const {return (uint32*)buffer; } ///< conversion
inline float* floatPtr () const {return (float*)buffer; } ///< conversion
inline double* doublePtr () const {return (double*)buffer; } ///< conversion
inline char16* wcharPtr () const {return (char16*)buffer;} ///< conversion
int8* operator + (uint32 i); ///< \return the internal Buffer's address plus the given offset i, zero if offset is out of range
int32 operator ! () { return buffer == nullptr; }
enum swapSize
{
kSwap16 = 2,
kSwap32 = 4,
kSwap64 = 8
};
bool swap (int16 swapSize); ///< swap all bytes of this Buffer by the given swapSize
static bool swap (void* buffer, uint32 bufferSize, int16 swapSize); ///< utility, swap given number of bytes in given buffer by the given swapSize
void take (Buffer& from); ///< takes another Buffer's memory, frees the current Buffer's memory
int8* pass (); ///< pass the current Buffer's memory
/** Converts a Buffer's content to UTF-16 from a given multi-byte code page, Buffer must contain char8 of given encoding.
\param[in] sourceCodePage : the actual code page of the Buffer's content
\return true, if the conversion was successful, else false
*/
virtual bool toWideString (int32 sourceCodePage); // Buffer contains char8 of given encoding -> utf16
/** Converts a Buffer's content from UTF-16 to a given multi-byte code page, Buffer must contain UTF-16 encoded characters.
\param[in] destCodePage : the desired code page to convert the Buffer's content to
\return true, if the conversion was successful, else false
*/
virtual bool toMultibyteString (int32 destCodePage); // Buffer contains utf16 -> char8 of given encoding
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
static const uint32 defaultDelta = 0x1000; // 0x1000
int8* buffer;
uint32 memSize;
uint32 fillSize;
uint32 delta;
};
inline bool Buffer::put (void* p, uint32 count) { return put ((const void*)p , count ); }
inline bool Buffer::put (uint8 * p, uint32 count) { return put ((const void*)p , count ); }
inline bool Buffer::put (char8* p, uint32 count) { return put ((const void*)p , count ); }
inline bool Buffer::put (const uint8* p, uint32 count) { return put ((const void*)p , count ); }
inline bool Buffer::put (const char8* p, uint32 count) { return put ((const void*)p , count ); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool Buffer::appendString (const tchar* s)
{
#ifdef UNICODE
return appendString16 (s);
#else
return appendString8 (s);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool Buffer::appendString (tchar* s)
{
#ifdef UNICODE
return appendString16 (s);
#else
return appendString8 (s);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool Buffer::prependString (const tchar* s)
{
#ifdef UNICODE
return prependString16 (s);
#else
return prependString8 (s);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool Buffer::prependString (tchar* s)
{
#ifdef UNICODE
return prependString16 (s);
#else
return prependString8 (s);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool Buffer::prependString (tchar c)
{
#ifdef UNICODE
return prependString16 (c);
#else
return prependString8 (c);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/fdebug.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 1995
// Description : There are 2 levels of debugging messages:
// DEVELOPMENT During development
// RELEASE Program is shipping.
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "base/source/fdebug.h"
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#include <windows.h>
bool AmIBeingDebugged ()
{
return IsDebuggerPresent ();
}
#endif
#if SMTG_OS_LINUX
#include <signal.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <unistd.h>
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool AmIBeingDebugged ()
{
// TODO: check if GDB or LLDB is attached
return true;
}
#endif
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <unistd.h>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// from Technical Q&A QA1361 (http://developer.apple.com/qa/qa2004/qa1361.html)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool AmIBeingDebugged ()
// Returns true if the current process is being debugged (either
// running under the debugger or has a debugger attached post facto).
{
int mib[4];
struct kinfo_proc info;
size_t size;
// Initialize the flags so that, if sysctl fails for some bizarre
// reason, we get a predictable result.
info.kp_proc.p_flag = 0;
// Initialize mib, which tells sysctl the info we want, in this case
// we're looking for information about a specific process ID.
mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
mib[1] = KERN_PROC;
mib[2] = KERN_PROC_PID;
mib[3] = getpid ();
// Call sysctl.
size = sizeof (info);
sysctl (mib, sizeof (mib) / sizeof (*mib), &info, &size, NULL, 0);
// We're being debugged if the P_TRACED flag is set.
return ((info.kp_proc.p_flag & P_TRACED) != 0);
}
#endif // SMTG_OS_MACOS
#if DEVELOPMENT
#include <cassert>
#include <cstdarg>
#include <cstdio>
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0400
#endif
#if _MSC_VER
#include <intrin.h>
#endif
#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
#define snprintf _snprintf
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
#include <errno.h>
#include <mach/mach_init.h>
#include <mach/mach_time.h>
#include <new>
#include <signal.h>
#define THREAD_ALLOC_WATCH 0 // check allocations on specific threads
#if THREAD_ALLOC_WATCH
mach_port_t watchThreadID = 0;
#endif
#endif
AssertionHandler gAssertionHandler = nullptr;
AssertionHandler gPreAssertionHook = nullptr;
DebugPrintLogger gDebugPrintLogger = nullptr;
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const int kDebugPrintfBufferSize = 10000;
static bool neverDebugger = false; // so I can switch it off in the debugger...
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
static void printDebugString (const char* string)
{
if (!string)
return;
if (gDebugPrintLogger)
{
gDebugPrintLogger (string);
}
else
{
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS || defined(__MINGW32__)
fprintf (stderr, "%s", string);
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
OutputDebugStringA (string);
#endif
}
}
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// printf style debugging output
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FDebugPrint (const char* format, ...)
{
char string[kDebugPrintfBufferSize];
va_list marker;
va_start (marker, format);
vsnprintf (string, kDebugPrintfBufferSize, format, marker);
printDebugString (string);
}
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// printf style debugging output
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FDebugBreak (const char* format, ...)
{
char string[kDebugPrintfBufferSize];
va_list marker;
va_start (marker, format);
vsnprintf (string, kDebugPrintfBufferSize, format, marker);
printDebugString (string);
// The Pre-assertion hook is always called, even if we're not running in the debugger,
// so that we can log asserts without displaying them
if (gPreAssertionHook)
{
gPreAssertionHook (string);
}
if (neverDebugger)
return;
if (AmIBeingDebugged ())
{
// do not crash if no debugger present
// If there is an assertion handler defined then let this override the UI
// and tell us whether we want to break into the debugger
bool breakIntoDebugger = true;
if (gAssertionHandler && gAssertionHandler (string) == false)
{
breakIntoDebugger = false;
}
if (breakIntoDebugger)
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS && _MSC_VER
__debugbreak (); // intrinsic version of DebugBreak()
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS && __arm64__
raise (SIGSTOP);
#elif __ppc64__ || __ppc__ || __arm__
kill (getpid (), SIGINT);
#elif __i386__ || __x86_64__
{
__asm__ volatile ("int3");
}
#endif
}
}
}
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FPrintLastError (const char* file, int line)
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
LPVOID lpMessageBuffer;
FormatMessageA (FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM, nullptr,
GetLastError (), MAKELANGID (LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
(LPSTR)&lpMessageBuffer, 0, nullptr);
FDebugPrint ("%s(%d) : %s\n", file, line, lpMessageBuffer);
LocalFree (lpMessageBuffer);
#endif
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
#if !__MACH__
extern int errno;
#endif
FDebugPrint ("%s(%d) : Errno %d\n", file, line, errno);
#endif
}
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void* operator new (size_t size, int, const char* file, int line)
{
#if THREAD_ALLOC_WATCH
mach_port_t threadID = mach_thread_self ();
if (watchThreadID == threadID)
{
FDebugPrint ("Watched Thread Allocation : %s (Line:%d)\n", file ? file : "Unknown", line);
}
#endif
try
{
return ::operator new (size);
}
catch (std::bad_alloc exception)
{
FDebugPrint ("bad_alloc exception : %s (Line:%d)", file ? file : "Unknown", line);
}
return (void*)-1;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void* operator new[] (size_t size, int, const char* file, int line)
{
#if THREAD_ALLOC_WATCH
mach_port_t threadID = mach_thread_self ();
if (watchThreadID == threadID)
{
FDebugPrint ("Watched Thread Allocation : %s (Line:%d)\n", file ? file : "Unknown", line);
}
#endif
try
{
return ::operator new[] (size);
}
catch (std::bad_alloc exception)
{
FDebugPrint ("bad_alloc exception : %s (Line:%d)", file ? file : "Unknown", line);
}
return (void*)-1;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void operator delete (void* p, int, const char* file, int line)
{
::operator delete (p);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void operator delete[] (void* p, int, const char* file, int line)
{
::operator delete[] (p);
}
#endif // SMTG_OS_MACOS
#endif // DEVELOPMENT
static bool smtg_unit_testing_active = false; // ugly hack to unit testing ...
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool isSmtgUnitTesting ()
{
return smtg_unit_testing_active;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void setSmtgUnitTesting ()
{
smtg_unit_testing_active = true;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/fdebug.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 1995
// Description : There are 2 levels of debugging messages:
// DEVELOPMENT During development
// RELEASE Program is shipping.
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @file base/source/fdebug.h
Debugging tools.
There are 2 levels of debugging messages:
- DEVELOPMENT
- During development
- RELEASE
- Program is shipping.
*/
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h"
#include <cstring>
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
#include <new>
#endif
/** Returns true if a debugger is attached. */
bool AmIBeingDebugged ();
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// development / release
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if !defined (DEVELOPMENT) && !defined (RELEASE)
#ifdef _DEBUG
#define DEVELOPMENT 1
#elif defined (NDEBUG)
#define RELEASE 1
#else
#error DEVELOPMENT, RELEASE, _DEBUG, or NDEBUG must be defined!
#endif
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
/** Disable compiler warning:
* C4291: "No matching operator delete found; memory will not be freed if initialization throws an
* exception. A placement new is used for which there is no placement delete." */
#if DEVELOPMENT && defined(_MSC_VER)
#pragma warning(disable : 4291)
#pragma warning(disable : 4985)
#endif
#endif // SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#if DEVELOPMENT
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** If "f" is not true and a debugger is present, send an error string to the debugger for display
and cause a breakpoint exception to occur in the current process. SMTG_ASSERT is removed
completely in RELEASE configuration. So do not pass methods calls to this macro that are expected
to exist in the RELEASE build (for method calls that need to be present in a RELEASE build, use
the VERIFY macros instead)*/
#define SMTG_ASSERT(f) \
if (!(f)) \
FDebugBreak ("%s(%d) : Assert failed: %s\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, #f);
/** Send "comment" string to the debugger for display. */
#define SMTG_WARNING(comment) FDebugPrint ("%s(%d) : %s\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, comment);
/** Send the last error string to the debugger for display. */
#define SMTG_PRINTSYSERROR FPrintLastError (__FILE__, __LINE__);
/** If a debugger is present, send string "s" to the debugger for display and
cause a breakpoint exception to occur in the current process. */
#define SMTG_DEBUGSTR(s) FDebugBreak (s);
/** Use VERIFY for calling methods "f" having a bool result (expecting them to return 'true')
The call of "f" is not removed in RELEASE builds, only the result verification. eg: SMTG_VERIFY
(isValid ()) */
#define SMTG_VERIFY(f) SMTG_ASSERT (f)
/** Use VERIFY_IS for calling methods "f" and expect a certain result "r".
The call of "f" is not removed in RELEASE builds, only the result verification. eg:
SMTG_VERIFY_IS (callMethod (), kResultOK) */
#define SMTG_VERIFY_IS(f, r) \
if ((f) != (r)) \
FDebugBreak ("%s(%d) : Assert failed: %s\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, #f);
/** Use VERIFY_NOT for calling methods "f" and expect the result to be anything else but "r".
The call of "f" is not removed in RELEASE builds, only the result verification. eg:
SMTG_VERIFY_NOT (callMethod (), kResultError) */
#define SMTG_VERIFY_NOT(f, r) \
if ((f) == (r)) \
FDebugBreak ("%s(%d) : Assert failed: %s\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, #f);
/** @name Shortcut macros for sending strings to the debugger for display.
First parameter is always the format string (printf like).
*/
///@{
#define SMTG_DBPRT0(a) FDebugPrint (a);
#define SMTG_DBPRT1(a, b) FDebugPrint (a, b);
#define SMTG_DBPRT2(a, b, c) FDebugPrint (a, b, c);
#define SMTG_DBPRT3(a, b, c, d) FDebugPrint (a, b, c, d);
#define SMTG_DBPRT4(a, b, c, d, e) FDebugPrint (a, b, c, d, e);
#define SMTG_DBPRT5(a, b, c, d, e, f) FDebugPrint (a, b, c, d, e, f);
///@}
/** @name Helper functions for the above defined macros.
You shouldn't use them directly (if you do so, don't forget "#if DEVELOPMENT")!
It is recommended to use the macros instead.
*/
///@{
void FDebugPrint (const char* format, ...);
void FDebugBreak (const char* format, ...);
void FPrintLastError (const char* file, int line);
///@}
/** @name Provide a custom assertion handler and debug print handler, eg
so that we can provide an assert with a custom dialog, or redirect
the debug output to a file or stream.
*/
///@{
using AssertionHandler = bool (*) (const char* message);
extern AssertionHandler gAssertionHandler;
extern AssertionHandler gPreAssertionHook;
using DebugPrintLogger = void (*) (const char* message);
extern DebugPrintLogger gDebugPrintLogger;
///@}
/** Definition of memory allocation macros:
Use "NEW" to allocate storage for individual objects.
Use "NEWVEC" to allocate storage for an array of objects. */
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
void* operator new (size_t, int, const char*, int);
void* operator new[] (size_t, int, const char*, int);
void operator delete (void* p, int, const char* file, int line);
void operator delete[] (void* p, int, const char* file, int line);
#ifndef NEW
#define NEW new (1, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#define NEWVEC new (1, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#endif
#define DEBUG_NEW DEBUG_NEW_LEAKS
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS && defined(_MSC_VER)
#ifndef NEW
void* operator new (size_t, int, const char*, int);
#define NEW new (1, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#define NEWVEC new (1, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#endif
#else
#ifndef NEW
#define NEW new
#define NEWVEC new
#endif
#endif
#else
/** if DEVELOPMENT is not set, these macros will do nothing. */
#define SMTG_ASSERT(f)
#define SMTG_WARNING(s)
#define SMTG_PRINTSYSERROR
#define SMTG_DEBUGSTR(s)
#define SMTG_VERIFY(f) f;
#define SMTG_VERIFY_IS(f, r) f;
#define SMTG_VERIFY_NOT(f, r) f;
#define SMTG_DBPRT0(a)
#define SMTG_DBPRT1(a, b)
#define SMTG_DBPRT2(a, b, c)
#define SMTG_DBPRT3(a, b, c, d)
#define SMTG_DBPRT4(a, b, c, d, e)
#define SMTG_DBPRT5(a, b, c, d, e, f)
#ifndef NEW
#define NEW new
#define NEWVEC new
#endif
#endif
// replace #if SMTG_CPPUNIT_TESTING
bool isSmtgUnitTesting ();
void setSmtgUnitTesting ();
#if !SMTG_RENAME_ASSERT
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#undef ASSERT
#endif
#define ASSERT SMTG_ASSERT
#define WARNING SMTG_WARNING
#define DEBUGSTR SMTG_DEBUGSTR
#define VERIFY SMTG_VERIFY
#define VERIFY_IS SMTG_VERIFY_IS
#define VERIFY_NOT SMTG_VERIFY_NOT
#define PRINTSYSERROR SMTG_PRINTSYSERROR
#define DBPRT0 SMTG_DBPRT0
#define DBPRT1 SMTG_DBPRT1
#define DBPRT2 SMTG_DBPRT2
#define DBPRT3 SMTG_DBPRT3
#define DBPRT4 SMTG_DBPRT4
#define DBPRT5 SMTG_DBPRT5
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/fobject.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 2008
// Description : Basic Object implementing FUnknown
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "base/source/fobject.h"
#include "base/thread/include/flock.h"
#include <vector>
namespace Steinberg {
IUpdateHandler* FObject::gUpdateHandler = nullptr;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
const FUID FObject::iid;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct FObjectIIDInitializer
{
// the object iid is always generated so that different components
// only can cast to their own objects
// this initializer must be after the definition of FObject::iid, otherwise
// the default constructor of FUID will clear the generated iid
FObjectIIDInitializer ()
{
const_cast<FUID&> (FObject::iid).generate ();
}
} gFObjectIidInitializer;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 PLUGIN_API FObject::addRef ()
{
return FUnknownPrivate::atomicAdd (refCount, 1);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 PLUGIN_API FObject::release ()
{
if (FUnknownPrivate::atomicAdd (refCount, -1) == 0)
{
refCount = -1000;
delete this;
return 0;
}
return refCount;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API FObject::queryInterface (const TUID _iid, void** obj)
{
QUERY_INTERFACE (_iid, obj, FUnknown::iid, FUnknown)
QUERY_INTERFACE (_iid, obj, IDependent::iid, IDependent)
QUERY_INTERFACE (_iid, obj, FObject::iid, FObject)
*obj = nullptr;
return kNoInterface;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FObject::addDependent (IDependent* dep)
{
if (gUpdateHandler)
gUpdateHandler->addDependent (unknownCast (), dep);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FObject::removeDependent (IDependent* dep)
{
if (gUpdateHandler)
gUpdateHandler->removeDependent (unknownCast (), dep);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FObject::changed (int32 msg)
{
if (gUpdateHandler)
gUpdateHandler->triggerUpdates (unknownCast (), msg);
else
updateDone (msg);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FObject::deferUpdate (int32 msg)
{
if (gUpdateHandler)
gUpdateHandler->deferUpdates (unknownCast (), msg);
else
updateDone (msg);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Automatic creation and destruction of singleton instances. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Singleton
{
using ObjectVector = std::vector<FObject**>;
ObjectVector* singletonInstances = nullptr;
bool singletonsTerminated = false;
Steinberg::Base::Thread::FLock* singletonsLock;
bool isTerminated () {return singletonsTerminated;}
void lockRegister ()
{
if (!singletonsLock) // assume first call not from multiple threads
singletonsLock = NEW Steinberg::Base::Thread::FLock;
singletonsLock->lock ();
}
void unlockRegister ()
{
singletonsLock->unlock ();
}
void registerInstance (FObject** o)
{
SMTG_ASSERT (singletonsTerminated == false)
if (singletonsTerminated == false)
{
if (singletonInstances == nullptr)
singletonInstances = NEW std::vector<FObject**>;
singletonInstances->push_back (o);
}
}
struct Deleter
{
~Deleter ()
{
singletonsTerminated = true;
if (singletonInstances)
{
for (ObjectVector::iterator it = singletonInstances->begin (),
end = singletonInstances->end ();
it != end; ++it)
{
FObject** obj = (*it);
(*obj)->release ();
*obj = nullptr;
obj = nullptr;
}
delete singletonInstances;
singletonInstances = nullptr;
}
delete singletonsLock;
singletonsLock = nullptr;
}
} deleter;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/fobject.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 2008
// Description : Basic Object implementing FUnknown
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @file base/source/fobject.h
Basic Object implementing FUnknown. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/iupdatehandler.h"
#include "base/source/fdebug.h" // use of NEW
namespace Steinberg {
//----------------------------------
using FClassID = FIDString;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Basic FObject - implements FUnknown + IDependent
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Implements FUnknown and IDependent.
FObject is a polymorphic class that implements IDependent (of SKI module) and therefore derived from
FUnknown, which is the most abstract base class of all.
All COM-like virtual methods of FUnknown such as queryInterface(), addRef(), release() are
implemented here. On top of that, dependency-related methods are implemented too.
Pointer casting is done via the template methods FCast, either FObject to FObject or FUnknown to
FObject.
FObject supports a new singleton concept, therefore these objects are deleted automatically upon
program termination.
- Runtime type information: An object can be queried at runtime, of what class it is. To do this
correctly, every class must override some methods. This is simplified by using the OBJ_METHODS
macros
@see
- FUnknown
- IDependent
- IUpdateHandler
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class FObject : public IDependent
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FObject () : refCount (1) {} ///< default constructor...
FObject (const FObject&) : refCount (1) {} ///< overloaded constructor...
virtual ~FObject () {} ///< destructor...
FObject& operator = (const FObject&) { return *this; } ///< overloads operator "=" as the reference assignment
// OBJECT_METHODS
static inline FClassID getFClassID () {return "FObject";} ///< return Class ID as an ASCII string (statically)
virtual FClassID isA () const {return FObject::getFClassID ();} ///< a local alternative to getFClassID ()
virtual bool isA (FClassID s) const {return isTypeOf (s, false);} ///< evaluates if the passed ID is of the FObject type
virtual bool isTypeOf (FClassID s, bool /*askBaseClass*/ = true) const {return classIDsEqual (s, FObject::getFClassID ());}
///< evaluates if the passed ID is of the FObject type
int32 getRefCount () {return refCount;} ///< returns the current interface reference count
FUnknown* unknownCast () {return this;} ///< get FUnknown interface from object
// FUnknown
tresult PLUGIN_API queryInterface (const TUID _iid, void** obj) SMTG_OVERRIDE; ///< please refer to FUnknown::queryInterface ()
uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef () SMTG_OVERRIDE; ///< please refer to FUnknown::addref ()
uint32 PLUGIN_API release () SMTG_OVERRIDE; ///< please refer to FUnknown::release ()
// IDependent
void PLUGIN_API update (FUnknown* /*changedUnknown*/, int32 /*message*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE {}
///< empty virtual method that should be overridden by derived classes for data updates upon changes
// IDependency
virtual void addDependent (IDependent* dep); ///< adds dependency to the object
virtual void removeDependent (IDependent* dep); ///< removes dependency from the object
virtual void changed (int32 msg = kChanged); ///< Inform all dependents, that the object has changed.
virtual void deferUpdate (int32 msg = kChanged); ///< Similar to triggerUpdates, except only delivered in idle (usefull in collecting updates).
virtual void updateDone (int32 /* msg */) {} ///< empty virtual method that should be overridden by derived classes
virtual bool isEqualInstance (FUnknown* d) {return this == d;}
static void setUpdateHandler (IUpdateHandler* handler) {gUpdateHandler = handler;} ///< set method for the local attribute
static IUpdateHandler* getUpdateHandler () {return gUpdateHandler;} ///< get method for the local attribute
// static helper functions
static inline bool classIDsEqual (FClassID ci1, FClassID ci2); ///< compares (evaluates) 2 class IDs
static inline FObject* unknownToObject (FUnknown* unknown); ///< pointer conversion from FUnknown to FObject
/** Special UID that is used to cast an FUnknown pointer to a FObject */
static const FUID iid;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
int32 refCount; ///< COM-model local reference count
static IUpdateHandler* gUpdateHandler;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// conversion from FUnknown to FObject
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline FObject* FObject::unknownToObject (FUnknown* unknown)
{
FObject* object = nullptr;
if (unknown)
{
unknown->queryInterface (FObject::iid, (void**)&object);
if (object)
object->release (); // queryInterface has added ref
}
return object;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool FObject::classIDsEqual (FClassID ci1, FClassID ci2)
{
return (ci1 && ci2) ? (strcmp (ci1, ci2) == 0) : false;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FCast overload 1 - FObject to FObject */
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class C>
inline C* FCast (const FObject* object)
{
if (object && object->isTypeOf (C::getFClassID (), true))
return (C*) object;
return 0;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FCast overload 2 - FUnknown to FObject */
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class C>
inline C* FCast (FUnknown* unknown)
{
FObject* object = FObject::unknownToObject (unknown);
return FCast<C> (object);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FUCast - casting from FUnknown to Interface */
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class C>
inline C* FUCast (FObject* object)
{
return FUnknownPtr<C> (object ? object->unknownCast () : nullptr);
}
template <class C>
inline C* FUCast (FUnknown* object)
{
return FUnknownPtr<C> (object);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @name Convenience methods that call release or delete respectively
on a pointer if it is non-zero, and then set the pointer to zero.
Note: you should prefer using IPtr or OPtr instead of these methods
whenever possible.
<b>Examples:</b>
@code
~Foo ()
{
// instead of ...
if (somePointer)
{
somePointer->release ();
somePointer = 0;
}
// ... just being lazy I write
SafeRelease (somePointer)
}
@endcode
*/
///@{
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline void SafeRelease (I *& ptr)
{
if (ptr)
{
ptr->release ();
ptr = 0;
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline void SafeRelease (IPtr<I> & ptr)
{
ptr = 0;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline void SafeDelete (T *& ptr)
{
if (ptr)
{
delete ptr;
ptr = 0;
}
}
///@}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline void AssignShared (T*& dest, T* newPtr)
{
if (dest == newPtr)
return;
if (dest)
dest->release ();
dest = newPtr;
if (dest)
dest->addRef ();
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline void AssignSharedDependent (IDependent* _this, T*& dest, T* newPtr)
{
if (dest == newPtr)
return;
if (dest)
dest->removeDependent (_this);
AssignShared (dest, newPtr);
if (dest)
dest->addDependent (_this);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline void AssignSharedDependent (IDependent* _this, IPtr<T>& dest, T* newPtr)
{
if (dest == newPtr)
return;
if (dest)
dest->removeDependent (_this);
dest = newPtr;
if (dest)
dest->addDependent (_this);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline void SafeReleaseDependent (IDependent* _this, T*& dest)
{
if (dest)
dest->removeDependent (_this);
SafeRelease (dest);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline void SafeReleaseDependent (IDependent* _this, IPtr<T>& dest)
{
if (dest)
dest->removeDependent (_this);
SafeRelease (dest);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Automatic creation and destruction of singleton instances. */
namespace Singleton {
/** registers an instance (type FObject) */
void registerInstance (FObject** o);
/** Returns true when singleton instances were already released. */
bool isTerminated ();
/** lock and unlock the singleton registration for multi-threading safety */
void lockRegister ();
void unlockRegister ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
#define SINGLETON(ClassName) \
static ClassName* instance (bool create = true) \
{ \
static Steinberg::FObject* inst = nullptr; \
if (inst == nullptr && create && Steinberg::Singleton::isTerminated () == false) \
{ \
Steinberg::Singleton::lockRegister (); \
if (inst == nullptr) \
{ \
inst = NEW ClassName; \
Steinberg::Singleton::registerInstance (&inst); \
} \
Steinberg::Singleton::unlockRegister (); \
} \
return (ClassName*)inst; \
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
#define OBJ_METHODS(className, baseClass) \
static inline Steinberg::FClassID getFClassID () {return (#className);} \
virtual Steinberg::FClassID isA () const SMTG_OVERRIDE {return className::getFClassID ();} \
virtual bool isA (Steinberg::FClassID s) const SMTG_OVERRIDE {return isTypeOf (s, false);} \
virtual bool isTypeOf (Steinberg::FClassID s, bool askBaseClass = true) const SMTG_OVERRIDE \
{ return (classIDsEqual (s, #className) ? true : (askBaseClass ? baseClass::isTypeOf (s, true) : false)); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Delegate refcount functions to BaseClass.
BaseClase must implement ref counting.
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define REFCOUNT_METHODS(BaseClass) \
virtual Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef ()SMTG_OVERRIDE{ return BaseClass::addRef (); } \
virtual Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API release ()SMTG_OVERRIDE{ return BaseClass::release (); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @name Macros to implement FUnknown::queryInterface ().
<b>Examples:</b>
@code
class Foo : public FObject, public IFoo2, public IFoo3
{
...
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IFoo2)
DEF_INTERFACE (IFoo3)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (FObject)
REFCOUNT_METHODS(FObject)
// Implement IFoo2 interface ...
// Implement IFoo3 interface ...
...
};
@endcode
*/
///@{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Start defining interfaces. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DEFINE_INTERFACES \
Steinberg::tresult PLUGIN_API queryInterface (const Steinberg::TUID iid, void** obj) SMTG_OVERRIDE \
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Add a interfaces. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DEF_INTERFACE(InterfaceName) \
QUERY_INTERFACE (iid, obj, InterfaceName::iid, InterfaceName)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** End defining interfaces. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define END_DEFINE_INTERFACES(BaseClass) \
return BaseClass::queryInterface (iid, obj); \
}
///@}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @name Convenient macros to implement Steinberg::FUnknown::queryInterface ().
<b>Examples:</b>
@code
class Foo : public FObject, public IFoo2, public IFoo3
{
...
DEF_INTERFACES_2(IFoo2,IFoo3,FObject)
REFCOUNT_METHODS(FObject)
...
};
@endcode
*/
///@{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DEF_INTERFACES_1(InterfaceName,BaseClass) \
DEFINE_INTERFACES \
DEF_INTERFACE (InterfaceName) \
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (BaseClass)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DEF_INTERFACES_2(InterfaceName1,InterfaceName2,BaseClass) \
DEFINE_INTERFACES \
DEF_INTERFACE (InterfaceName1) \
DEF_INTERFACE (InterfaceName2) \
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (BaseClass)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DEF_INTERFACES_3(InterfaceName1,InterfaceName2,InterfaceName3,BaseClass) \
DEFINE_INTERFACES \
DEF_INTERFACE (InterfaceName1) \
DEF_INTERFACE (InterfaceName2) \
DEF_INTERFACE (InterfaceName3) \
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (BaseClass)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DEF_INTERFACES_4(InterfaceName1,InterfaceName2,InterfaceName3,InterfaceName4,BaseClass) \
DEFINE_INTERFACES \
DEF_INTERFACE (InterfaceName1) \
DEF_INTERFACE (InterfaceName2) \
DEF_INTERFACE (InterfaceName3) \
DEF_INTERFACE (InterfaceName4) \
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (BaseClass)
///@}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @name Convenient macros to implement Steinberg::FUnknown methods.
<b>Examples:</b>
@code
class Foo : public FObject, public IFoo2, public IFoo3
{
...
FUNKNOWN_METHODS2(IFoo2,IFoo3,FObject)
...
};
@endcode
*/
///@{
#define FUNKNOWN_METHODS(InterfaceName,BaseClass) \
DEF_INTERFACES_1(InterfaceName,BaseClass) \
REFCOUNT_METHODS(BaseClass)
#define FUNKNOWN_METHODS2(InterfaceName1,InterfaceName2,BaseClass) \
DEF_INTERFACES_2(InterfaceName1,InterfaceName2,BaseClass) \
REFCOUNT_METHODS(BaseClass)
#define FUNKNOWN_METHODS3(InterfaceName1,InterfaceName2,InterfaceName3,BaseClass) \
DEF_INTERFACES_3(InterfaceName1,InterfaceName2,InterfaceName3,BaseClass) \
REFCOUNT_METHODS(BaseClass)
#define FUNKNOWN_METHODS4(InterfaceName1,InterfaceName2,InterfaceName3,InterfaceName4,BaseClass) \
DEF_INTERFACES_4(InterfaceName1,InterfaceName2,InterfaceName3,InterfaceName4,BaseClass) \
REFCOUNT_METHODS(BaseClass)
///@}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @name Macros to implement IUnknown interfaces with FObject.
<b>Examples:</b>
@code
class MyEnumFormat : public FObject, IEnumFORMATETC
{
...
COM_UNKNOWN_METHODS (IEnumFORMATETC, IUnknown)
...
};
@endcode
*/
///@{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define IUNKNOWN_REFCOUNT_METHODS(BaseClass) \
STDMETHOD_ (ULONG, AddRef) (void) {return BaseClass::addRef ();} \
STDMETHOD_ (ULONG, Release) (void) {return BaseClass::release ();}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define COM_QUERY_INTERFACE(iid, obj, InterfaceName) \
if (riid == __uuidof(InterfaceName)) \
{ \
addRef (); \
*obj = (InterfaceName*)this; \
return kResultOk; \
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define COM_OBJECT_QUERY_INTERFACE(InterfaceName,BaseClass) \
STDMETHOD (QueryInterface) (REFIID riid, void** object) \
{ \
COM_QUERY_INTERFACE (riid, object, InterfaceName) \
return BaseClass::queryInterface ((FIDString)&riid, object); \
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define COM_UNKNOWN_METHODS(InterfaceName,BaseClass) \
COM_OBJECT_QUERY_INTERFACE(InterfaceName,BaseClass) \
IUNKNOWN_REFCOUNT_METHODS(BaseClass)
///@}
#endif // COM_COMPATIBLE

View File

@ -0,0 +1,726 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/fstreamer.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 15.12.2005
// Description : Extract of typed stream i/o methods from FStream
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "fstreamer.h"
#include "base/source/fstring.h"
#include "base/source/fbuffer.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ibstream.h"
#ifndef UNICODE
#include "pluginterfaces/base/futils.h"
#endif
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IBStreamer
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
IBStreamer::IBStreamer (IBStream* stream, int16 _byteOrder)
: FStreamer (_byteOrder)
, stream (stream)
{}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSize IBStreamer::readRaw (void* buffer, TSize size)
{
int32 numBytesRead = 0;
stream->read (buffer, (int32)size, &numBytesRead);
return numBytesRead;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSize IBStreamer::writeRaw (const void* buffer, TSize size)
{
int32 numBytesWritten = 0;
stream->write ((void*)buffer, (int32)size, &numBytesWritten);
return numBytesWritten;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int64 IBStreamer::seek (int64 pos, FSeekMode mode)
{
int64 result = -1;
stream->seek (pos, mode, &result);
return result;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int64 IBStreamer::tell ()
{
int64 pos = 0;
stream->tell (&pos);
return pos;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FStreamSizeHolder Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FStreamSizeHolder::FStreamSizeHolder (FStreamer &s)
: stream (s), sizePos (-1)
{}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FStreamSizeHolder::beginWrite ()
{
sizePos = stream.tell ();
stream.writeInt32 (0L);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 FStreamSizeHolder::endWrite ()
{
if (sizePos < 0)
return 0;
int64 currentPos = stream.tell ();
stream.seek (sizePos, kSeekSet);
int32 size = int32 (currentPos - sizePos - sizeof (int32));
stream.writeInt32 (size);
stream.seek (currentPos, kSeekSet);
return size;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 FStreamSizeHolder::beginRead ()
{
sizePos = stream.tell ();
int32 size = 0;
stream.readInt32 (size);
sizePos += size + sizeof (int32);
return size;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FStreamSizeHolder::endRead ()
{
if (sizePos >= 0)
stream.seek (sizePos, kSeekSet);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FStreamer
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FStreamer::FStreamer (int16 _byteOrder)
: byteOrder (_byteOrder)
{}
// int8 / char -----------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeChar8 (char8 c)
{
return writeRaw ((void*)&c, sizeof (char8)) == sizeof (char8);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readChar8 (char8& c)
{
return readRaw ((void*)&c, sizeof (char8)) == sizeof (char8);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeUChar8 (unsigned char c)
{
return writeRaw ((void*)&c, sizeof (unsigned char)) == sizeof (unsigned char);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readUChar8 (unsigned char& c)
{
return readRaw ((void*)&c, sizeof (unsigned char)) == sizeof (unsigned char);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeChar16 (char16 c)
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_16 (c);
return writeRaw ((void*)&c, sizeof (char16)) == sizeof (char16);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readChar16 (char16& c)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&c, sizeof (char16)) == sizeof (char16))
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_16 (c);
return true;
}
c = 0;
return false;
}
// int16 -----------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt16 (int16 i)
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_16 (i);
return writeRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (int16)) == sizeof (int16);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt16 (int16& i)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (int16)) == sizeof (int16))
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_16 (i);
return true;
}
i = 0;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt16Array (const int16* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!writeInt16 (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt16Array (int16* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!readInt16 (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt16u (uint16 i)
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_16 (i);
return writeRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (uint16)) == sizeof (uint16);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt16u (uint16& i)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (uint16)) == sizeof (uint16))
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_16 (i);
return true;
}
i = 0;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt16uArray (const uint16* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!writeInt16u (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt16uArray (uint16* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!readInt16u (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
// int32 -----------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt32 (int32 i)
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_32 (i);
return writeRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (int32)) == sizeof (int32);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt32 (int32& i)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (int32)) == sizeof (int32))
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_32 (i);
return true;
}
i = 0;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt32Array (const int32* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!writeInt32 (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt32Array (int32* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!readInt32 (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt32u (uint32 i)
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_32 (i);
return writeRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (uint32)) == sizeof (uint32);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt32u (uint32& i)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (uint32)) == sizeof (uint32))
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_32 (i);
return true;
}
i = 0;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt32uArray (const uint32* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!writeInt32u (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt32uArray (uint32* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!readInt32u (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
// int64 -----------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt64 (int64 i)
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_64 (i);
return writeRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (int64)) == sizeof (int64);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt64 (int64& i)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (int64)) == sizeof (int64))
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_64 (i);
return true;
}
i = 0;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt64Array (const int64* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!writeInt64 (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt64Array (int64* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!readInt64 (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt64u (uint64 i)
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_64 (i);
return writeRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (uint64)) == sizeof (uint64);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt64u (uint64& i)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&i, sizeof (uint64)) == sizeof (uint64))
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_64 (i);
return true;
}
i = 0;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeInt64uArray (const uint64* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!writeInt64u (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readInt64uArray (uint64* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!readInt64u (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
// float / double --------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeFloat (float f)
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_32 (f);
return writeRaw ((void*)&f, sizeof (float)) == sizeof (float);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readFloat (float& f)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&f, sizeof (float)) == sizeof (float))
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_32 (f);
return true;
}
f = 0.f;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeFloatArray (const float* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!writeFloat (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readFloatArray (float* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!readFloat (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeDouble (double d)
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_64 (d);
return writeRaw ((void*)&d, sizeof (double)) == sizeof (double);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readDouble (double& d)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&d, sizeof (double)) == sizeof (double))
{
if (BYTEORDER != byteOrder)
SWAP_64 (d);
return true;
}
d = 0.0;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeDoubleArray (const double* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!writeDouble (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readDoubleArray (double* array, int32 count)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
if (!readDouble (array[i]))
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::readBool (bool& b)
{
int16 v = 0;
bool res = readInt16 (v);
b = (v != 0);
return res;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeBool (bool b)
{
return writeInt16 ((int16)b);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSize FStreamer::writeString8 (const char8* ptr, bool terminate)
{
TSize size = strlen (ptr);
if (terminate) // write \0
size++;
return writeRaw ((void*)ptr, size);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSize FStreamer::readString8 (char8* ptr, TSize size)
{
TSize i = 0;
char8 c = 0;
while (i < size)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&c, sizeof (char)) != sizeof (char))
break;
ptr[i] = c;
i++;
if (c == '\n' || c == '\0')
break;
}
if (c == '\n' && ptr[i - 2] == '\r')
ptr[i - 2] = 0;
if (i < size)
ptr[i] = 0;
else
ptr[size - 1] = 0;
return strlen (ptr);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeStringUtf8 (const tchar* ptr)
{
bool isUtf8 = false;
String str (ptr);
if (str.isAsciiString () == false)
{
str.toMultiByte (kCP_Utf8);
isUtf8 = true;
}
else
{
str.toMultiByte ();
}
if (isUtf8)
if (writeRaw (kBomUtf8, kBomUtf8Length) != kBomUtf8Length)
return false;
TSize size = str.length () + 1;
if (writeRaw (str.text8 (), size) != size)
return false;
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 FStreamer::readStringUtf8 (tchar* ptr, int32 nChars)
{
char8 c = 0;
ptr [0] = 0;
Buffer tmp;
tmp.setDelta (1024);
while (true)
{
if (readRaw ((void*)&c, sizeof (char)) != sizeof (char))
break;
tmp.put (c);
if (c == '\0')
break;
}
char8* source = tmp.int8Ptr ();
uint32 codePage = kCP_Default; // for legacy take default page if no utf8 bom is present...
if (tmp.getFillSize () > 2)
{
if (memcmp (source, kBomUtf8, kBomUtf8Length) == 0)
{
codePage = kCP_Utf8;
source += 3;
}
}
if (tmp.getFillSize () > 1)
{
#ifdef UNICODE
ConstString::multiByteToWideString (ptr, source, nChars, codePage);
#else
if (codePage == kCP_Utf8)
{
Buffer wideBuffer (tmp.getFillSize () * 3);
ConstString::multiByteToWideString (wideBuffer.wcharPtr (), source, wideBuffer.getSize () / 2, kCP_Utf8);
ConstString::wideStringToMultiByte (ptr, wideBuffer.wcharPtr (), nChars);
}
else
{
memcpy (ptr, source, Min<TSize> (nChars, tmp.getFillSize ()));
}
#endif
}
ptr[nChars - 1] = 0;
return ConstString (ptr).length ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::writeStr8 (const char8* s)
{
int32 length = (s) ? (int32) strlen (s) + 1 : 0;
if (!writeInt32 (length))
return false;
if (length > 0)
return writeRaw (s, sizeof (char8) * length) == static_cast<TSize>(sizeof (char8) * length);
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 FStreamer::getStr8Size (const char8* s)
{
return sizeof (int32) + (int32)strlen (s) + 1;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
char8* FStreamer::readStr8 ()
{
int32 length;
if (!readInt32 (length))
return nullptr;
// check corruption
if (length > 262144)
return nullptr;
char8* s = (length > 0) ? NEWVEC char8[length] : nullptr;
if (s)
readRaw (s, length * sizeof (char8));
return s;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::skip (uint32 bytes)
{
int8 tmp;
while (bytes-- > 0)
{
if (readInt8 (tmp) == false)
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FStreamer::pad (uint32 bytes)
{
while (bytes-- > 0)
{
if (writeInt8 (0) == false)
return false;
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/fstreamer.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 12/2005
// Description : Extract of typed stream i/o methods from FStream
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum FSeekMode
{
kSeekSet,
kSeekCurrent,
kSeekEnd
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FStreamer
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Byteorder-aware base class for typed stream i/o. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class FStreamer
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FStreamer (int16 byteOrder = BYTEORDER);
virtual ~FStreamer () {}
/** @name Implementing class must override. */
///@{
virtual TSize readRaw (void*, TSize) = 0; ///< Read one buffer of size.
virtual TSize writeRaw (const void*, TSize) = 0; ///< Write one buffer of size.
virtual int64 seek (int64, FSeekMode) = 0; ///< Set file position for stream.
virtual int64 tell () = 0; ///< Return current file position.
///@}
/** @name Streams are byteOrder aware. */
///@{
inline void setByteOrder (int32 e) { byteOrder = (int16)e; }
inline int32 getByteOrder () const { return byteOrder; }
///@}
/** @name read and write int8 and char. */
///@{
bool writeChar8 (char8);
bool readChar8 (char8&);
bool writeUChar8 (unsigned char);
bool readUChar8 (unsigned char&);
bool writeChar16 (char16 c);
bool readChar16 (char16& c);
bool writeInt8 (int8 c){return writeChar8 (c);}
bool readInt8 (int8& c){return readChar8 (c);}
bool writeInt8u (uint8 c){return writeUChar8 (c);}
bool readInt8u (uint8& c){return readUChar8 (c);}
///@}
/** @name read and write int16. */
///@{
bool writeInt16 (int16);
bool readInt16 (int16&);
bool writeInt16Array (const int16* array, int32 count);
bool readInt16Array (int16* array, int32 count);
bool writeInt16u (uint16);
bool readInt16u (uint16&);
bool writeInt16uArray (const uint16* array, int32 count);
bool readInt16uArray (uint16* array, int32 count);
///@}
/** @name read and write int32. */
///@{
bool writeInt32 (int32);
bool readInt32 (int32&);
bool writeInt32Array (const int32* array, int32 count);
bool readInt32Array (int32* array, int32 count);
bool writeInt32u (uint32);
bool readInt32u (uint32&);
bool writeInt32uArray (const uint32* array, int32 count);
bool readInt32uArray (uint32* array, int32 count);
///@}
/** @name read and write int64. */
///@{
bool writeInt64 (int64);
bool readInt64 (int64&);
bool writeInt64Array (const int64* array, int32 count);
bool readInt64Array (int64* array, int32 count);
bool writeInt64u (uint64);
bool readInt64u (uint64&);
bool writeInt64uArray (const uint64* array, int32 count);
bool readInt64uArray (uint64* array, int32 count);
///@}
/** @name read and write float and float array. */
///@{
bool writeFloat (float);
bool readFloat (float&);
bool writeFloatArray (const float* array, int32 count);
bool readFloatArray (float* array, int32 count);
///@}
/** @name read and write double and double array. */
///@{
bool writeDouble (double);
bool readDouble (double&);
bool writeDoubleArray (const double* array, int32 count);
bool readDoubleArray (double* array, int32 count);
///@}
/** @name read and write Boolean. */
///@{
bool writeBool (bool); ///< Write one boolean
bool readBool (bool&); ///< Read one bool.
///@}
/** @name read and write Strings. */
///@{
TSize writeString8 (const char8* ptr, bool terminate = false); ///< a direct output function writing only one string (ascii 8bit)
TSize readString8 (char8* ptr, TSize size); ///< a direct input function reading only one string (ascii) (ended by a \n or \0 or eof)
bool writeStr8 (const char8* ptr); ///< write a string length (strlen) and string itself
char8* readStr8 (); ///< read a string length and string text (The return string must be deleted when use is finished)
static int32 getStr8Size (const char8* ptr); ///< returns the size of a saved string
bool writeStringUtf8 (const tchar* ptr); ///< always terminated, converts to utf8 if non ascii characters are in string
int32 readStringUtf8 (tchar* ptr, int32 maxSize); ///< read a UTF8 string
///@}
bool skip (uint32 bytes);
bool pad (uint32 bytes);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
int16 byteOrder;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FStreamSizeHolder Declaration
remembers size of stream chunk for backward compatibility.
<b>Example:</b>
@code
externalize (a)
{
FStreamSizeHolder sizeHolder;
sizeHolder.beginWrite (); // sets start mark, writes dummy size
a << ....
sizeHolder.endWrite (); // jumps to start mark, updates size, jumps back here
}
internalize (a)
{
FStreamSizeHolder sizeHolder;
sizeHolder.beginRead (); // reads size, mark
a >> ....
sizeHolder.endRead (); // jumps forward if new version has larger size
}
@endcode
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class FStreamSizeHolder
{
public:
FStreamSizeHolder (FStreamer &s);
void beginWrite (); ///< remembers position and writes 0
int32 endWrite (); ///< writes and returns size (since the start marker)
int32 beginRead (); ///< returns size
void endRead (); ///< jump to end of chunk
protected:
FStreamer &stream;
int64 sizePos;
};
class IBStream;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IBStreamer
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Wrapper class for typed reading/writing from or to IBStream.
Can be used framework-independent in plug-ins. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class IBStreamer: public FStreamer
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Constructor for a given IBSTream and a byteOrder. */
IBStreamer (IBStream* stream, int16 byteOrder = BYTEORDER);
IBStream* getStream () { return stream; } ///< Returns the associated IBStream.
// FStreamer overrides:
TSize readRaw (void*, TSize) SMTG_OVERRIDE; ///< Read one buffer of size.
TSize writeRaw (const void*, TSize) SMTG_OVERRIDE; ///< Write one buffer of size.
int64 seek (int64, FSeekMode) SMTG_OVERRIDE; ///< Set file position for stream.
int64 tell () SMTG_OVERRIDE; ///< Return current file position.
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
IBStream* stream;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,748 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/fstring.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 2008
// Description : String class
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fstrdefs.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/istringresult.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ipersistent.h"
#include "base/source/fobject.h"
#include <cstdarg>
namespace Steinberg {
class FVariant;
class String;
#ifdef UNICODE
static const bool kWideStringDefault = true;
#else
static const bool kWideStringDefault = false;
#endif
static const uint16 kBomUtf16 = 0xFEFF; ///< UTF16 Byte Order Mark
static const char8* const kBomUtf8 = "\xEF\xBB\xBF"; ///< UTF8 Byte Order Mark
static const int32 kBomUtf8Length = 3;
enum MBCodePage
{
kCP_ANSI = 0, ///< Default ANSI codepage.
kCP_MAC_ROMAN = 2, ///< Default Mac codepage.
kCP_ANSI_WEL = 1252, ///< West European Latin Encoding.
kCP_MAC_CEE = 10029, ///< Mac Central European Encoding.
kCP_Utf8 = 65001, ///< UTF8 Encoding.
kCP_ShiftJIS = 932, ///< Shifted Japan Industrial Standard Encoding.
kCP_US_ASCII = 20127, ///< US-ASCII (7-bit).
kCP_Default = kCP_ANSI ///< Default ANSI codepage.
};
enum UnicodeNormalization
{
kUnicodeNormC, ///< Unicode normalization Form C, canonical composition.
kUnicodeNormD, ///< Unicode normalization Form D, canonical decomposition.
kUnicodeNormKC, ///< Unicode normalization form KC, compatibility composition.
kUnicodeNormKD ///< Unicode normalization form KD, compatibility decomposition.
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Helper functions to create hash codes from string data.
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
extern uint32 hashString8 (const char8* s, uint32 m);
extern uint32 hashString16 (const char16* s, uint32 m);
inline uint32 hashString (const tchar* s, uint32 m)
{
#ifdef UNICODE
return hashString16 (s, m);
#else
return hashString8 (s, m);
#endif
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Invariant String.
@ingroup adt
A base class which provides methods to work with its
member string. Neither of the operations allows modifying the member string and
that is why all operation are declared as const.
There are operations for access, comparison, find, numbers and conversion.
Almost all operations exist in three versions for char8, char16 and the
polymorphic type tchar. The type tchar can either be char8 or char16 depending
on whether UNICODE is activated or not.*/
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class ConstString
{
public:
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ConstString (const char8* str, int32 length = -1); ///< Assign from string of type char8 (length=-1: all)
ConstString (const char16* str, int32 length = -1); ///< Assign from string of type char16 (length=-1: all)
ConstString (const ConstString& str, int32 offset = 0, int32 length = -1); ///< Copy constructor (length=-1: all).
ConstString (const FVariant& var); ///< Assign a string from FVariant
ConstString ();
virtual ~ConstString () {} ///< Destructor.
// access -----------------------------------------------------------------
virtual int32 length () const {return static_cast<int32> (len);} ///< Return length of string
inline bool isEmpty () const {return buffer == nullptr || len == 0;} ///< Return true if string is empty
operator const char8* () const {return text8 ();} ///< Returns pointer to string of type char8 (no modification allowed)
operator const char16* () const {return text16 ();} ///< Returns pointer to string of type char16(no modification allowed)
inline tchar operator[] (short idx) const {return getChar (static_cast<uint32> (idx));} ///< Returns character at 'idx'
inline tchar operator[] (long idx) const {return getChar (static_cast<uint32> (idx));}
inline tchar operator[] (int idx) const {return getChar (static_cast<uint32> (idx));}
inline tchar operator[] (unsigned short idx) const {return getChar (idx);}
inline tchar operator[] (unsigned long idx) const {return getChar (static_cast<uint32> (idx));}
inline tchar operator[] (unsigned int idx) const {return getChar (idx);}
inline virtual const char8* text8 () const; ///< Returns pointer to string of type char8
inline virtual const char16* text16 () const; ///< Returns pointer to string of type char16
inline virtual const tchar* text () const; ///< Returns pointer to string of type tchar
inline virtual const void* ptr () const {return buffer;} ///< Returns pointer to string of type void
inline virtual char8 getChar8 (uint32 index) const; ///< Returns character of type char16 at 'index'
inline virtual char16 getChar16 (uint32 index) const; ///< Returns character of type char8 at 'index'
inline tchar getChar (uint32 index) const; ///< Returns character of type tchar at 'index'
inline tchar getCharAt (uint32 index) const; ///< Returns character of type tchar at 'index', no conversion!
bool testChar8 (uint32 index, char8 c) const; ///< Returns true if character is equal at position 'index'
bool testChar16 (uint32 index, char16 c) const;
inline bool testChar (uint32 index, char8 c) const {return testChar8 (index, c);}
inline bool testChar (uint32 index, char16 c) const {return testChar16 (index, c);}
bool extract (String& result, uint32 idx, int32 n = -1) const; ///< Get n characters long substring starting at index (n=-1: until end)
int32 copyTo8 (char8* str, uint32 idx = 0, int32 n = -1) const;
int32 copyTo16 (char16* str, uint32 idx = 0, int32 n = -1) const;
int32 copyTo (tchar* str, uint32 idx = 0, int32 n = -1) const;
void copyTo (IStringResult* result) const; ///< Copies whole member string
void copyTo (IString& string) const; ///< Copies whole member string
inline uint32 hash (uint32 tsize) const
{
return isWide ? hashString16 (buffer16, tsize) : hashString8 (buffer8, tsize) ;
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// compare ----------------------------------------------------------------
enum CompareMode
{
kCaseSensitive, ///< Comparison is done with regard to character's case
kCaseInsensitive ///< Comparison is done without regard to character's case
};
int32 compareAt (uint32 index, const ConstString& str, int32 n = -1, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive) const; ///< Compare n characters of str with n characters of this starting at index (return: see above)
int32 compare (const ConstString& str, int32 n, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive) const; ///< Compare n characters of str with n characters of this (return: see above)
int32 compare (const ConstString& str, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive) const; ///< Compare all characters of str with this (return: see above)
int32 naturalCompare (const ConstString& str, CompareMode mode = kCaseSensitive) const;
bool startsWith (const ConstString& str, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive) const; ///< Check if this starts with str
bool endsWith (const ConstString& str, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive) const; ///< Check if this ends with str
bool contains (const ConstString& str, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive) const; ///< Check if this contains str
// static methods
static bool isCharSpace (char8 character); ///< Returns true if character is a space
static bool isCharSpace (char16 character); ///< @copydoc isCharSpace(const char8)
static bool isCharAlpha (char8 character); ///< Returns true if character is an alphabetic character
static bool isCharAlpha (char16 character); ///< @copydoc isCharAlpha(const char8)
static bool isCharAlphaNum (char8 character); ///< Returns true if character is an alphanumeric character
static bool isCharAlphaNum (char16 character); ///< @copydoc isCharAlphaNum(const char8)
static bool isCharDigit (char8 character); ///< Returns true if character is a number
static bool isCharDigit (char16 character); ///< @copydoc isCharDigit(const char8)
static bool isCharAscii (char8 character); ///< Returns true if character is in ASCII range
static bool isCharAscii (char16 character); ///< Returns true if character is in ASCII range
static bool isCharUpper (char8 character);
static bool isCharUpper (char16 character);
static bool isCharLower (char8 character);
static bool isCharLower (char16 character);
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @name Find first occurrence of n characters of str in this (n=-1: all) ending at endIndex (endIndex = -1: all)*/
///@{
inline int32 findFirst (const ConstString& str, int32 n = -1, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive, int32 endIndex = -1) const {return findNext (0, str, n, m, endIndex);}
inline int32 findFirst (char8 c, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive, int32 endIndex = -1) const {return findNext (0, c, m, endIndex);}
inline int32 findFirst (char16 c, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive, int32 endIndex = -1) const {return findNext (0, c, m, endIndex);}
///@}
/** @name Find next occurrence of n characters of str starting at startIndex in this (n=-1: all) ending at endIndex (endIndex = -1: all)*/
///@{
int32 findNext (int32 startIndex, const ConstString& str, int32 n = -1, CompareMode = kCaseSensitive, int32 endIndex = -1) const;
int32 findNext (int32 startIndex, char8 c, CompareMode = kCaseSensitive, int32 endIndex = -1) const;
int32 findNext (int32 startIndex, char16 c, CompareMode = kCaseSensitive, int32 endIndex = -1) const;
///@}
/** @name Find previous occurrence of n characters of str starting at startIndex in this (n=-1: all) */
///@{
int32 findPrev (int32 startIndex, const ConstString& str, int32 n = -1, CompareMode = kCaseSensitive) const;
int32 findPrev (int32 startIndex, char8 c, CompareMode = kCaseSensitive) const;
int32 findPrev (int32 startIndex, char16 c, CompareMode = kCaseSensitive) const;
///@}
inline int32 findLast (const ConstString& str, int32 n = -1, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive) const {return findPrev (-1, str, n, m);} ///< Find last occurrence of n characters of str in this (n=-1: all)
inline int32 findLast (char8 c, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive) const {return findPrev (-1, c, m);}
inline int32 findLast (char16 c, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive) const {return findPrev (-1, c, m);}
int32 countOccurences (char8 c, uint32 startIndex, CompareMode = kCaseSensitive) const; ///< Counts occurences of c within this starting at index
int32 countOccurences (char16 c, uint32 startIndex, CompareMode = kCaseSensitive) const;
int32 getFirstDifferent (const ConstString& str, CompareMode = kCaseSensitive) const; ///< Returns position of first different character
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// numbers ----------------------------------------------------------------
bool isDigit (uint32 index) const; ///< Returns true if character at position is a digit
bool scanFloat (double& value, uint32 offset = 0, bool scanToEnd = true) const; ///< Converts string to double value starting at offset
bool scanInt64 (int64& value, uint32 offset = 0, bool scanToEnd = true) const; ///< Converts string to int64 value starting at offset
bool scanUInt64 (uint64& value, uint32 offset = 0, bool scanToEnd = true) const; ///< Converts string to uint64 value starting at offset
bool scanInt32 (int32& value, uint32 offset = 0, bool scanToEnd = true) const; ///< Converts string to int32 value starting at offset
bool scanUInt32 (uint32& value, uint32 offset = 0, bool scanToEnd = true) const; ///< Converts string to uint32 value starting at offset
bool scanHex (uint8& value, uint32 offset = 0, bool scanToEnd = true) const; ///< Converts string to hex/uint8 value starting at offset
int32 getTrailingNumberIndex (uint32 width = 0) const; ///< Returns start index of trailing number
int64 getTrailingNumber (int64 fallback = 0) const; ///< Returns result of scanInt64 or the fallback
int64 getNumber () const; ///< Returns result of scanInt64
// static methods
static bool scanInt64_8 (const char8* text, int64& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type char8 to int64 value
static bool scanInt64_16 (const char16* text, int64& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type char16 to int64 value
static bool scanInt64 (const tchar* text, int64& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type tchar to int64 value
static bool scanUInt64_8 (const char8* text, uint64& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type char8 to uint64 value
static bool scanUInt64_16 (const char16* text, uint64& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type char16 to uint64 value
static bool scanUInt64 (const tchar* text, uint64& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type tchar to uint64 value
static bool scanInt32_8 (const char8* text, int32& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type char8 to int32 value
static bool scanInt32_16 (const char16* text, int32& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type char16 to int32 value
static bool scanInt32 (const tchar* text, int32& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type tchar to int32 value
static bool scanUInt32_8 (const char8* text, uint32& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type char8 to int32 value
static bool scanUInt32_16 (const char16* text, uint32& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type char16 to int32 value
static bool scanUInt32 (const tchar* text, uint32& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type tchar to int32 value
static bool scanHex_8 (const char8* text, uint8& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type char8 to hex/unit8 value
static bool scanHex_16 (const char16* text, uint8& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type char16 to hex/unit8 value
static bool scanHex (const tchar* text, uint8& value, bool scanToEnd = true); ///< Converts string of type tchar to hex/unit8 value
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// conversion -------------------------------------------------------------
void toVariant (FVariant& var) const;
static char8 toLower (char8 c); ///< Converts to lower case
static char8 toUpper (char8 c); ///< Converts to upper case
static char16 toLower (char16 c);
static char16 toUpper (char16 c);
static int32 multiByteToWideString (char16* dest, const char8* source, int32 wcharCount, uint32 sourceCodePage = kCP_Default); ///< If dest is zero, this returns the maximum number of bytes needed to convert source
static int32 wideStringToMultiByte (char8* dest, const char16* source, int32 char8Count, uint32 destCodePage = kCP_Default); ///< If dest is zero, this returns the maximum number of bytes needed to convert source
bool isWideString () const {return isWide != 0;} ///< Returns true if string is wide
bool isAsciiString () const; ///< Checks if all characters in string are in ascii range
bool isNormalized (UnicodeNormalization = kUnicodeNormC); ///< On PC only kUnicodeNormC is working
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
virtual void* toCFStringRef (uint32 encoding = 0xFFFF, bool mutableCFString = false) const; ///< CFString conversion
#endif
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
union
{
void* buffer;
char8* buffer8;
char16* buffer16;
};
uint32 len : 30;
uint32 isWide : 1;
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** String.
@ingroup adt
Extends class ConstString by operations which allow modifications.
\see ConstString */
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class String : public ConstString
{
public:
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
String ();
String (const char8* str, MBCodePage codepage, int32 n = -1, bool isTerminated = true); ///< assign n characters of str and convert to wide string by using the specified codepage
String (const char8* str, int32 n = -1, bool isTerminated = true); ///< assign n characters of str (-1: all)
String (const char16* str, int32 n = -1, bool isTerminated = true); ///< assign n characters of str (-1: all)
String (const String& str, int32 n = -1); ///< assign n characters of str (-1: all)
String (const ConstString& str, int32 n = -1); ///< assign n characters of str (-1: all)
String (const FVariant& var); ///< assign from FVariant
String (IString* str); ///< assign from IString
~String ();
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
String (String&& str);
String& operator= (String&& str);
#endif
// access------------------------------------------------------------------
void updateLength (); ///< Call this when the string is truncated outside (not recommended though)
const char8* text8 () const SMTG_OVERRIDE;
const char16* text16 () const SMTG_OVERRIDE;
char8 getChar8 (uint32 index) const SMTG_OVERRIDE;
char16 getChar16 (uint32 index) const SMTG_OVERRIDE;
bool setChar8 (uint32 index, char8 c);
bool setChar16 (uint32 index, char16 c);
inline bool setChar (uint32 index, char8 c) {return setChar8 (index, c);}
inline bool setChar (uint32 index, char16 c) {return setChar16 (index, c);}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// assignment--------------------------------------------------------------
String& operator= (const char8* str) {return assign (str);} ///< Assign from a string of type char8
String& operator= (const char16* str) {return assign (str);}
String& operator= (const ConstString& str) {return assign (str);}
String& operator= (const String& str) {return assign (str);}
String& operator= (char8 c) {return assign (c);}
String& operator= (char16 c) {return assign (c);}
String& assign (const ConstString& str, int32 n = -1); ///< Assign n characters of str (-1: all)
String& assign (const char8* str, int32 n = -1, bool isTerminated = true); ///< Assign n characters of str (-1: all)
String& assign (const char16* str, int32 n = -1, bool isTerminated = true); ///< Assign n characters of str (-1: all)
String& assign (char8 c, int32 n = 1);
String& assign (char16 c, int32 n = 1);
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// concat------------------------------------------------------------------
String& append (const ConstString& str, int32 n = -1); ///< Append n characters of str to this (n=-1: all)
String& append (const char8* str, int32 n = -1); ///< Append n characters of str to this (n=-1: all)
String& append (const char16* str, int32 n = -1); ///< Append n characters of str to this (n=-1: all)
String& append (const char8 c, int32 n = 1); ///< Append char c n times
String& append (const char16 c, int32 n = 1); ///< Append char c n times
String& insertAt (uint32 idx, const ConstString& str, int32 n = -1); ///< Insert n characters of str at position idx (n=-1: all)
String& insertAt (uint32 idx, const char8* str, int32 n = -1); ///< Insert n characters of str at position idx (n=-1: all)
String& insertAt (uint32 idx, const char16* str, int32 n = -1); ///< Insert n characters of str at position idx (n=-1: all)
String& insertAt (uint32 idx, char8 c) {char8 str[] = {c, 0}; return insertAt (idx, str, 1);}
String& insertAt (uint32 idx, char16 c) {char16 str[] = {c, 0}; return insertAt (idx, str, 1);}
String& operator+= (const String& str) {return append (str);}
String& operator+= (const ConstString& str) {return append (str);}
String& operator+= (const char8* str) {return append (str);}
String& operator+= (const char16* str) {return append (str);}
String& operator+= (const char8 c) {return append (c);}
String& operator+= (const char16 c) {return append (c);}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// replace-----------------------------------------------------------------
String& replace (uint32 idx, int32 n1, const ConstString& str, int32 n2 = -1); ///< Replace n1 characters of this (starting at idx) with n2 characters of str (n1,n2=-1: until end)
String& replace (uint32 idx, int32 n1, const char8* str, int32 n2 = -1); ///< Replace n1 characters of this (starting at idx) with n2 characters of str (n1,n2=-1: until end)
String& replace (uint32 idx, int32 n1, const char16* str, int32 n2 = -1); ///< Replace n1 characters of this (starting at idx) with n2 characters of str (n1,n2=-1: until end)
int32 replace (const char8* toReplace, const char8* toReplaceWith, bool all = false, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive); ///< Replace find string with replace string - returns number of replacements
int32 replace (const char16* toReplace, const char16* toReplaceWith, bool all = false, CompareMode m = kCaseSensitive); ///< Replace find string with replace string - returns number of replacements
bool replaceChars8 (const char8* toReplace, char8 toReplaceBy); ///< Returns true when any replacement was done
bool replaceChars16 (const char16* toReplace, char16 toReplaceBy);
inline bool replaceChars8 (char8 toReplace, char8 toReplaceBy) {char8 str[] = {toReplace, 0}; return replaceChars8 (str, toReplaceBy);}
inline bool replaceChars16 (char16 toReplace, char16 toReplaceBy) {char16 str[] = {toReplace, 0}; return replaceChars16 (str, toReplaceBy);}
inline bool replaceChars (char8 toReplace, char8 toReplaceBy) {return replaceChars8 (toReplace, toReplaceBy);}
inline bool replaceChars (char16 toReplace, char16 toReplaceBy) {return replaceChars16 (toReplace, toReplaceBy);}
inline bool replaceChars (const char8* toReplace, char8 toReplaceBy) {return replaceChars8 (toReplace, toReplaceBy);}
inline bool replaceChars (const char16* toReplace, char16 toReplaceBy) {return replaceChars16 (toReplace, toReplaceBy);}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// remove------------------------------------------------------------------
String& remove (uint32 index = 0, int32 n = -1); ///< Remove n characters from string starting at index (n=-1: until end)
enum CharGroup {kSpace, kNotAlphaNum, kNotAlpha};
bool trim (CharGroup mode = kSpace); ///< Trim lead/trail.
void removeChars (CharGroup mode = kSpace); ///< Removes all of group.
bool removeChars8 (const char8* which); ///< Remove all occurrences of each char in 'which'
bool removeChars16 (const char16* which); ///< Remove all occurrences of each char in 'which'
inline bool removeChars8 (const char8 which) {char8 str[] = {which, 0}; return removeChars8 (str); }
inline bool removeChars16 (const char16 which) {char16 str[] = {which, 0}; return removeChars16 (str); }
inline bool removeChars (const char8* which) {return removeChars8 (which);}
inline bool removeChars (const char16* which) {return removeChars16 (which);}
inline bool removeChars (const char8 which) {return removeChars8 (which);}
inline bool removeChars (const char16 which) {return removeChars16 (which);}
bool removeSubString (const ConstString& subString, bool allOccurences = true);
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// print-------------------------------------------------------------------
String& printf (const char8* format, ...); ///< Print formatted data into string
String& printf (const char16* format, ...); ///< Print formatted data into string
String& vprintf (const char8* format, va_list args);
String& vprintf (const char16* format, va_list args);
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// numbers-----------------------------------------------------------------
String& printInt64 (int64 value);
String& printFloat (double value);
/** Increment the trailing number if present else start with minNumber, width specifies the string width format (width 2 for number 3 is 03),
applyOnlyFormat set to true will only format the string to the given width without incrementing the founded trailing number */
bool incrementTrailingNumber (uint32 width = 2, tchar separator = STR (' '), uint32 minNumber = 1, bool applyOnlyFormat = false);
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// conversion--------------------------------------------------------------
bool fromVariant (const FVariant& var); ///< Assigns string from FVariant
void toVariant (FVariant& var) const;
bool fromAttributes (IAttributes* a, IAttrID attrID); ///< Assigns string from FAttributes
bool toAttributes (IAttributes* a, IAttrID attrID);
void swapContent (String& s); ///< Swaps ownership of the strings pointed to
void take (String& str); ///< Take ownership of the string of 'str'
void take (void* _buffer, bool wide); ///< Take ownership of buffer
void* pass ();
void passToVariant (FVariant& var); ///< Pass ownership of buffer to Variant - sets Variant ownership
void toLower (uint32 index); ///< Lower case the character.
void toLower (); ///< Lower case the string.
void toUpper (uint32 index); ///< Upper case the character.
void toUpper (); ///< Upper case the string.
unsigned char* toPascalString (unsigned char* buf); ///< Pascal string conversion
const String& fromPascalString (const unsigned char* buf); ///< Pascal string conversion
bool toWideString (uint32 sourceCodePage = kCP_Default); ///< Converts to wide string according to sourceCodePage
bool toMultiByte (uint32 destCodePage = kCP_Default);
void fromUTF8 (const char8* utf8String); ///< Assigns from UTF8 string
bool normalize (UnicodeNormalization = kUnicodeNormC); ///< On PC only kUnicodeNormC is working
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
virtual bool fromCFStringRef (const void*, uint32 encoding = 0xFFFF); ///< CFString conversion
#endif
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
bool resize (uint32 newSize, bool wide, bool fill = false);
private:
void tryFreeBuffer ();
bool checkToMultiByte (uint32 destCodePage = kCP_Default) const; // to remove debug code from inline - const_cast inside!!!
};
// String concatenation functions.
inline String operator+ (const ConstString& s1, const ConstString& s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const ConstString& s1, const char8* s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const ConstString& s1, const char16* s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const char8* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const char16* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const ConstString& s1, const String& s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const String& s1, const ConstString& s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const String& s1, const String& s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const String& s1, const char8* s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const String& s1, const char16* s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const char8* s1, const String& s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
inline String operator+ (const char16* s1, const String& s2) {return String (s1).append (s2);}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ConstString
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline const tchar* ConstString::text () const
{
#ifdef UNICODE
return text16 ();
#else
return text8 ();
#endif
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline const char8* ConstString::text8 () const
{
return (!isWide && buffer8) ? buffer8: kEmptyString8;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline const char16* ConstString::text16 () const
{
return (isWide && buffer16) ? buffer16 : kEmptyString16;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline char8 ConstString::getChar8 (uint32 index) const
{
if (index < len && buffer8 && !isWide)
return buffer8[index];
return 0;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline char16 ConstString::getChar16 (uint32 index) const
{
if (index < len && buffer16 && isWide)
return buffer16[index];
return 0;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline tchar ConstString::getChar (uint32 index) const
{
#ifdef UNICODE
return getChar16 (index);
#else
return getChar8 (index);
#endif
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline tchar ConstString::getCharAt (uint32 index) const
{
#ifdef UNICODE
if (isWide)
return getChar16 (index);
#endif
return static_cast<tchar> (getChar8 (index));
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline int64 ConstString::getNumber () const
{
int64 tmp = 0;
scanInt64 (tmp);
return tmp;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool ConstString::scanInt32_8 (const char8* text, int32& value, bool scanToEnd)
{
int64 tmp;
if (scanInt64_8 (text, tmp, scanToEnd))
{
value = (int32)tmp;
return true;
}
return false;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool ConstString::scanInt32_16 (const char16* text, int32& value, bool scanToEnd)
{
int64 tmp;
if (scanInt64_16 (text, tmp, scanToEnd))
{
value = (int32)tmp;
return true;
}
return false;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool ConstString::scanInt32 (const tchar* text, int32& value, bool scanToEnd)
{
int64 tmp;
if (scanInt64 (text, tmp, scanToEnd))
{
value = (int32)tmp;
return true;
}
return false;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool ConstString::scanUInt32_8 (const char8* text, uint32& value, bool scanToEnd)
{
uint64 tmp;
if (scanUInt64_8 (text, tmp, scanToEnd))
{
value = (uint32)tmp;
return true;
}
return false;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool ConstString::scanUInt32_16 (const char16* text, uint32& value, bool scanToEnd)
{
uint64 tmp;
if (scanUInt64_16 (text, tmp, scanToEnd))
{
value = (uint32)tmp;
return true;
}
return false;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool ConstString::scanUInt32 (const tchar* text, uint32& value, bool scanToEnd)
{
uint64 tmp;
if (scanUInt64 (text, tmp, scanToEnd))
{
value = (uint32)tmp;
return true;
}
return false;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline const char8* String::text8 () const
{
if (isWide && !isEmpty ())
checkToMultiByte (); // this should be avoided, since it can lead to information loss
return ConstString::text8 ();
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline const char16* String::text16 () const
{
if (!isWide && !isEmpty ())
{
const_cast<String&> (*this).toWideString ();
}
return ConstString::text16 ();
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline char8 String::getChar8 (uint32 index) const
{
if (isWide && !isEmpty ())
checkToMultiByte (); // this should be avoided, since it can lead to information loss
return ConstString::getChar8 (index);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline char16 String::getChar16 (uint32 index) const
{
if (!isWide && !isEmpty ())
{
const_cast<String&> (*this).toWideString ();
}
return ConstString::getChar16 (index);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool operator< (const ConstString& s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) < 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator<= (const ConstString& s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) <= 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator> (const ConstString& s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) > 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator>= (const ConstString& s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) >= 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator== (const ConstString& s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) == 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator!= (const ConstString& s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) != 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator< (const ConstString& s1, const char8* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) < 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator<= (const ConstString& s1, const char8* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) <= 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator> (const ConstString& s1, const char8* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) > 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator>= (const ConstString& s1, const char8* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) >= 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator== (const ConstString& s1, const char8* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) == 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator!= (const ConstString& s1, const char8* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) != 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator< (const char8* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) > 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator<= (const char8* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) >= 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator> (const char8* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) < 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator>= (const char8* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) <= 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator== (const char8* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) == 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator!= (const char8* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) != 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator< (const ConstString& s1, const char16* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) < 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator<= (const ConstString& s1, const char16* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) <= 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator> (const ConstString& s1, const char16* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) > 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator>= (const ConstString& s1, const char16* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) >= 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator== (const ConstString& s1, const char16* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) == 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator!= (const ConstString& s1, const char16* s2) {return (s1.compare (s2) != 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator< (const char16* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) > 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator<= (const char16* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) >= 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator> (const char16* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) < 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator>= (const char16* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) <= 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator== (const char16* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) == 0) ? true : false;}
inline bool operator!= (const char16* s1, const ConstString& s2) {return (s2.compare (s1) != 0) ? true : false;}
// The following functions will only work with European Numbers!
// (e.g. Arabic, Tibetan, and Khmer digits are not supported)
extern int32 strnatcmp8 (const char8* s1, const char8* s2, bool caseSensitive = true);
extern int32 strnatcmp16 (const char16* s1, const char16* s2, bool caseSensitive = true);
inline int32 strnatcmp (const tchar* s1, const tchar* s2, bool caseSensitive = true)
{
#ifdef UNICODE
return strnatcmp16 (s1, s2, caseSensitive);
#else
return strnatcmp8 (s1, s2, caseSensitive);
#endif
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** StringObject implements IStringResult and IString methods.
It can therefore be exchanged with other Steinberg objects using one or both of these
interfaces.
\see String, ConstString
*/
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class StringObject : public FObject, public String, public IStringResult, public IString
{
public:
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
StringObject () {}
StringObject (const char16* str, int32 n = -1, bool isTerminated = true) : String (str, n, isTerminated) {}
StringObject (const char8* str, int32 n = -1, bool isTerminated = true) : String (str, n, isTerminated) {}
StringObject (const StringObject& str, int32 n = -1) : String (str, n) {}
StringObject (const String& str, int32 n = -1) : String (str, n) {}
StringObject (const FVariant& var) : String (var) {}
using String::operator=;
// IStringResult ----------------------------------------------------------
void PLUGIN_API setText (const char8* text) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IString-----------------------------------------------------------------
void PLUGIN_API setText8 (const char8* text) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
void PLUGIN_API setText16 (const char16* text) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
const char8* PLUGIN_API getText8 () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
const char16* PLUGIN_API getText16 () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
void PLUGIN_API take (void* s, bool _isWide) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
bool PLUGIN_API isWideString () const SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
OBJ_METHODS (StringObject, FObject)
FUNKNOWN_METHODS2 (IStringResult, IString, FObject)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,733 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/updatehandler.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 2008
// Description :
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "base/source/updatehandler.h"
#include "base/source/classfactoryhelpers.h"
#include "base/source/fstring.h"
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
#include <unordered_map>
#else
#include <map>
#endif
#include <deque>
#include <vector>
#include <algorithm>
#define NON_EXISTING_DEPENDENCY_CHECK 0 // not yet
#define CLASS_NAME_TRACKED DEVELOPMENT
using Steinberg::Base::Thread::FGuard;
namespace Steinberg {
DEF_CLASS_IID (IUpdateManager)
bool UpdateHandler::lockUpdates = false;
namespace Update {
const uint32 kHashSize = (1 << 8); // must be power of 2 (16 bytes * 256 == 4096)
const uint32 kMapSize = 1024 * 10;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline uint32 hashPointer (void* p)
{
return (uint32)((uint64 (p) >> 12) & (kHashSize - 1));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline IPtr<FUnknown> getUnknownBase (FUnknown* unknown)
{
FUnknown* result = nullptr;
if (unknown)
unknown->queryInterface (FUnknown::iid, (void**)&result);
return owned (result);
}
#if CLASS_NAME_TRACKED
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct Dependency
{
Dependency (FUnknown* o, IDependent* d)
: obj (o), dep (d), objClass (nullptr), depClass (nullptr)
{
}
inline bool operator== (const Dependency& d) const { return obj == d.obj; }
inline bool operator!= (const Dependency& d) const { return obj != d.obj; }
inline bool operator< (const Dependency& d) const { return obj < d.obj; }
inline bool operator> (const Dependency& d) const { return obj > d.obj; }
FUnknown* obj;
IDependent* dep;
FClassID objClass;
FClassID depClass;
};
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct DeferedChange
{
DeferedChange (FUnknown* o, int32 m = 0) : obj (o), msg (m) {}
~DeferedChange () {}
DeferedChange (const DeferedChange& r) : obj (r.obj), msg (r.msg) {}
inline bool operator== (const DeferedChange& d) const { return obj == d.obj; }
inline bool operator!= (const DeferedChange& d) const { return obj != d.obj; }
FUnknown* obj;
int32 msg;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct UpdateData
{
UpdateData (FUnknown* o, IDependent** d, uint32 c)
: obj (o), dependents (d), count (c)
{
}
FUnknown* obj;
IDependent** dependents;
uint32 count;
bool operator== (const UpdateData& d) const
{
return d.obj == obj && d.dependents == dependents;
}
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
using DeferedChangeList = std::deque<DeferedChange>;
using DeferedChangeListIterConst = DeferedChangeList::const_iterator;
using DeferedChangeListIter = DeferedChangeList::iterator;
using UpdateDataList = std::deque<UpdateData>;
using UpdateDataListIterConst = UpdateDataList::const_iterator;
#if CLASS_NAME_TRACKED
using DependentList = std::vector<Dependency>;
#else
typedef std::vector<IDependent*> DependentList;
#endif
using DependentListIter = DependentList::iterator;
using DependentListIterConst = DependentList::const_iterator;
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
using DependentMap = std::unordered_map<const FUnknown*, DependentList>;
#else
typedef std::map<const FUnknown*, DependentList> DependentMap;
#endif
using DependentMapIter = DependentMap::iterator;
using DependentMapIterConst = DependentMap::const_iterator;
struct Table
{
DependentMap depMap[kHashSize];
DeferedChangeList defered;
UpdateDataList updateData;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void updateDone (FUnknown* unknown, int32 message)
{
if (message != IDependent::kDestroyed)
{
FObject* obj = FObject::unknownToObject (unknown);
if (obj)
obj->updateDone (message);
}
}
} // namespace Update
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static int32 countEntries (Update::DependentMap& map)
{
int32 total = 0;
Update::DependentMapIterConst iterMap = map.begin ();
while (iterMap != map.end ())
{
const Update::DependentList& list = iterMap->second;
Update::DependentListIterConst iterList = list.begin ();
while (iterList != list.end ())
{
total++;
++iterList;
}
++iterMap;
}
return total;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
UpdateHandler::UpdateHandler ()
{
table = NEW Update::Table;
if (FObject::getUpdateHandler () == nullptr)
FObject::setUpdateHandler (this);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
UpdateHandler::~UpdateHandler ()
{
if (FObject::getUpdateHandler () == this)
FObject::setUpdateHandler (nullptr);
delete table;
table = nullptr;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API UpdateHandler::addDependent (FUnknown* u, IDependent* _dependent)
{
IPtr<FUnknown> unknown = Update::getUnknownBase (u);
if (!unknown || !_dependent)
return kResultFalse;
FGuard guard (lock);
#if CLASS_NAME_TRACKED
Update::Dependency dependent (unknown, _dependent);
FObject* obj = FObject::unknownToObject (unknown);
if (obj)
dependent.objClass = obj->isA ();
obj = FObject::unknownToObject (_dependent);
if (obj)
dependent.depClass = obj->isA ();
#else
IDependent* dependent = _dependent;
#endif
Update::DependentMap& map = table->depMap[Update::hashPointer (unknown)];
Update::DependentMapIter it = map.find (unknown);
if (it == map.end ())
{
Update::DependentList list;
list.push_back (dependent);
map[unknown] = list;
}
else
{
(*it).second.push_back (dependent);
}
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API UpdateHandler::removeDependent (FUnknown* u, IDependent* dependent)
{
IPtr<FUnknown> unknown = Update::getUnknownBase (u);
if (unknown == nullptr && dependent == nullptr)
return kResultFalse;
FGuard guard (lock);
Update::UpdateDataListIterConst iter = table->updateData.begin ();
while (iter != table->updateData.end ())
{
if ((*iter).obj == unknown || unknown == nullptr)
{
for (uint32 count = 0; count < (*iter).count; count++)
{
if ((*iter).dependents[count] == dependent)
(*iter).dependents[count] = nullptr;
}
}
++iter;
}
// Remove all objects for the given dependent
if (unknown == nullptr)
{
for (uint32 j = 0; j < Update::kHashSize; j++)
{
Update::DependentMap& map = table->depMap[j];
Update::DependentMapIter iterMap = map.begin ();
while (iterMap != map.end ())
{
Update::DependentList& list = (*iterMap).second;
Update::DependentListIter iterList = list.begin ();
bool listIsEmpty = false;
while (iterList != list.end ())
{
#if CLASS_NAME_TRACKED
if ((*iterList).dep == dependent)
#else
if ((*iterList) == dependent)
#endif
{
if (list.size () == 1u)
{
listIsEmpty = true;
break;
}
else
iterList = list.erase (iterList);
}
else
{
++iterList;
}
}
if (listIsEmpty)
iterMap = map.erase (iterMap);
else
++iterMap;
}
}
}
else
{
bool mustFlush = true;
Update::DependentMap& map = table->depMap[Update::hashPointer (unknown)];
Update::DependentMapIter iterList = map.find (unknown);
#if NON_EXISTING_DEPENDENCY_CHECK
SMTG_ASSERT (iterList != map.end () && "ERROR: Trying to remove a non existing dependency!")
#endif
if (iterList != map.end ())
{
if (dependent == nullptr) // Remove all dependents of object
{
map.erase (iterList);
}
else // Remove one dependent
{
int32 eraseCount = 0;
Update::DependentList& dependentlist = (*iterList).second;
Update::DependentListIter iterDependentlist = dependentlist.begin ();
while (iterDependentlist != dependentlist.end ())
{
#if CLASS_NAME_TRACKED
if ((*iterDependentlist).dep == dependent)
#else
if ((*iterDependentlist) == dependent)
#endif
{
iterDependentlist = dependentlist.erase (iterDependentlist);
eraseCount++;
if (dependentlist.empty ())
{
map.erase (iterList);
break;
}
}
else
{
++iterDependentlist;
mustFlush = false;
}
}
}
}
if (mustFlush)
cancelUpdates (unknown);
}
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult UpdateHandler::doTriggerUpdates (FUnknown* u, int32 message, bool suppressUpdateDone)
{
if (lockUpdates)
return kResultFalse;
IPtr<FUnknown> unknown = Update::getUnknownBase (u);
if (!unknown)
return kResultFalse;
// to avoid crashes due to stack overflow, we reduce the amount of memory reserved for the
// dependents
IDependent* smallDependents[Update::kMapSize / 10]; // 8kB for x64
IDependent** dependents = smallDependents;
int32 maxDependents = Update::kMapSize / 10;
int32 count = 0;
{
FGuard guard (lock); // scope for lock
Update::DependentMap& map = table->depMap[Update::hashPointer (unknown)];
Update::DependentMapIterConst iterList = map.find (unknown);
if (iterList != map.end ())
{
const Update::DependentList& dependentlist = (*iterList).second;
Update::DependentListIterConst iterDependentlist = dependentlist.begin ();
while (iterDependentlist != dependentlist.end ())
{
#if CLASS_NAME_TRACKED
dependents[count] = (*iterDependentlist).dep;
#else
dependents[count] = *iterDependentlist;
#endif
count++;
if (count >= maxDependents)
{
if (dependents == smallDependents)
{
dependents = NEW IDependent*[Update::kMapSize];
memcpy (dependents, smallDependents, count * sizeof (dependents[0]));
maxDependents = Update::kMapSize;
}
else
{
SMTG_WARNING ("Dependency overflow")
break;
}
}
++iterDependentlist;
}
}
// push update data on the stack
if (count > 0)
{
Update::UpdateData data (unknown, dependents, count);
table->updateData.push_back (data);
}
} // end scope
int32 i = 0;
while (i < count)
{
if (dependents[i])
dependents[i]->update (unknown, message);
i++;
}
if (dependents != smallDependents)
delete[] dependents;
// remove update data from the stack
if (count > 0)
{
FGuard guard (lock);
table->updateData.pop_back ();
}
// send update done message
if (suppressUpdateDone == false)
Update::updateDone (unknown, message);
return count > 0 ? kResultTrue : kResultFalse; // Object was found and has been updated
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API UpdateHandler::triggerUpdates (FUnknown* u, int32 message)
{
return doTriggerUpdates (u, message, false);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API UpdateHandler::deferUpdates (FUnknown* u, int32 message)
{
IPtr<FUnknown> unknown = Update::getUnknownBase (u);
if (!unknown)
return kResultFalse;
FGuard guard (lock);
Update::DependentMap& map = table->depMap[Update::hashPointer (unknown)];
Update::DependentMapIterConst iterList = map.find (unknown);
bool hasDependency = (iterList != map.end ());
if (hasDependency == false)
{
Update::updateDone (unknown, message);
return kResultTrue;
}
bool found = false;
Update::DeferedChangeListIterConst iter = table->defered.begin ();
while (iter != table->defered.end ())
{
if ((*iter).obj == unknown && (*iter).msg == message)
{
found = true;
break;
}
++iter;
}
if (!found)
{
Update::DeferedChange change (unknown, message);
table->defered.push_back (change);
}
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API UpdateHandler::triggerDeferedUpdates (FUnknown* unknown)
{
Update::DeferedChangeList deferedAgain;
if (!unknown)
{
while (table->defered.empty () == false)
{
// Remove first from queue
lock.lock ();
FUnknown* obj = table->defered.front ().obj;
int32 msg = table->defered.front ().msg;
table->defered.pop_front ();
// check if this object is currently being updated. in this case, defer update again...
bool canSignal = true;
Update::UpdateDataListIterConst iter = table->updateData.begin ();
while (iter != table->updateData.end ())
{
if ((*iter).obj == obj)
{
canSignal = false;
break;
}
++iter;
}
lock.unlock ();
if (canSignal)
{
triggerUpdates (obj, msg);
}
else
{
Update::DeferedChange change (obj, msg);
deferedAgain.push_back (change);
}
}
}
else
{
IPtr<FUnknown> object = Update::getUnknownBase (unknown);
Update::DeferedChange tmp (object);
while (true)
{
lock.lock ();
Update::DeferedChangeListIter it =
std::find (table->defered.begin (), table->defered.end (), tmp);
if (it == table->defered.end ())
{
lock.unlock ();
return kResultTrue;
}
if ((*it).obj != nullptr)
{
int32 msg = (*it).msg;
table->defered.erase (it);
// check if this object is currently being updated. in this case, defer update
// again...
bool canSignal = true;
Update::UpdateDataListIterConst iter = table->updateData.begin ();
while (iter != table->updateData.end ())
{
if ((*iter).obj == object)
{
canSignal = false;
break;
}
++iter;
}
lock.unlock ();
if (canSignal)
{
triggerUpdates (object, msg);
}
else
{
Update::DeferedChange change (object, msg);
deferedAgain.push_back (change);
}
}
}
}
if (deferedAgain.empty () == false)
{
FGuard guard (lock);
Update::DeferedChangeListIterConst iter = deferedAgain.begin ();
while (iter != deferedAgain.end ())
{
table->defered.push_back (*iter);
++iter;
}
}
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API UpdateHandler::cancelUpdates (FUnknown* u)
{
IPtr<FUnknown> unknown = Update::getUnknownBase (u);
if (!unknown)
return kResultFalse;
FGuard guard (lock);
Update::DeferedChange change (unknown, 0);
while (true)
{
auto iter = std::find (table->defered.begin (), table->defered.end (), change);
if (iter != table->defered.end ())
table->defered.erase (iter);
else
break;
}
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
size_t UpdateHandler::countDependencies (FUnknown* object)
{
FGuard guard (lock);
uint32 res = 0;
IPtr<FUnknown> unknown = Update::getUnknownBase (object);
if (unknown)
{
Update::DependentMap& map = table->depMap[Update::hashPointer (unknown)];
Update::DependentMapIter iterList = map.find (unknown);
if (iterList != map.end ())
return iterList->second.size ();
}
else
{
for (uint32 j = 0; j < Update::kHashSize; j++)
{
Update::DependentMap& map = table->depMap[j];
res += countEntries (map);
}
}
return res;
}
#if DEVELOPMENT
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool UpdateHandler::checkDeferred (FUnknown* object)
{
IPtr<FUnknown> unknown = Update::getUnknownBase (object);
FGuard guard (lock);
Update::DeferedChange tmp (unknown);
Update::DeferedChangeListIterConst it =
std::find (table->defered.begin (), table->defered.end (), tmp);
if (it != table->defered.end ())
return true;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool UpdateHandler::hasDependencies (FUnknown* u)
{
IPtr<FUnknown> unknown = Update::getUnknownBase (u);
if (!unknown)
return false;
FGuard guard (lock);
Update::DependentMap& map = table->depMap[Update::hashPointer (unknown)];
Update::DependentMapIterConst iterList = map.find (unknown);
bool hasDependency = (iterList != map.end ());
return hasDependency;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void UpdateHandler::printForObject (FObject* obj) const
{
IPtr<FUnknown> unknown = Update::getUnknownBase (obj);
if (!unknown)
return;
FUnknownPtr<IDependent> dep (obj);
bool header = false;
Update::DependentMap& map = table->depMap[Update::hashPointer (unknown)];
Update::DependentMapIterConst iterList = map.begin ();
while (iterList != map.end ())
{
const Update::DependentList& dependentlist = (*iterList).second;
Update::DependentListIterConst iterDependentlist = dependentlist.begin ();
while (iterDependentlist != dependentlist.end ())
{
#if CLASS_NAME_TRACKED
if ((*iterList).first == unknown || (*iterDependentlist).dep == dep.getInterface ())
{
if (!header)
{
FDebugPrint ("Dependencies for object %8" FORMAT_INT64A " %s\n", (uint64)obj,
obj->isA ());
header = true;
}
FDebugPrint ("%s %8" FORMAT_INT64A "\n <- %s %8" FORMAT_INT64A "\n",
(*iterDependentlist).depClass, (uint64) (*iterDependentlist).dep,
(*iterDependentlist).objClass, (uint64) ((*iterList).first));
}
#else
if ((*iterList).first == unknown || (*iterDependentlist) == dep.getInterface ())
{
if (!header)
{
FDebugPrint ("Dependencies for object %8" FORMAT_INT64A " %s\n", (uint64)obj,
obj->isA ());
header = true;
}
FDebugPrint ("%8" FORMAT_INT64A "\n <- %8" FORMAT_INT64A "\n",
(uint64) (*iterDependentlist), (uint64) ((*iterList).first));
}
#endif
++iterDependentlist;
}
++iterList;
}
}
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/source/updatehandler.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 2008
// Description :
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "base/source/fobject.h"
#include "base/thread/include/flock.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/iupdatehandler.h"
namespace Steinberg {
/// @cond ignore
namespace Update { struct Table; }
/// @endcond
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Handle Send and Cancel pending message for a given object*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class IUpdateManager : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** cancel pending messages send by \param object or by any if object is 0 */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API cancelUpdates (FUnknown* object) = 0;
/** send pending messages send by \param object or by any if object is 0 */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API triggerDeferedUpdates (FUnknown* object = nullptr) = 0;
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUpdateManager, 0x030B780C, 0xD6E6418D, 0x8CE00BC2, 0x09C834D4)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
UpdateHandler implements IUpdateManager and IUpdateHandler to handle dependencies
between objects to store and forward messages to dependent objects.
This implementation is thread save, so objects can send message, add or remove
dependents from different threads.
Do do so it uses mutex, so be aware of locking.
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
class UpdateHandler : public FObject, public IUpdateHandler, public IUpdateManager
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UpdateHandler ();
~UpdateHandler ();
using FObject::addDependent;
using FObject::removeDependent;
using FObject::deferUpdate;
// IUpdateHandler
/** register \param dependent to get messages from \param object */
tresult PLUGIN_API addDependent (FUnknown* object, IDependent* dependent) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
/** unregister \param dependent to get no messages from \param object */
tresult PLUGIN_API removeDependent (FUnknown* object,
IDependent* dependent) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
/** send \param message to all dependents of \param object immediately */
tresult PLUGIN_API triggerUpdates (FUnknown* object, int32 message) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
/** send \param message to all dependents of \param object when idle */
tresult PLUGIN_API deferUpdates (FUnknown* object, int32 message) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
// IUpdateManager
/** cancel pending messages send by \param object or by any if object is 0 */
tresult PLUGIN_API cancelUpdates (FUnknown* object) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
/** send pending messages send by \param object or by any if object is 0 */
tresult PLUGIN_API triggerDeferedUpdates (FUnknown* object = nullptr) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
/// @cond ignore
// obsolete functions kept for compatibility
void checkUpdates (FObject* object = nullptr) { triggerDeferedUpdates (object->unknownCast ()); }
void flushUpdates (FObject* object) { cancelUpdates (object->unknownCast ()); }
void deferUpdate (FObject* object, int32 message)
{
deferUpdates (object->unknownCast (), message);
}
void signalChange (FObject* object, int32 message, bool suppressUpdateDone = false)
{
doTriggerUpdates (object->unknownCast (), message, suppressUpdateDone);
}
#if DEVELOPMENT
bool checkDeferred (FUnknown* object);
bool hasDependencies (FUnknown* object);
void printForObject (FObject* object) const;
#endif
/// @endcond
size_t countDependencies (FUnknown* object = nullptr);
OBJ_METHODS (UpdateHandler, FObject)
FUNKNOWN_METHODS2 (IUpdateHandler, IUpdateManager, FObject)
SINGLETON (UpdateHandler)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
private:
tresult doTriggerUpdates (FUnknown* object, int32 message, bool suppressUpdateDone);
Steinberg::Base::Thread::FLock lock;
Update::Table* table = nullptr;
friend struct LockUpdateDependencies;
static bool lockUpdates;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/thread/include/flock.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 1995
// Description : locks
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @file base/thread/include/flock.h
Locks. */
/** @defgroup baseLocks Locks */
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "base/source/fobject.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h"
#if SMTG_PTHREADS
#include <pthread.h>
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
struct CRITSECT // CRITICAL_SECTION
{
void* DebugInfo; // PRTL_CRITICAL_SECTION_DEBUG DebugInfo;
Steinberg::int32 LockCount; // LONG LockCount;
Steinberg::int32 RecursionCount; // LONG RecursionCount;
void* OwningThread; // HANDLE OwningThread
void* LockSemaphore; // HANDLE LockSemaphore
Steinberg::int32 SpinCount; // ULONG_PTR SpinCount
};
#endif
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Base {
namespace Thread {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Lock interface declaration.
@ingroup baseLocks */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct ILock
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
virtual ~ILock () {}
/** Enables lock. */
virtual void lock () = 0;
/** Disables lock. */
virtual void unlock () = 0;
/** Tries to disable lock. */
virtual bool trylock () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FLock declaration.
@ingroup baseLocks */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class FLock : public ILock
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Lock constructor.
* @param name lock name
*/
FLock (const char8* name = "FLock");
/** Lock destructor. */
~FLock ();
//-- ILock -----------------------------------------------------------
void lock () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
void unlock () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
bool trylock () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
#if SMTG_PTHREADS
pthread_mutex_t mutex; ///< Mutex object
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
CRITSECT section; ///< Critical section object
#endif
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FLockObj declaration. Reference counted lock
@ingroup baseLocks */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class FLockObject : public FObject, public FLock
{
public:
OBJ_METHODS (FLockObject, FObject)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FGuard - automatic object for locks.
@ingroup baseLocks */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class FGuard
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FGuard constructor.
* @param _lock guard this lock
*/
FGuard (ILock& _lock) : lock (_lock) { lock.lock (); }
/** FGuard destructor. */
~FGuard () { lock.unlock (); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
private:
ILock& lock; ///< guarded lock
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Conditional Guard - Locks only if valid lock is passed.
@ingroup baseLocks */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class FConditionalGuard
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FConditionGuard constructor.
* @param _lock guard this lock
*/
FConditionalGuard (FLock* _lock) : lock (_lock)
{
if (lock)
lock->lock ();
}
/** FConditionGuard destructor. */
~FConditionalGuard ()
{
if (lock)
lock->unlock ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
private:
FLock* lock; ///< guarded lock
};
} // Thread
} // Base
} // Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : base/thread/source/flock.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 1995
// Description : Locks
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DEBUG_LOCK 0
#include "base/thread/include/flock.h"
#include "base/source/fdebug.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef WINVER
#define WINVER 0x0500
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT WINVER
#endif
#include <windows.h>
#include <objbase.h>
#define INIT_CS(cs) \
InitializeCriticalSection ((LPCRITICAL_SECTION)&cs);
#endif // SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Base {
namespace Thread {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FLock implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLock::FLock (const char8* /*name*/)
{
#if SMTG_PTHREADS
pthread_mutexattr_t mutexAttr;
pthread_mutexattr_init (&mutexAttr);
pthread_mutexattr_settype (&mutexAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
if (pthread_mutex_init (&mutex, &mutexAttr) != 0)
{SMTG_WARNING("mutex_init failed")}
pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&mutexAttr);
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
INIT_CS (section)
#else
#warning implement FLock!
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLock::~FLock ()
{
#if SMTG_PTHREADS
pthread_mutex_destroy (&mutex);
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
DeleteCriticalSection ((LPCRITICAL_SECTION)&section);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FLock::lock ()
{
#if DEBUG_LOCK
FDebugPrint ("FLock::lock () %x\n", this);
#endif
#if SMTG_PTHREADS
pthread_mutex_lock (&mutex);
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
EnterCriticalSection ((LPCRITICAL_SECTION)&section);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FLock::unlock ()
{
#if DEBUG_LOCK
FDebugPrint ("FLock::unlock () %x\n", this);
#endif
#if SMTG_PTHREADS
pthread_mutex_unlock (&mutex);
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
LeaveCriticalSection ((LPCRITICAL_SECTION)&section);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FLock::trylock ()
{
#if SMTG_PTHREADS
return pthread_mutex_trylock (&mutex) == 0;
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
return TryEnterCriticalSection ((LPCRITICAL_SECTION)&section) != 0 ? true : false;
#else
return false;
#endif
}
} // Thread
} // Base
} // Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
This license applies only to files referencing this license,
for other files of the Software Development Kit the respective embedded license text
is applicable. The license can be found at: www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses_vst3
This Software Development Kit is licensed under the terms of the Steinberg VST3 License,
or alternatively under the terms of the General Public License (GPL) Version 3.
You may use the Software Development Kit according to either of these licenses as it is
most appropriate for your project on a case-by-case basis (commercial or not).
a) Proprietary Steinberg VST3 License
The Software Development Kit may not be distributed in parts or its entirety
without prior written agreement by Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH.
The SDK must not be used to re-engineer or manipulate any technology used
in any Steinberg or Third-party application or software module,
unless permitted by law.
Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
software without specific prior written permission.
Before publishing a software under the proprietary license, you need to obtain a copy
of the License Agreement signed by Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH.
The Steinberg VST SDK License Agreement can be found at:
www.steinberg.net/en/company/developers.html
THE SDK IS PROVIDED BY STEINBERG MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES GMBH "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL STEINBERG MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES GMBH BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
b) General Public License (GPL) Version 3
Details of these licenses can be found at: www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.html
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
# Welcome to VST 3 SDK Interfaces
Here are located all VST interfaces definitions (including VST Component/Controller, UI, Test).
## License & Usage guidelines
More details are found at [www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses_vst3](http://www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses_vst3)
----
Return to [VST 3 SDK](https://github.com/steinbergmedia/vst3sdk)

View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/conststringtable.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 09/2007
// Description : constant unicode string table
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "conststringtable.h"
#include <cstring>
#include <map>
namespace Steinberg {
static std::map<const char8*, char16*>* stringMap;
static std::map<const char8, char16>* charMap;
static char16* generateUTF16 (const char8* str);
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ConstStringTable* ConstStringTable::instance ()
{
static ConstStringTable stringTable;
return &stringTable;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
const char16* ConstStringTable::getString (const char8* str) const
{
std::map<const char8*, char16*>::iterator iter = stringMap->find (str);
if (iter != stringMap->end ())
return iter->second;
char16* uStr = generateUTF16 (str);
stringMap->insert (std::make_pair (str, uStr));
return uStr;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
const char16 ConstStringTable::getString (const char8 str) const
{
std::map<const char8, char16>::iterator iter = charMap->find (str);
if (iter != charMap->end ())
return iter->second;
char16 uStr = 0;
#if BYTEORDER == kBigEndian
char8* puStr = (char8*)&uStr;
puStr[1] = str;
#else
uStr = str;
#endif
charMap->insert (std::make_pair (str, uStr));
return uStr;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ConstStringTable::ConstStringTable ()
{
stringMap = new std::map<const char8*, char16*>;
charMap = new std::map<const char8, char16>;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ConstStringTable::~ConstStringTable ()
{
// free out allocated strings
{
std::map<const char8*, char16*>::iterator iter = stringMap->begin ();
while (iter != stringMap->end ())
{
delete[] iter->second;
iter++;
}
} // delete iterator on map before deleting the map
delete stringMap;
delete charMap;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
char16* generateUTF16 (const char8* str)
{
int32 len = (int32)strlen (str);
char16* result = new char16[len + 1];
for (int32 i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
#if BYTEORDER == kBigEndian
char8* pChr = (char8*)&result[i];
pChr[0] = 0;
pChr[1] = str[i];
#else
result[i] = str[i];
#endif
}
result[len] = 0;
return result;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/conststringtable.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 09/2007
// Description : constant unicode string table
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "ftypes.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Constant unicode string table.
Used for conversion from ASCII string literals to char16.
*/
class ConstStringTable
{
public:
static ConstStringTable* instance ();
/** Returns a char16 string of a ASCII string literal*/
const char16* getString (const char8* str) const;
/** Returns a char16 character of a ASCII character */
const char16 getString (const char8 str) const;
protected:
ConstStringTable ();
~ConstStringTable ();
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interface IID definitions
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/coreiids.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ibstream.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/icloneable.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ipluginbase.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/iupdatehandler.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPluginBase)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory2)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory3)
DEF_CLASS_IID (FUnknown)
DEF_CLASS_IID (ICloneable)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IDependent)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IUpdateHandler)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IBStream)
DEF_CLASS_IID (ISizeableStream)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Restore alignment settings
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
#pragma pack(pop)
#elif defined __BORLANDC__
#pragma -a-
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#pragma pack(pop)
#endif
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Set alignment settings
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma-pack"
#if SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#pragma pack(push, 16)
#else
#pragma pack(push, 1)
#endif
#elif defined __BORLANDC__
#pragma -a8
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#pragma pack(push)
#if SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#pragma pack(16)
#else
#pragma pack(8)
#endif
#endif
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/fplatform.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Detect platform and set define
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#define kLittleEndian 0
#define kBigEndian 1
#undef PLUGIN_API
#if !defined (__INTEL_CXX11_MODE__)
#define SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE 0
#else
#define SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE __INTEL_CXX11_MODE__
#endif
#if !defined (__INTEL_COMPILER)
#define SMTG_INTEL_COMPILER 0
#else
#define SMTG_INTEL_COMPILER __INTEL_COMPILER
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// WIN32 AND WIN64 (WINDOWS)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined (_WIN32)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ARM32 AND ARM64 (WINDOWS)
#if (defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(_M_ARM))
#define SMTG_OS_WINDOWS_ARM 1
#endif
#define SMTG_OS_LINUX 0
#define SMTG_OS_MACOS 0
#define SMTG_OS_WINDOWS 1
#define SMTG_OS_IOS 0
#define SMTG_OS_OSX 0
#define SMTG_CPU_X86 _M_IX86
#define SMTG_CPU_X86_64 _M_AMD64
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM (_M_ARM && !_M_ARM64)
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64 _M_ARM64
#define BYTEORDER kLittleEndian
#define COM_COMPATIBLE 1
#define PLUGIN_API __stdcall
#define SMTG_PTHREADS 0
#define SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL __declspec (dllexport)
#ifndef _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
#endif
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (disable : 4244) // Conversion from 'type1' to 'type2', possible loss of data.
#pragma warning (disable : 4250) // Inheritance via dominance is allowed
#pragma warning (disable : 4996) // deprecated functions
#pragma warning (3 : 4189) // local variable is initialized but not referenced
#pragma warning (3 : 4238) // nonstandard extension used : class rvalue used as lvalue
#endif
#if defined (_WIN64) || defined (_M_ARM64)
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 1
#else
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 0
#endif
#ifndef WIN32
#define WIN32 1
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define SMTG_CPP11 __cplusplus >= 201103L || _MSC_VER > 1600 || SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE
#define SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT SMTG_CPP11
#define SMTG_HAS_NOEXCEPT _MSC_VER >= 1900 || (SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE && SMTG_INTEL_COMPILER >= 1300)
#endif
#define SMTG_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE(message) __declspec (deprecated ("Is Deprecated: " message))
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LINUX
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#elif __gnu_linux__ || __linux__
#define SMTG_OS_LINUX 1
#define SMTG_OS_MACOS 0
#define SMTG_OS_WINDOWS 0
#define SMTG_OS_IOS 0
#define SMTG_OS_OSX 0
#define SMTG_CPU_X86 __i386__
#define SMTG_CPU_X86_64 __x86_64__
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM __arm__
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64 __aarch64__
#include <endian.h>
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define BYTEORDER kLittleEndian
#else
#define BYTEORDER kBigEndian
#endif
#define COM_COMPATIBLE 0
#define PLUGIN_API
#define SMTG_PTHREADS 1
#define SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL __attribute__ ((visibility ("default")))
#if __LP64__
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 1
#else
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 0
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include <cstddef>
#define SMTG_CPP11 (__cplusplus >= 201103L)
#ifndef SMTG_CPP11
#error unsupported compiler
#endif
#if defined(__GNUG__) && __GNUG__ < 8
#define SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT 0
#else
#define SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT 1
#endif
#define SMTG_HAS_NOEXCEPT 1
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Mac and iOS
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#elif __APPLE__
#include <TargetConditionals.h>
#define SMTG_OS_LINUX 0
#define SMTG_OS_MACOS 1
#define SMTG_OS_WINDOWS 0
#define SMTG_OS_IOS TARGET_OS_IPHONE
#define SMTG_OS_OSX TARGET_OS_MAC && !TARGET_OS_IPHONE
#define SMTG_CPU_X86 TARGET_CPU_X86
#define SMTG_CPU_X86_64 TARGET_CPU_X86_64
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM TARGET_CPU_ARM
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64 TARGET_CPU_ARM64
#if !SMTG_OS_IOS
#ifndef __CF_USE_FRAMEWORK_INCLUDES__
#define __CF_USE_FRAMEWORK_INCLUDES__
#endif
#ifndef TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
#define TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON 1
#endif
#endif
#if __LP64__
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 1
#else
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 0
#endif
#if defined (__BIG_ENDIAN__)
#define BYTEORDER kBigEndian
#else
#define BYTEORDER kLittleEndian
#endif
#define COM_COMPATIBLE 0
#define PLUGIN_API
#define SMTG_PTHREADS 1
#define SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL __attribute__ ((visibility ("default")))
#if !defined(__PLIST__) && !defined(SMTG_DISABLE_DEFAULT_DIAGNOSTICS)
#ifdef __clang__
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-enum"
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wparentheses"
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wuninitialized"
#if __clang_major__ >= 3
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtautological-compare"
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-value"
#if __clang_major__ >= 4 || __clang_minor__ >= 1
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch"
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcomment"
#endif
#if __clang_major__ >= 5
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunsequenced"
#if __clang_minor__ >= 1
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-const-variable"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include <cstddef>
#define SMTG_CPP11 (__cplusplus >= 201103L || SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE)
#if defined (_LIBCPP_VERSION) && SMTG_CPP11
#define SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT 1
#define SMTG_HAS_NOEXCEPT 1
#else
#define SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT 0
#define SMTG_HAS_NOEXCEPT 0
#endif
#endif
#else
#pragma error unknown platform
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if !SMTG_RENAME_ASSERT
#undef WINDOWS
#undef MAC
#undef PTHREADS
#undef PLATFORM_64
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define WINDOWS SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#endif
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
#define MAC SMTG_OS_MACOS
#endif
#define PLATFORM_64 SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#define PTHREADS SMTG_PTHREADS
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_CPP11
#define SMTG_OVERRIDE override
#define SMTG_CONSTEXPR constexpr
#else
#define SMTG_OVERRIDE
#define SMTG_CONSTEXPR
#endif
#if SMTG_HAS_NOEXCEPT
#define SMTG_NOEXCEPT noexcept
#else
#define SMTG_NOEXCEPT
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Deprecation setting
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef SMTG_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#define SMTG_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE(msg)
#endif
#define SMTG_DEPRECATED_MSG(msg) SMTG_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE(msg)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/fstrdefs.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Definitions for handling strings (Unicode / ASCII / Platforms)
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "ftypes.h"
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** string methods defines unicode / ASCII */
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// 16 bit string operations
#if SMTG_CPP11 // if c++11 unicode string literals
#define SMTG_CPP11_CAT_PRIVATE_DONT_USE(a,b) a ## b
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define STR16(x) SMTG_CPP11_CAT_PRIVATE_DONT_USE(L,x)
#else
#define STR16(x) SMTG_CPP11_CAT_PRIVATE_DONT_USE(u,x)
#endif
#else
#include "conststringtable.h"
#define STR16(x) Steinberg::ConstStringTable::instance ()->getString (x)
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define STR(x) STR16(x)
#define tStrBufferSize(buffer) (sizeof(buffer)/sizeof(Steinberg::tchar))
#else
#define STR(x) x
#define tStrBufferSize(buffer) (sizeof(buffer))
#endif
#define str8BufferSize(buffer) (sizeof(buffer)/sizeof(Steinberg::char8))
#define str16BufferSize(buffer) (sizeof(buffer)/sizeof(Steinberg::char16))
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define FORMAT_INT64A "I64d"
#define FORMAT_UINT64A "I64u"
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS || SMTG_OS_LINUX
#define FORMAT_INT64A "lld"
#define FORMAT_UINT64A "llu"
#define stricmp strcasecmp
#define strnicmp strncasecmp
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define FORMAT_INT64W STR(FORMAT_INT64A)
#define FORMAT_UINT64W STR(FORMAT_UINT64A)
#define FORMAT_INT64 FORMAT_INT64W
#define FORMAT_UINT64 FORMAT_UINT64W
#else
#define FORMAT_INT64 FORMAT_INT64A
#define FORMAT_UINT64 FORMAT_UINT64A
#endif
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// newline
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define ENDLINE_A "\r\n"
#define ENDLINE_W STR ("\r\n")
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
#define ENDLINE_A "\r"
#define ENDLINE_W STR ("\r")
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
#define ENDLINE_A "\n"
#define ENDLINE_W STR ("\n")
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define ENDLINE ENDLINE_W
#else
#define ENDLINE ENDLINE_A
#endif
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS && !defined(__GNUC__) && defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1900)
#define stricmp _stricmp
#define strnicmp _strnicmp
#define snprintf _snprintf
#endif
namespace Steinberg {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const tchar kEmptyString[] = { 0 };
static const char8 kEmptyString8[] = { 0 };
static const char16 kEmptyString16[] = { 0 };
#ifdef UNICODE
static const tchar kInfiniteSymbol[] = { 0x221E, 0 };
#else
static const tchar* const kInfiniteSymbol = STR ("oo");
#endif
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline int32 _tstrlen (const T* wcs)
{
const T* eos = wcs;
while (*eos++)
;
return (int32) (eos - wcs - 1);
}
inline int32 tstrlen (const tchar* str) {return _tstrlen (str);}
inline int32 strlen8 (const char8* str) {return _tstrlen (str);}
inline int32 strlen16 (const char16* str) {return _tstrlen (str);}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline int32 _tstrcmp (const T* src, const T* dst)
{
while (*src == *dst && *dst)
{
src++;
dst++;
}
if (*src == 0 && *dst == 0)
return 0;
else if (*src == 0)
return -1;
else if (*dst == 0)
return 1;
else
return (int32) (*src - *dst);
}
inline int32 tstrcmp (const tchar* src, const tchar* dst) {return _tstrcmp (src, dst);}
inline int32 strcmp8 (const char8* src, const char8* dst) {return _tstrcmp (src, dst);}
inline int32 strcmp16 (const char16* src, const char16* dst) {return _tstrcmp (src, dst);}
template <typename T>
inline int32 strcmpT (const T* first, const T* last);
template <>
inline int32 strcmpT<char8> (const char8* first, const char8* last) { return _tstrcmp (first, last); }
template <>
inline int32 strcmpT<char16> (const char16* first, const char16* last) { return _tstrcmp (first, last); }
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline int32 _tstrncmp (const T* first, const T* last, uint32 count)
{
if (count == 0)
return 0;
while (--count && *first && *first == *last)
{
first++;
last++;
}
if (*first == 0 && *last == 0)
return 0;
else if (*first == 0)
return -1;
else if (*last == 0)
return 1;
else
return (int32) (*first - *last);
}
inline int32 tstrncmp (const tchar* first, const tchar* last, uint32 count) {return _tstrncmp (first, last, count);}
inline int32 strncmp8 (const char8* first, const char8* last, uint32 count) {return _tstrncmp (first, last, count);}
inline int32 strncmp16 (const char16* first, const char16* last, uint32 count) {return _tstrncmp (first, last, count);}
template <typename T>
inline int32 strncmpT (const T* first, const T* last, uint32 count);
template <>
inline int32 strncmpT<char8> (const char8* first, const char8* last, uint32 count) { return _tstrncmp (first, last, count); }
template <>
inline int32 strncmpT<char16> (const char16* first, const char16* last, uint32 count) {return _tstrncmp (first, last, count); }
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline T* _tstrcpy (T* dst, const T* src)
{
T* cp = dst;
while ((*cp++ = *src++) != 0) // copy string
;
return dst;
}
inline tchar* tstrcpy (tchar* dst, const tchar* src) {return _tstrcpy (dst, src);}
inline char8* strcpy8 (char8* dst, const char8* src) {return _tstrcpy (dst, src);}
inline char16* strcpy16 (char16* dst, const char16* src) {return _tstrcpy (dst, src);}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline T* _tstrncpy (T* dest, const T* source, uint32 count)
{
T* start = dest;
while (count && (*dest++ = *source++) != 0) // copy string
count--;
if (count) // pad out with zeros
{
while (--count)
*dest++ = 0;
}
return start;
}
inline tchar* tstrncpy (tchar* dest, const tchar* source, uint32 count) {return _tstrncpy (dest, source, count);}
inline char8* strncpy8 (char8* dest, const char8* source, uint32 count) {return _tstrncpy (dest, source, count);}
inline char16* strncpy16 (char16* dest, const char16* source, uint32 count) {return _tstrncpy (dest, source, count);}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline T* _tstrcat (T* dst, const T* src)
{
T* cp = dst;
while (*cp)
cp++; // find end of dst
while ((*cp++ = *src++) != 0) // Copy src to end of dst
;
return dst;
}
inline tchar* tstrcat (tchar* dst, const tchar* src) {return _tstrcat (dst, src); }
inline char8* strcat8 (char8* dst, const char8* src) {return _tstrcat (dst, src); }
inline char16* strcat16 (char16* dst, const char16* src) {return _tstrcat (dst, src); }
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline void str8ToStr16 (char16* dst, const char8* src, int32 n = -1)
{
int32 i = 0;
for (;;)
{
if (i == n)
{
dst[i] = 0;
return;
}
#if BYTEORDER == kBigEndian
char8* pChr = (char8*)&dst[i];
pChr[0] = 0;
pChr[1] = src[i];
#else
dst[i] = static_cast<char16> (src[i]);
#endif
if (src[i] == 0)
break;
i++;
}
while (n > i)
{
dst[i] = 0;
i++;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool FIDStringsEqual (FIDString id1, FIDString id2)
{
return (id1 && id2) ? (strcmp8 (id1, id2) == 0) : false;
}
static const uint32 kPrintfBufferSize = 4096;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic data types
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "fplatform.h"
//#define UNICODE_OFF // disable / enable unicode
#ifdef UNICODE_OFF
#ifdef UNICODE
#undef UNICODE
#endif
#else
#define UNICODE 1
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define _UNICODE 1
#endif
namespace Steinberg
{
//-----------------------------------------------------------------
// Integral Types
typedef char int8;
typedef unsigned char uint8;
typedef unsigned char uchar;
typedef short int16;
typedef unsigned short uint16;
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS && !defined(__GNUC__)
typedef long int32;
typedef unsigned long uint32;
#else
typedef int int32;
typedef unsigned int uint32;
#endif
static const int32 kMaxLong = 0x7fffffff;
static const int32 kMinLong = (-0x7fffffff - 1);
static const int32 kMaxInt32 = kMaxLong;
static const int32 kMinInt32 = kMinLong;
static const uint32 kMaxInt32u = 0xffffffff;
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS && !defined(__GNUC__)
typedef __int64 int64;
typedef unsigned __int64 uint64;
static const int64 kMaxInt64 = 9223372036854775807i64;
static const int64 kMinInt64 = (-9223372036854775807i64 - 1);
#else
typedef long long int64;
typedef unsigned long long uint64;
static const int64 kMaxInt64 = 0x7fffffffffffffffLL;
static const int64 kMinInt64 = (-0x7fffffffffffffffLL-1);
#endif
static const uint64 kMaxInt64u = uint64 (0xffffffff) | (uint64 (0xffffffff) << 32);
//-----------------------------------------------------------------
// other Semantic Types
typedef int64 TSize; // byte (or other) sizes
typedef int32 tresult; // result code
//-----------------------------------------------------------------
static const float kMaxFloat = 3.40282346638528860E38;
static const double kMaxDouble = 1.7976931348623158E308;
#if SMTG_PLATFORM_64
typedef uint64 TPtrInt;
#else
typedef uint32 TPtrInt;
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------
// Boolean
typedef uint8 TBool;
//------------------------------------------------------------------
// Char / Strings
typedef char char8;
#ifdef _NATIVE_WCHAR_T_DEFINED
typedef __wchar_t char16;
#elif defined(__MINGW32__)
typedef wchar_t char16;
#elif SMTG_CPP11
typedef char16_t char16;
#else
typedef int16 char16;
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
typedef char16 tchar;
#else
typedef char8 tchar;
#endif
typedef const char8* CStringA;
typedef const char16* CStringW;
typedef const tchar* CString;
inline bool strEmpty (const tchar* str) { return (!str || *str == 0); }
inline bool str8Empty (const char8* str) { return (!str || *str == 0); }
inline bool str16Empty (const char16* str) { return (!str || *str == 0); }
typedef const char8* FIDString; // identifier as string (used for attributes, messages)
const FIDString kPlatformStringWin = "WIN";
const FIDString kPlatformStringMac = "MAC";
const FIDString kPlatformStringIOS = "IOS";
const FIDString kPlatformStringLinux = "Linux";
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
const FIDString kPlatformString = kPlatformStringWin;
#elif SMTG_OS_IOS
const FIDString kPlatformString = kPlatformStringIOS;
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
const FIDString kPlatformString = kPlatformStringMac;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
const FIDString kPlatformString = kPlatformStringLinux;
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Coordinates */
typedef int32 UCoord;
static const UCoord kMaxCoord = ((UCoord)0x7FFFFFFF);
static const UCoord kMinCoord = ((UCoord)-0x7FFFFFFF);
} // namespace Steinberg
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Byte-order Conversion Macros
*/
#define SWAP_32(l) { \
unsigned char* p = (unsigned char*)& (l); \
unsigned char t; \
t = p[0]; p[0] = p[3]; p[3] = t; t = p[1]; p[1] = p[2]; p[2] = t; }
#define SWAP_16(w) { \
unsigned char* p = (unsigned char*)& (w); \
unsigned char t; \
t = p[0]; p[0] = p[1]; p[1] = t; }
#define SWAP_64(i) { \
unsigned char* p = (unsigned char*)& (i); \
unsigned char t; \
t = p[0]; p[0] = p[7]; p[7] = t; t = p[1]; p[1] = p[6]; p[6] = t; \
t = p[2]; p[2] = p[5]; p[5] = t; t = p[3]; p[3] = p[4]; p[4] = t;}
namespace Steinberg
{
static inline void FSwap (int8&) {}
static inline void FSwap (uint8&) {}
static inline void FSwap (int16& i16) { SWAP_16 (i16) }
static inline void FSwap (uint16& i16) { SWAP_16 (i16) }
static inline void FSwap (int32& i32) { SWAP_32 (i32) }
static inline void FSwap (uint32& i32) { SWAP_32 (i32) }
static inline void FSwap (int64& i64) { SWAP_64 (i64) }
static inline void FSwap (uint64& i64) { SWAP_64 (i64) }
}
// always inline macros (only when RELEASE is 1)
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if RELEASE
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS || SMTG_OS_LINUX || defined(__MINGW32__)
#define SMTG_ALWAYS_INLINE __inline__ __attribute__((__always_inline__))
#define SMTG_NEVER_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define SMTG_ALWAYS_INLINE __forceinline
#define SMTG_NEVER_INLINE __declspec(noinline)
#endif
#endif
#ifndef SMTG_ALWAYS_INLINE
#define SMTG_ALWAYS_INLINE inline
#endif
#ifndef SMTG_NEVER_INLINE
#define SMTG_NEVER_INLINE
#endif
#ifndef SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
// Enable this for old compilers
// #define nullptr NULL
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/funknown.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "funknown.h"
#include "fstrdefs.h"
#include <cstdio>
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#include <objbase.h>
#endif
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
#if !defined (SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H)
#if defined(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_11) && defined(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)
#define SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_11)
#else
#define SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H 0
#endif
#endif // !defined (SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H)
#if !SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H
#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4) && !__LP64__
// on 32 bit Mac OS X we can safely ignore the format warnings as sizeof(int) == sizeof(long)
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"
#endif
#endif // !SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H
#endif // SMTG_OS_MACOS
#if SMTG_OS_LINUX
#if !defined (SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H)
#if defined (__ANDROID__) || defined(_LIBCPP_VERSION)
#define SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H 1
#else
#include <ext/atomicity.h>
#endif
#endif // !defined (SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H)
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if defined (SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H) && SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H
#include <stdatomic.h>
#endif
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define GuidStruct GUID
#else
struct GuidStruct
{
uint32 Data1;
uint16 Data2;
uint16 Data3;
uint8 Data4[8];
};
#endif
#endif
static void toString8 (char8* string, const char* data, int32 i1, int32 i2);
static void fromString8 (const char8* string, char* data, int32 i1, int32 i2);
static uint32 makeLong (uint8 b1, uint8 b2, uint8 b3, uint8 b4);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUnknownPrivate
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace FUnknownPrivate {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 PLUGIN_API atomicAdd (int32& var, int32 d)
{
#if SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H
return atomic_fetch_add (reinterpret_cast<atomic_int_least32_t*> (&var), d) + d;
#else
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#ifdef __MINGW32__
return InterlockedExchangeAdd (reinterpret_cast<long volatile*>(&var), d) + d;
#else
return InterlockedExchangeAdd ((LONG*)&var, d) + d;
#endif
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
return OSAtomicAdd32Barrier (d, (int32_t*)&var);
#elif defined(__ANDROID__)
return atomic_fetch_add ((atomic_int*)&var, d) + d;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
__gnu_cxx::__atomic_add (&var, d);
return var;
#else
#warning implement me!
var += d;
return var;
#endif
#endif
}
} // FUnknownPrivate
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUID implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID::FUID ()
{
memset (data, 0, sizeof (TUID));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID::FUID (uint32 l1, uint32 l2, uint32 l3, uint32 l4)
{
from4Int (l1, l2, l3, l4);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID::FUID (const FUID& f)
{
memcpy (data, f.data, sizeof (TUID));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
FUID::FUID (FUID&& other)
{
memcpy (data, other.data, sizeof (TUID));
}
FUID& FUID::operator= (FUID&& other)
{
memcpy (data, other.data, sizeof (TUID));
return *this;
}
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FUID::generate ()
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#if defined(_M_ARM64) || defined(_M_ARM)
//#warning implement me!
return false;
#else
GUID guid;
HRESULT hr = CoCreateGuid (&guid);
switch (hr)
{
case RPC_S_OK: memcpy (data, (char*)&guid, sizeof (TUID)); return true;
case (HRESULT)RPC_S_UUID_LOCAL_ONLY:
default: return false;
}
#endif
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
CFUUIDRef uuid = CFUUIDCreate (kCFAllocatorDefault);
if (uuid)
{
CFUUIDBytes bytes = CFUUIDGetUUIDBytes (uuid);
memcpy (data, (char*)&bytes, sizeof (TUID));
CFRelease (uuid);
return true;
}
return false;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
srand ((size_t)this);
for (int32 i = 0; i < 16; i++)
data[i] = static_cast<unsigned char>(rand ());
return true;
#else
#warning implement me!
return false;
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FUID::isValid () const
{
TUID nulluid = {0};
return memcmp (data, nulluid, sizeof (TUID)) != 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID& FUID::operator= (const FUID& f)
{
memcpy (data, f.data, sizeof (TUID));
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FUID::from4Int (uint32 l1, uint32 l2, uint32 l3, uint32 l4)
{
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
data [0] = (char)((l1 & 0x000000FF) );
data [1] = (char)((l1 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [2] = (char)((l1 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [3] = (char)((l1 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [4] = (char)((l2 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [5] = (char)((l2 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [6] = (char)((l2 & 0x000000FF) );
data [7] = (char)((l2 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [8] = (char)((l3 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [9] = (char)((l3 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [10] = (char)((l3 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [11] = (char)((l3 & 0x000000FF) );
data [12] = (char)((l4 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [13] = (char)((l4 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [14] = (char)((l4 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [15] = (char)((l4 & 0x000000FF) );
#else
data [0] = (char)((l1 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [1] = (char)((l1 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [2] = (char)((l1 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [3] = (char)((l1 & 0x000000FF) );
data [4] = (char)((l2 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [5] = (char)((l2 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [6] = (char)((l2 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [7] = (char)((l2 & 0x000000FF) );
data [8] = (char)((l3 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [9] = (char)((l3 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [10] = (char)((l3 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [11] = (char)((l3 & 0x000000FF) );
data [12] = (char)((l4 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [13] = (char)((l4 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [14] = (char)((l4 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [15] = (char)((l4 & 0x000000FF) );
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FUID::to4Int (uint32& d1, uint32& d2, uint32& d3, uint32& d4) const
{
d1 = getLong1 ();
d2 = getLong2 ();
d3 = getLong3 ();
d4 = getLong4 ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 FUID::getLong1 () const
{
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
return makeLong (data[3], data[2], data[1], data[0]);
#else
return makeLong (data[0], data[1], data[2], data[3]);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 FUID::getLong2 () const
{
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
return makeLong (data[5], data[4], data[7], data[6]);
#else
return makeLong (data[4], data[5], data[6], data[7]);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 FUID::getLong3 () const
{
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
return makeLong (data[8], data[9], data[10], data[11]);
#else
return makeLong (data[8], data[9], data[10], data[11]);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 FUID::getLong4 () const
{
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
return makeLong (data[12], data[13], data[14], data[15]);
#else
return makeLong (data[12], data[13], data[14], data[15]);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FUID::toString (char8* string) const
{
if (!string)
return;
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
auto* g = (GuidStruct*)data;
char8 s[17];
Steinberg::toString8 (s, data, 8, 16);
sprintf (string, "%08X%04X%04X%s", g->Data1, g->Data2, g->Data3, s);
#else
Steinberg::toString8 (string, data, 0, 16);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FUID::fromString (const char8* string)
{
if (!string || !*string)
return false;
if (strlen (string) != 32)
return false;
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
GuidStruct g;
char s[33];
strcpy (s, string);
s[8] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%x", &g.Data1);
strcpy (s, string + 8);
s[4] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%hx", &g.Data2);
strcpy (s, string + 12);
s[4] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%hx", &g.Data3);
memcpy (data, &g, 8);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 16, data, 8, 16);
#else
Steinberg::fromString8 (string, data, 0, 16);
#endif
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FUID::fromRegistryString (const char8* string)
{
if (!string || !*string)
return false;
if (strlen (string) != 38)
return false;
// e.g. {c200e360-38c5-11ce-ae62-08002b2b79ef}
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
GuidStruct g;
char8 s[10];
strncpy (s, string + 1, 8);
s[8] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%x", &g.Data1);
strncpy (s, string + 10, 4);
s[4] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%hx", &g.Data2);
strncpy (s, string + 15, 4);
s[4] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%hx", &g.Data3);
memcpy (data, &g, 8);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 20, data, 8, 10);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 25, data, 10, 16);
#else
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 1, data, 0, 4);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 10, data, 4, 6);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 15, data, 6, 8);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 20, data, 8, 10);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 25, data, 10, 16);
#endif
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FUID::toRegistryString (char8* string) const
{
// e.g. {c200e360-38c5-11ce-ae62-08002b2b79ef}
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
auto* g = (GuidStruct*)data;
char8 s1[5];
Steinberg::toString8 (s1, data, 8, 10);
char8 s2[13];
Steinberg::toString8 (s2, data, 10, 16);
sprintf (string, "{%08X-%04X-%04X-%s-%s}", g->Data1, g->Data2, g->Data3, s1, s2);
#else
char8 s1[9];
Steinberg::toString8 (s1, data, 0, 4);
char8 s2[5];
Steinberg::toString8 (s2, data, 4, 6);
char8 s3[5];
Steinberg::toString8 (s3, data, 6, 8);
char8 s4[5];
Steinberg::toString8 (s4, data, 8, 10);
char8 s5[13];
Steinberg::toString8 (s5, data, 10, 16);
sprintf (string, "{%s-%s-%s-%s-%s}", s1, s2, s3, s4, s5);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FUID::print (char8* string, int32 style) const
{
if (!string) // no string: debug output
{
char8 str[128];
print (str, style);
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
OutputDebugStringA (str);
OutputDebugStringA ("\n");
#else
fprintf (stdout, "%s\n", str);
#endif
return;
}
uint32 l1, l2, l3, l4;
to4Int (l1, l2, l3, l4);
switch (style)
{
case kINLINE_UID:
sprintf (string, "INLINE_UID (0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X)", l1, l2, l3, l4);
break;
case kDECLARE_UID:
sprintf (string, "DECLARE_UID (0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X)", l1, l2, l3, l4);
break;
case kFUID:
sprintf (string, "FUID (0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X)", l1, l2, l3, l4);
break;
case kCLASS_UID:
default:
sprintf (string, "DECLARE_CLASS_IID (Interface, 0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X)", l1,
l2, l3, l4);
break;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// helpers
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static uint32 makeLong (uint8 b1, uint8 b2, uint8 b3, uint8 b4)
{
return (uint32 (b1) << 24) | (uint32 (b2) << 16) | (uint32 (b3) << 8) | uint32 (b4);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static void toString8 (char8* string, const char* data, int32 i1, int32 i2)
{
*string = 0;
for (int32 i = i1; i < i2; i++)
{
char8 s[3];
sprintf (s, "%02X", (uint8)data[i]);
strcat (string, s);
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static void fromString8 (const char8* string, char* data, int32 i1, int32 i2)
{
for (int32 i = i1; i < i2; i++)
{
char8 s[3];
s[0] = *string++;
s[1] = *string++;
s[2] = 0;
int32 d = 0;
sscanf (s, "%2x", &d);
data[i] = (char)d;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fplatform.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/smartpointer.h"
#include <cstring>
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
#include <type_traits>
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*! \defgroup pluginBase Basic Interfaces
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Unique Identifier macros
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
#define INLINE_UID(l1, l2, l3, l4) \
{ \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x000000FF) ), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x000000FF) ), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x000000FF) ), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x000000FF) ) \
}
#else
#define INLINE_UID(l1, l2, l3, l4) \
{ \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x000000FF) ), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x000000FF) ), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x000000FF) ), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x000000FF) ) \
}
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DECLARE_UID(name, l1, l2, l3, l4) ::Steinberg::TUID name = INLINE_UID (l1, l2, l3, l4);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define EXTERN_UID(name) extern const ::Steinberg::TUID name;
#ifdef INIT_CLASS_IID
#define DECLARE_CLASS_IID(ClassName, l1, l2, l3, l4) \
static const ::Steinberg::TUID ClassName##_iid = INLINE_UID (l1, l2, l3, l4); \
\
const ::Steinberg::FUID ClassName::iid (ClassName##_iid);
#else
#define DECLARE_CLASS_IID(ClassName, l1, l2, l3, l4) \
static const ::Steinberg::TUID ClassName##_iid = INLINE_UID (l1, l2, l3, l4);
#endif
#define DEF_CLASS_IID(ClassName) const ::Steinberg::FUID ClassName::iid (ClassName##_iid);
#define INLINE_UID_OF(ClassName) ClassName##_iid
#define INLINE_UID_FROM_FUID(x) \
INLINE_UID (x.getLong1 (), x.getLong2 (), x.getLong3 (), x.getLong4 ())
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUnknown implementation macros
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DECLARE_FUNKNOWN_METHODS \
public: \
virtual ::Steinberg::tresult PLUGIN_API queryInterface (const ::Steinberg::TUID _iid, void** obj) SMTG_OVERRIDE; \
virtual ::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef () SMTG_OVERRIDE; \
virtual ::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API release () SMTG_OVERRIDE; \
protected : \
::Steinberg::int32 __funknownRefCount; \
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DELEGATE_REFCOUNT(ClassName) \
public: \
virtual ::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef () SMTG_OVERRIDE { return ClassName::addRef (); } \
virtual ::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API release () SMTG_OVERRIDE { return ClassName::release (); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define IMPLEMENT_REFCOUNT(ClassName) \
::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API ClassName::addRef () \
{ \
return ::Steinberg::FUnknownPrivate::atomicAdd (__funknownRefCount, 1); \
} \
::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API ClassName::release () \
{ \
if (::Steinberg::FUnknownPrivate::atomicAdd (__funknownRefCount, -1) == 0) \
{ \
delete this; \
return 0; \
} \
return __funknownRefCount; \
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define FUNKNOWN_CTOR { __funknownRefCount = 1; }
#if SMTG_FUNKNOWN_DTOR_ASSERT
#include <cassert>
#define FUNKNOWN_DTOR { assert (__funknownRefCount == 0); }
#else
#define FUNKNOWN_DTOR
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define QUERY_INTERFACE(iid, obj, InterfaceIID, InterfaceName) \
if (::Steinberg::FUnknownPrivate::iidEqual (iid, InterfaceIID)) \
{ \
addRef (); \
*obj = static_cast< InterfaceName* >(this); \
return ::Steinberg::kResultOk; \
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define IMPLEMENT_QUERYINTERFACE(ClassName, InterfaceName, ClassIID) \
::Steinberg::tresult PLUGIN_API ClassName::queryInterface (const ::Steinberg::TUID _iid, void** obj)\
{ \
QUERY_INTERFACE (_iid, obj, ::Steinberg::FUnknown::iid, InterfaceName) \
QUERY_INTERFACE (_iid, obj, ClassIID, InterfaceName) \
*obj = nullptr; \
return ::Steinberg::kNoInterface; \
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define IMPLEMENT_FUNKNOWN_METHODS(ClassName,InterfaceName,ClassIID) \
IMPLEMENT_REFCOUNT (ClassName) \
IMPLEMENT_QUERYINTERFACE (ClassName, InterfaceName, ClassIID)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Result Codes
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
enum
{
kNoInterface = static_cast<tresult>(0x80004002L), // E_NOINTERFACE
kResultOk = static_cast<tresult>(0x00000000L), // S_OK
kResultTrue = kResultOk,
kResultFalse = static_cast<tresult>(0x00000001L), // S_FALSE
kInvalidArgument = static_cast<tresult>(0x80070057L), // E_INVALIDARG
kNotImplemented = static_cast<tresult>(0x80004001L), // E_NOTIMPL
kInternalError = static_cast<tresult>(0x80004005L), // E_FAIL
kNotInitialized = static_cast<tresult>(0x8000FFFFL), // E_UNEXPECTED
kOutOfMemory = static_cast<tresult>(0x8007000EL) // E_OUTOFMEMORY
};
#else
enum
{
kNoInterface = static_cast<tresult>(0x80000004L), // E_NOINTERFACE
kResultOk = static_cast<tresult>(0x00000000L), // S_OK
kResultTrue = kResultOk,
kResultFalse = static_cast<tresult>(0x00000001L), // S_FALSE
kInvalidArgument = static_cast<tresult>(0x80000003L), // E_INVALIDARG
kNotImplemented = static_cast<tresult>(0x80000001L), // E_NOTIMPL
kInternalError = static_cast<tresult>(0x80000008L), // E_FAIL
kNotInitialized = static_cast<tresult>(0x8000FFFFL), // E_UNEXPECTED
kOutOfMemory = static_cast<tresult>(0x80000002L) // E_OUTOFMEMORY
};
#endif
#else
enum
{
kNoInterface = -1,
kResultOk,
kResultTrue = kResultOk,
kResultFalse,
kInvalidArgument,
kNotImplemented,
kInternalError,
kNotInitialized,
kOutOfMemory
};
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef int64 LARGE_INT; // obsolete
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUID class declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef int8 TUID[16]; ///< plain UID type
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/* FUnknown private */
namespace FUnknownPrivate {
SMTG_ALWAYS_INLINE bool iidEqual (const void* iid1, const void* iid2)
{
const uint64* p1 = reinterpret_cast<const uint64*> (iid1);
const uint64* p2 = reinterpret_cast<const uint64*> (iid2);
return p1[0] == p2[0] && p1[1] == p2[1];
}
int32 PLUGIN_API atomicAdd (int32& value, int32 amount);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Handling 16 Byte Globally Unique Identifiers.
\ingroup pluginBase
Each interface declares its identifier as static member inside the interface
namespace (e.g. FUnknown::iid).
*/
class FUID
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID ();
FUID (uint32 l1, uint32 l2, uint32 l3, uint32 l4);
FUID (const FUID&);
virtual ~FUID () {}
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
FUID (FUID&& other);
FUID& operator= (FUID&& other);
#endif
/** Generates a new Unique Identifier (UID).
Will return true for success. If the return value is false, either no
UID is generated or the UID is not guaranteed to be unique worldwide. */
bool generate ();
/** Checks if the UID data is valid.
The default constructor initializes the memory with zeros. */
bool isValid () const;
FUID& operator = (const FUID& f);
bool operator == (const FUID& f) const { return ::Steinberg::FUnknownPrivate::iidEqual (data, f.data); }
bool operator < (const FUID& f) const { return memcmp (data, f.data, sizeof (TUID)) < 0; }
bool operator != (const FUID& f) const { return !::Steinberg::FUnknownPrivate::iidEqual (data, f.data); }
uint32 getLong1 () const;
uint32 getLong2 () const;
uint32 getLong3 () const;
uint32 getLong4 () const;
void from4Int (uint32 d1, uint32 d2, uint32 d3, uint32 d4);
void to4Int (uint32& d1, uint32& d2, uint32& d3, uint32& d4) const;
typedef char8 String[33];
/** Converts UID to a string.
The string will be 32 characters long, representing the hexadecimal values
of each data byte (e.g. "9127BE30160E4BB69966670AA6087880").
Typical use-case is:
\code{.cpp}
char8[33] strUID = {0};
FUID uid;
if (uid.generate ())
uid.toString (strUID);
\endcode
*/
void toString (char8* string) const;
/** Sets the UID data from a string.
The string has to be 32 characters long, where each character-pair is
the ASCII-encoded hexadecimal value of the corresponding data byte. */
bool fromString (const char8* string);
/** Converts UID to a string in Microsoft(R) OLE format.
(e.g. "{c200e360-38c5-11ce-ae62-08002b2b79ef}") */
void toRegistryString (char8* string) const;
/** Sets the UID data from a string in Microsoft(R) OLE format. */
bool fromRegistryString (const char8* string);
enum UIDPrintStyle
{
kINLINE_UID, ///< "INLINE_UID (0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000)"
kDECLARE_UID, ///< "DECLARE_UID (0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000)"
kFUID, ///< "FUID (0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000)"
kCLASS_UID ///< "DECLARE_CLASS_IID (Interface, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000)"
};
/** Prints the UID to a string (or debug output if string is NULL).
\param string is the output string if not NULL.
\param style can be chosen from the FUID::UIDPrintStyle enumeration. */
void print (char8* string = nullptr, int32 style = kINLINE_UID) const;
template <size_t N>
inline explicit FUID (const int8 (&uid)[N])
{
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
static_assert (N == sizeof (TUID), "only TUID allowed");
#endif
memcpy (data, uid, sizeof (TUID));
}
inline void toTUID (TUID result) const { memcpy (result, data, sizeof (TUID)); }
inline operator const TUID& () const { return data; }
inline const TUID& toTUID () const { return data; }
static FUID fromTUID (const TUID uid)
{
FUID res;
if (uid)
memcpy (res.data, uid, sizeof (TUID));
return res;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
TUID data;
};
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
template <typename T>
inline bool operator== (const FUID& f1, T f2)
{
static_assert (
std::is_same<typename std::remove_cv<T>::type, FUID>::value,
"Do not compare a FUID with a TUID directly. Either convert the TUID to a FUID and compare them or use FUnknownPrivate::iidEqual");
return f1.operator== (f2);
}
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUnknown
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** The basic interface of all interfaces.
\ingroup pluginBase
- The FUnknown::queryInterface method is used to retrieve pointers to other
interfaces of the object.
- FUnknown::addRef and FUnknown::release manage the lifetime of the object.
If no more references exist, the object is destroyed in memory.
Interfaces are identified by 16 byte Globally Unique Identifiers.
The SDK provides a class called FUID for this purpose.
\ref howtoClass
*/
class FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Query for a pointer to the specified interface.
Returns kResultOk on success or kNoInterface if the object does not implement the interface.
The object has to call addRef when returning an interface.
\param _iid : (in) 16 Byte interface identifier (-> FUID)
\param obj : (out) On return, *obj points to the requested interface */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API queryInterface (const TUID _iid, void** obj) = 0;
/** Adds a reference and returns the new reference count.
\par Remarks:
The initial reference count after creating an object is 1. */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef () = 0;
/** Releases a reference and returns the new reference count.
If the reference count reaches zero, the object will be destroyed in memory. */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API release () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (FUnknown, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0xC0000000, 0x00000046)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUnknownPtr
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FUnknownPtr - automatic interface conversion and smart pointer in one.
This template class can be used for interface conversion like this:
\code{.cpp}
IPtr<IPath> path = owned (FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses));
FUnknownPtr<IPath2> path2 (path); // does a query interface for IPath2
if (path2)
...
\endcode
*/
template <class I>
class FUnknownPtr : public IPtr<I>
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline FUnknownPtr (FUnknown* unknown); // query interface
inline FUnknownPtr (const FUnknownPtr& p) : IPtr<I> (p) {}
inline FUnknownPtr () {}
inline FUnknownPtr& operator= (const FUnknownPtr& p)
{
IPtr<I>::operator= (p);
return *this;
}
inline I* operator= (FUnknown* unknown);
inline I* getInterface () { return this->ptr; }
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
inline FUnknownPtr (FUnknownPtr&& p) SMTG_NOEXCEPT : IPtr<I> (std::move (p)) {}
inline FUnknownPtr& operator= (FUnknownPtr&& p) SMTG_NOEXCEPT
{
IPtr<I>::operator= (std::move (p));
return *this;
}
#endif
};
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace FUnknownPrivate {
template <typename T>
struct Void : std::false_type
{
using Type = void;
};
template <typename T>
using VoidT = typename Void<T>::Type;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
* This type trait detects if a class has an @c iid member variable. It is used to detect if
* the FUID and DECLARE_CLASS_IID method or the SKI::UID method is used.
*/
template <typename T, typename U = void>
struct HasIIDType : std::false_type
{
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <typename T>
struct HasIIDType<T, FUnknownPrivate::VoidT<typename T::IID>> : std::true_type
{
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // FUnknownPrivate
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @return the TUID for a SKI interface which uses the SKI::UID method. */
template <typename T,
typename std::enable_if<FUnknownPrivate::HasIIDType<T>::value>::type* = nullptr>
const TUID& getTUID ()
{
return T::IID::toTUID ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @return the TUID for a SKI interface which uses the FUID and DECLARE_CLASS_IID method. */
template <typename T,
typename std::enable_if<!FUnknownPrivate::HasIIDType<T>::value>::type* = nullptr>
const TUID& getTUID ()
{
return T::iid.toTUID ();
}
#else // SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
template<typename T>
const TUID& getTUID ()
{
return T::iid.toTUID ();
}
#endif // SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline FUnknownPtr<I>::FUnknownPtr (FUnknown* unknown)
{
if (unknown && unknown->queryInterface (getTUID<I> (), (void**)&this->ptr) != kResultOk)
this->ptr = 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline I* FUnknownPtr<I>::operator= (FUnknown* unknown)
{
I* newPtr = 0;
if (unknown && unknown->queryInterface (getTUID<I> (), (void**)&newPtr) == kResultOk)
{
OPtr<I> rel (newPtr);
return IPtr<I>::operator= (newPtr);
}
return IPtr<I>::operator= (0);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FReleaser (obsolete)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Release an interface using automatic object (obsolete).
This class is obsolete and is only kept for compatibility.
The replacement for FReleaser is OPtr.
Usage example with FReleaser:
\code{.cpp}
void someFunction ()
{
IPath* path = pathCreateMethod ();
FReleaser releaser (path);
.... do something with path...
.... path not used anymore, releaser will destroy it when leaving function scope
}
\endcode
Usage example with OPtr:
\code{.cpp}
void someFunction ()
{
OPtr<IPath> path = pathCreateMethod ();
.... do something with path...
.... path not used anymore, OPtr will destroy it when leaving function scope
}
\endcode
*/
struct FReleaser
{
FReleaser (FUnknown* u) : u (u) {}
~FReleaser ()
{
if (u)
u->release ();
}
FUnknown* u;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/futils.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic utilities
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// min/max/etc. template functions
template <class T>
inline const T& Min (const T& a, const T& b)
{
return b < a ? b : a;
}
template <class T>
inline const T& Max (const T& a, const T& b)
{
return a < b ? b : a;
}
template <class T>
inline T Abs (const T& value)
{
return (value >= (T)0) ? value : -value;
}
template <class T>
inline T Sign (const T& value)
{
return (value == (T)0) ? 0 : ((value >= (T)0) ? 1 : -1);
}
template <class T>
inline T Bound (T minval, T maxval, T x)
{
if (x < minval)
return minval;
else if (x > maxval)
return maxval;
return x;
}
template <class T>
void Swap (T& t1, T& t2)
{
T tmp = t1;
t1 = t2;
t2 = tmp;
}
template <class T>
bool IsApproximateEqual (T t1, T t2, T epsilon)
{
if (t1 == t2)
return true;
T diff = t1 - t2;
if (diff < 0.0)
diff = -diff;
if (diff < epsilon)
return true;
return false;
}
template <class T>
inline T ToNormalized (const T& value, const int32 numSteps)
{
return value / T (numSteps);
}
template <class T>
inline int32 FromNormalized (const T& norm, const int32 numSteps)
{
return Min<int32> (numSteps, int32 (norm * (numSteps + 1)));
}
// Four character constant
#ifndef CCONST
#define CCONST(a, b, c, d) \
((((int32) (a)) << 24) | (((int32) (b)) << 16) | (((int32) (c)) << 8) | (((int32) (d)) << 0))
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/fvariant.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fstrdefs.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class FUnknown;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FVariant struct declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** A Value of variable type.
\ingroup pluginBase
*/
class FVariant
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
public:
enum
{
kEmpty = 0,
kInteger = 1 << 0,
kFloat = 1 << 1,
kString8 = 1 << 2,
kObject = 1 << 3,
kOwner = 1 << 4,
kString16 = 1 << 5
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ctors
inline FVariant () { memset (this, 0, sizeof (FVariant)); }
inline FVariant (const FVariant& variant);
inline FVariant (bool b) : type (kInteger), intValue (b) {}
inline FVariant (uint32 v) : type (kInteger), intValue (v) {}
inline FVariant (int64 v) : type (kInteger), intValue (v) {}
inline FVariant (double v) : type (kFloat), floatValue (v) {}
inline FVariant (const char8* str) : type (kString8), string8 (str) {}
inline FVariant (const char16* str) : type (kString16), string16 (str) {}
inline FVariant (FUnknown* obj, bool owner = false) : type (kObject), object (obj)
{
setOwner (owner);
}
inline ~FVariant () { empty (); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline FVariant& operator= (const FVariant& variant);
inline void set (bool b)
{
setInt (b);
}
inline void set (uint32 v)
{
setInt (v);
}
inline void set (int64 v)
{
setInt (v);
}
inline void set (double v)
{
setFloat (v);
}
inline void set (const char8* c)
{
setString8 (c);
}
inline void set (const char16* c)
{
setString16 (c);
}
inline void setInt (int64 v)
{
empty ();
type = kInteger;
intValue = v;
}
inline void setFloat (double v)
{
empty ();
type = kFloat;
floatValue = v;
}
inline void setString8 (const char8* v)
{
empty ();
type = kString8;
string8 = v;
}
inline void setString16 (const char16* v)
{
empty ();
type = kString16;
string16 = v;
}
inline void setObject (FUnknown* obj)
{
empty ();
type = kObject;
object = obj;
}
template <typename T>
inline T get () const;
inline int64 getInt () const { return (type & kInteger) ? intValue : 0; }
inline double getFloat () const { return (type & kFloat) ? floatValue : 0.; }
inline double getNumber () const
{
return (type & kInteger) ? static_cast<double> (intValue) : (type & kFloat) ? floatValue :
0.;
}
inline const char8* getString8 () const { return (type & kString8) ? string8 : nullptr; }
inline const char16* getString16 () const { return (type & kString16) ? string16 : nullptr; }
inline FUnknown* getObject () const { return (type & kObject) ? object : nullptr; }
inline uint16 getType () const { return static_cast<uint16> (type & ~(kOwner)); }
inline bool isEmpty () const { return getType () == kEmpty; }
inline bool isOwner () const { return (type & kOwner) != 0; }
inline bool isString () const { return (type & (kString8 | kString16)) != 0; }
inline void setOwner (bool state)
{
if (state)
type |= kOwner;
else
type &= ~kOwner;
}
void empty ();
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint16 type;
union
{
int64 intValue;
double floatValue;
const char8* string8;
const char16* string16;
FUnknown* object;
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool operator== (const FVariant& v1, const FVariant& v2)
{
#if SMTG_PLATFORM_64
return v1.type == v2.type && v1.intValue == v2.intValue;
#else
if (v1.type != v2.type)
return false;
if (v1.type & (FVariant::kString8 | FVariant::kString16 | FVariant::kObject))
return v1.string8 == v2.string8; // pointer type comparisons
return v1.intValue == v2.intValue; // intValue & double comparison
#endif
}
template <>
inline bool FVariant::get<bool> () const
{
return getInt () != 0;
}
template <>
inline uint32 FVariant::get<uint32> () const
{
return static_cast<uint32> (getInt ());
}
template <>
inline int32 FVariant::get<int32> () const
{
return static_cast<int32> (getInt ());
}
template <>
inline int64 FVariant::get<int64> () const
{
return static_cast<int64> (getInt ());
}
template <>
inline float FVariant::get<float> () const
{
return static_cast<float> (getFloat ());
}
template <>
inline double FVariant::get<double> () const
{
return getFloat ();
}
template <>
inline const char8* FVariant::get<const char8*> () const
{
return getString8 ();
}
template <>
inline const char16* FVariant::get<const char16*> () const
{
return getString16 ();
}
template <>
inline FUnknown* FVariant::get<FUnknown*> () const
{
return getObject ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool operator!= (const FVariant& v1, const FVariant& v2) { return !(v1 == v2); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline FVariant::FVariant (const FVariant& variant) : type (kEmpty) { *this = variant; }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline void FVariant::empty ()
{
if (type & kOwner)
{
if ((type & kString8) && string8)
delete[] string8;
else if ((type & kString16) && string16)
delete[] string16;
else if ((type & kObject) && object)
object->release ();
}
memset (this, 0, sizeof (FVariant));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline FVariant& FVariant::operator= (const FVariant& variant)
{
empty ();
type = variant.type;
if ((type & kString8) && variant.string8)
{
string8 = new char8[strlen (variant.string8) + 1];
strcpy (const_cast<char8*> (string8), variant.string8);
type |= kOwner;
}
else if ((type & kString16) && variant.string16)
{
auto len = static_cast<size_t> (strlen16 (variant.string16));
string16 = new char16[len + 1];
char16* tmp = const_cast<char16*> (string16);
memcpy (tmp, variant.string16, len * sizeof (char16));
tmp[len] = 0;
type |= kOwner;
}
else if ((type & kObject) && variant.object)
{
object = variant.object;
object->addRef ();
type |= kOwner;
}
else
intValue = variant.intValue; // copy memory
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ibstream.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Interface for reading/writing streams
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Base class for streams.
\ingroup pluginBase
- read/write binary data from/to stream
- get/set stream read-write position (read and write position is the same)
*/
class IBStream: public FUnknown
{
public:
enum IStreamSeekMode
{
kIBSeekSet = 0, ///< set absolute seek position
kIBSeekCur, ///< set seek position relative to current position
kIBSeekEnd ///< set seek position relative to stream end
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Reads binary data from stream.
\param buffer : destination buffer
\param numBytes : amount of bytes to be read
\param numBytesRead : result - how many bytes have been read from stream (set to 0 if this is of no interest) */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API read (void* buffer, int32 numBytes, int32* numBytesRead = nullptr) = 0;
/** Writes binary data to stream.
\param buffer : source buffer
\param numBytes : amount of bytes to write
\param numBytesWritten : result - how many bytes have been written to stream (set to 0 if this is of no interest) */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API write (void* buffer, int32 numBytes, int32* numBytesWritten = nullptr) = 0;
/** Sets stream read-write position.
\param pos : new stream position (dependent on mode)
\param mode : value of enum IStreamSeekMode
\param result : new seek position (set to 0 if this is of no interest) */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API seek (int64 pos, int32 mode, int64* result = nullptr) = 0;
/** Gets current stream read-write position.
\param pos : is assigned the current position if function succeeds */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API tell (int64* pos) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IBStream, 0xC3BF6EA2, 0x30994752, 0x9B6BF990, 0x1EE33E9B)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Stream with a size.
\ingroup pluginBase
[extends IBStream] when stream type supports it (like file and memory stream)
*/
class ISizeableStream: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Return the stream size */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getStreamSize (int64& size) = 0;
/** Set the steam size. File streams can only be resized if they are write enabled. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setStreamSize (int64 size) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ISizeableStream, 0x04F9549E, 0xE02F4E6E, 0x87E86A87, 0x47F4E17F)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/icloneable.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/2007
// Description : Interface for object copies
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Interface allowing an object to be copied.
- [plug & host imp]
- [released: N4.12]
*/
class ICloneable : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Create exact copy of the object */
virtual FUnknown* PLUGIN_API clone () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ICloneable, 0xD45406B9, 0x3A2D4443, 0x9DAD9BA9, 0x85A1454B)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ipersistent.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 09/2004
// Description : Plug-In Storage Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
class FVariant;
class IAttributes;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Persistent Object Interface.
[plug imp] \n
This interface is used to store/restore attributes of an object.
An IPlugController can implement this interface to handle presets.
The gui-xml for a preset control looks like this:
\code
....
<view name="PresetView" data="Preset"/>
....
<template name="PresetView">
<view name="preset control" size="0, 0, 100, 20"/>
<switch name="store preset" size="125,0,80,20" style="push|immediate" title="Store" />
<switch name="remove preset" size="220,0,80,20" style="push|immediate" title="Delete" />
</template>
\endcode
The tag data="Preset" tells the host to create a preset controller that handles the
3 values named "preset control", "store preset", and "remove preset".
*/
class IPersistent: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** The class ID must be a 16 bytes unique id that is used to create the object.
This ID is also used to identify the preset list when used with presets. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getClassID (char8* uid) = 0;
/** Store all members/data in the passed IAttributes. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API saveAttributes (IAttributes* ) = 0;
/** Restore all members/data from the passed IAttributes. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API loadAttributes (IAttributes* ) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPersistent, 0xBA1A4637, 0x3C9F46D0, 0xA65DBA0E, 0xB85DA829)
typedef FIDString IAttrID;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Object Data Archive Interface.
- [host imp]
- store data/objects/binary/subattributes in the archive
- read stored data from the archive
All data stored to the archive are identified by a string (IAttrID), which must be unique on each
IAttribute level.
The basic set/get methods make use of the FVariant class defined in 'funknown.h'.
For a more convenient usage of this interface, you should use the functions defined
in namespace PAttributes (public.sdk/source/common/pattributes.h+cpp) !!
\ingroup frameworkHostClasses
*/
class IAttributes: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*! \name Methods to write attributes
******************************************************************************************************** */
//@{
/** Store any data in the archive. It is even possible to store sub-attributes by creating
a new IAttributes instance via the IHostClasses interface and pass it to the parent in the
FVariant. In this case the archive must take the ownership of the newly created object, which
is true for all objects that have been created only for storing. You tell the archive to take
ownership by adding the FVariant::kOwner flag to the FVariant::type member (data.type |= FVariant::kOwner).
When using the PAttributes functions, this is done through a function parameter.*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API set (IAttrID attrID, const FVariant& data) = 0;
/** Store a list of data in the archive. Please note that the type of data is not mixable! So
you can only store a list of integers or a list of doubles/strings/etc. You can also store a list
of subattributes or other objects that implement the IPersistent interface.*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API queue (IAttrID listID, const FVariant& data) = 0;
/** Store binary data in the archive. Parameter 'copyBytes' specifies if the passed data should be copied.
The archive cannot take the ownership of binary data. Either it just references a buffer in order
to write it to a file (copyBytes = false) or it copies the data to its own buffers (copyBytes = true).
When binary data should be stored in the default pool for example, you must always copy it!*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setBinaryData (IAttrID attrID, void* data, uint32 bytes, bool copyBytes) = 0;
//@}
/*! \name Methods to read attributes
******************************************************************************************************** */
//@{
/** Get data previously stored to the archive. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API get (IAttrID attrID, FVariant& data) = 0;
/** Get list of data previously stored to the archive. As long as there are queue members the method
will return kResultTrue. When the queue is empty, the methods returns kResultFalse. All lists except from
object lists can be reset which means that the items can be read once again. \see IAttributes::resetQueue */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API unqueue (IAttrID listID, FVariant& data) = 0;
/** Get the amount of items in a queue. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getQueueItemCount (IAttrID) = 0;
/** Reset a queue. If you need to restart reading a queue, you have to reset it. You can reset a queue at any time.*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API resetQueue (IAttrID attrID) = 0;
/** Reset all queues in the archive.*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API resetAllQueues () = 0;
/** Read binary data from the archive. The data is copied into the passed buffer. The size of that buffer
must fit the size of data stored in the archive which can be queried via IAttributes::getBinaryDataSize */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getBinaryData (IAttrID attrID, void* data, uint32 bytes) = 0;
/** Get the size in bytes of binary data in the archive. */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API getBinaryDataSize (IAttrID attrID) = 0;
//@}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAttributes, 0xFA1E32F9, 0xCA6D46F5, 0xA982F956, 0xB1191B58)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended access to Attributes; supports Attribute retrieval via iteration.
- [host imp]
- [released] C7/N6
\ingroup frameworkHostClasses
*/
class IAttributes2 : public IAttributes
{
public:
/** Returns the number of existing attributes. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API countAttributes () const = 0;
/** Returns the attribute's ID for the given index. */
virtual IAttrID PLUGIN_API getAttributeID (int32 index) const = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAttributes2, 0x1382126A, 0xFECA4871, 0x97D52A45, 0xB042AE99)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ipluginbase.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Plug-in Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "funknown.h"
#include "fstrdefs.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic interface to a plug-in component: IPluginBase
\ingroup pluginBase
- [plug imp]
- initialize/terminate the plug-in component
The host uses this interface to initialize and to terminate the plug-in component.
The context that is passed to the initialize method contains any interface to the
host that the plug-in will need to work. These interfaces can vary from category to category.
A list of supported host context interfaces should be included in the documentation
of a specific category.
*/
class IPluginBase: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** The host passes a number of interfaces as context to initialize the plug-in class.
@note Extensive memory allocations etc. should be performed in this method rather than in the class' constructor!
If the method does NOT return kResultOk, the object is released immediately. In this case terminate is not called! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API initialize (FUnknown* context) = 0;
/** This function is called before the plug-in is unloaded and can be used for
cleanups. You have to release all references to any host application interfaces. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API terminate () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPluginBase, 0x22888DDB, 0x156E45AE, 0x8358B348, 0x08190625)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic Information about the class factory of the plug-in.
\ingroup pluginBase
*/
struct PFactoryInfo
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum FactoryFlags
{
kNoFlags = 0, ///< Nothing
kClassesDiscardable = 1 << 0, ///< The number of exported classes can change each time the Module is loaded. If this flag is set, the host does not cache class information. This leads to a longer startup time because the host always has to load the Module to get the current class information.
kLicenseCheck = 1 << 1, ///< Class IDs of components are interpreted as Syncrosoft-License (LICENCE_UID). Loaded in a Steinberg host, the module will not be loaded when the license is not valid
kComponentNonDiscardable = 1 << 3, ///< Component will not be unloaded until process exit
kUnicode = 1 << 4 ///< Components have entirely unicode encoded strings. (True for VST 3 plug-ins so far)
};
enum
{
kURLSize = 256,
kEmailSize = 128,
kNameSize = 64
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
char8 vendor[kNameSize]; ///< e.g. "Steinberg Media Technologies"
char8 url[kURLSize]; ///< e.g. "http://www.steinberg.de"
char8 email[kEmailSize]; ///< e.g. "info@steinberg.de"
int32 flags; ///< (see above)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
PFactoryInfo (const char8* _vendor, const char8* _url, const char8* _email, int32 _flags)
{
strncpy8 (vendor, _vendor, kNameSize);
strncpy8 (url, _url, kURLSize);
strncpy8 (email, _email, kEmailSize);
flags = _flags;
#ifdef UNICODE
flags |= kUnicode;
#endif
}
#if SMTG_CPP11
constexpr PFactoryInfo () : vendor (), url (), email (), flags () {}
#else
PFactoryInfo () { memset (this, 0, sizeof (PFactoryInfo)); }
#endif
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic Information about a class provided by the plug-in.
\ingroup pluginBase
*/
struct PClassInfo
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum ClassCardinality
{
kManyInstances = 0x7FFFFFFF
};
enum
{
kCategorySize = 32,
kNameSize = 64
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
TUID cid; ///< Class ID 16 Byte class GUID
int32 cardinality; ///< cardinality of the class, set to kManyInstances (see \ref ClassCardinality)
char8 category[kCategorySize]; ///< class category, host uses this to categorize interfaces
char8 name[kNameSize]; ///< class name, visible to the user
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
PClassInfo (const TUID _cid, int32 _cardinality, const char8* _category, const char8* _name)
{
memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfo));
memcpy (cid, _cid, sizeof (TUID));
if (_category)
strncpy8 (category, _category, kCategorySize);
if (_name)
strncpy8 (name, _name, kNameSize);
cardinality = _cardinality;
}
#if SMTG_CPP11
constexpr PClassInfo () : cid (), cardinality (), category (), name () {}
#else
PClassInfo () { memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfo)); }
#endif
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPluginFactory interface declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Class factory that any plug-in defines for creating class instances: IPluginFactory
\ingroup pluginBase
- [plug imp]
From the host's point of view a plug-in module is a factory which can create
a certain kind of object(s). The interface IPluginFactory provides methods
to get information about the classes exported by the plug-in and a
mechanism to create instances of these classes (that usually define the IPluginBase interface).
<b> An implementation is provided in public.sdk/source/common/pluginfactory.cpp </b>
\see GetPluginFactory
*/
class IPluginFactory : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Fill a PFactoryInfo structure with information about the plug-in vendor. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getFactoryInfo (PFactoryInfo* info) = 0;
/** Returns the number of exported classes by this factory.
If you are using the CPluginFactory implementation provided by the SDK, it returns the number of classes you registered with CPluginFactory::registerClass. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API countClasses () = 0;
/** Fill a PClassInfo structure with information about the class at the specified index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getClassInfo (int32 index, PClassInfo* info) = 0;
/** Create a new class instance. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API createInstance (FIDString cid, FIDString _iid, void** obj) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory, 0x7A4D811C, 0x52114A1F, 0xAED9D2EE, 0x0B43BF9F)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Version 2 of Basic Information about a class provided by the plug-in.
\ingroup pluginBase
*/
struct PClassInfo2
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
TUID cid; ///< Class ID 16 Byte class GUID
int32 cardinality; ///< cardinality of the class, set to kManyInstances (see \ref PClassInfo::ClassCardinality)
char8 category[PClassInfo::kCategorySize]; ///< class category, host uses this to categorize interfaces
char8 name[PClassInfo::kNameSize]; ///< class name, visible to the user
enum {
kVendorSize = 64,
kVersionSize = 64,
kSubCategoriesSize = 128
};
uint32 classFlags; ///< flags used for a specific category, must be defined where category is defined
char8 subCategories[kSubCategoriesSize]; ///< module specific subcategories, can be more than one, logically added by the \c OR operator
char8 vendor[kVendorSize]; ///< overwrite vendor information from factory info
char8 version[kVersionSize]; ///< Version string (e.g. "1.0.0.512" with Major.Minor.Subversion.Build)
char8 sdkVersion[kVersionSize]; ///< SDK version used to build this class (e.g. "VST 3.0")
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
PClassInfo2 (const TUID _cid, int32 _cardinality, const char8* _category, const char8* _name,
int32 _classFlags, const char8* _subCategories, const char8* _vendor, const char8* _version,
const char8* _sdkVersion)
{
memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfo2));
memcpy (cid, _cid, sizeof (TUID));
cardinality = _cardinality;
if (_category)
strncpy8 (category, _category, PClassInfo::kCategorySize);
if (_name)
strncpy8 (name, _name, PClassInfo::kNameSize);
classFlags = static_cast<uint32> (_classFlags);
if (_subCategories)
strncpy8 (subCategories, _subCategories, kSubCategoriesSize);
if (_vendor)
strncpy8 (vendor, _vendor, kVendorSize);
if (_version)
strncpy8 (version, _version, kVersionSize);
if (_sdkVersion)
strncpy8 (sdkVersion, _sdkVersion, kVersionSize);
}
#if SMTG_CPP11
constexpr PClassInfo2 ()
: cid ()
, cardinality ()
, category ()
, name ()
, classFlags ()
, subCategories ()
, vendor ()
, version ()
, sdkVersion ()
{
}
#else
PClassInfo2 () { memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfo2)); }
#endif
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPluginFactory2 interface declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Version 2 of class factory supporting PClassInfo2: IPluginFactory2
\ingroup pluginBase
\copydoc IPluginFactory
*/
class IPluginFactory2 : public IPluginFactory
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the class info (version 2) for a given index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getClassInfo2 (int32 index, PClassInfo2* info) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory2, 0x0007B650, 0xF24B4C0B, 0xA464EDB9, 0xF00B2ABB)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Unicode Version of Basic Information about a class provided by the plug-in
*/
struct PClassInfoW
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
TUID cid; ///< see \ref PClassInfo
int32 cardinality; ///< see \ref PClassInfo
char8 category[PClassInfo::kCategorySize]; ///< see \ref PClassInfo
char16 name[PClassInfo::kNameSize]; ///< see \ref PClassInfo
enum {
kVendorSize = 64,
kVersionSize = 64,
kSubCategoriesSize = 128
};
uint32 classFlags; ///< flags used for a specific category, must be defined where category is defined
char8 subCategories[kSubCategoriesSize];///< module specific subcategories, can be more than one, logically added by the \c OR operator
char16 vendor[kVendorSize]; ///< overwrite vendor information from factory info
char16 version[kVersionSize]; ///< Version string (e.g. "1.0.0.512" with Major.Minor.Subversion.Build)
char16 sdkVersion[kVersionSize]; ///< SDK version used to build this class (e.g. "VST 3.0")
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
PClassInfoW (const TUID _cid, int32 _cardinality, const char8* _category, const char16* _name,
int32 _classFlags, const char8* _subCategories, const char16* _vendor, const char16* _version,
const char16* _sdkVersion)
{
memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfoW));
memcpy (cid, _cid, sizeof (TUID));
cardinality = _cardinality;
if (_category)
strncpy8 (category, _category, PClassInfo::kCategorySize);
if (_name)
strncpy16 (name, _name, PClassInfo::kNameSize);
classFlags = static_cast<uint32> (_classFlags);
if (_subCategories)
strncpy8 (subCategories, _subCategories, kSubCategoriesSize);
if (_vendor)
strncpy16 (vendor, _vendor, kVendorSize);
if (_version)
strncpy16 (version, _version, kVersionSize);
if (_sdkVersion)
strncpy16 (sdkVersion, _sdkVersion, kVersionSize);
}
#if SMTG_CPP11
constexpr PClassInfoW ()
: cid ()
, cardinality ()
, category ()
, name ()
, classFlags ()
, subCategories ()
, vendor ()
, version ()
, sdkVersion ()
{
}
#else
PClassInfoW () { memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfoW)); }
#endif
void fromAscii (const PClassInfo2& ci2)
{
memcpy (cid, ci2.cid, sizeof (TUID));
cardinality = ci2.cardinality;
strncpy8 (category, ci2.category, PClassInfo::kCategorySize);
str8ToStr16 (name, ci2.name, PClassInfo::kNameSize);
classFlags = ci2.classFlags;
strncpy8 (subCategories, ci2.subCategories, kSubCategoriesSize);
str8ToStr16 (vendor, ci2.vendor, kVendorSize);
str8ToStr16 (version, ci2.version, kVersionSize);
str8ToStr16 (sdkVersion, ci2.sdkVersion, kVersionSize);
}
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPluginFactory3 interface declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Version 3 of class factory supporting PClassInfoW: IPluginFactory3
\ingroup pluginBase
\copydoc IPluginFactory
*/
class IPluginFactory3 : public IPluginFactory2
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the unicode class info for a given index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getClassInfoUnicode (int32 index, PClassInfoW* info) = 0;
/** Receives information about host*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setHostContext (FUnknown* context) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory3, 0x4555A2AB, 0xC1234E57, 0x9B122910, 0x36878931)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define LICENCE_UID(l1, l2, l3, l4) \
{ \
(int8)((l1 & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (int8)((l1 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(int8)((l1 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (int8)((l1 & 0x000000FF) ), \
(int8)((l2 & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (int8)((l2 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(int8)((l2 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (int8)((l2 & 0x000000FF) ), \
(int8)((l3 & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (int8)((l3 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(int8)((l3 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (int8)((l3 & 0x000000FF) ), \
(int8)((l4 & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (int8)((l4 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(int8)((l4 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (int8)((l4 & 0x000000FF) ) \
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GetPluginFactory
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Plug-in entry point.
\ingroup pluginBase
Any plug-in must define and export this function. \n
A typical implementation of GetPluginFactory looks like this
\code{.cpp}
SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL IPluginFactory* PLUGIN_API GetPluginFactory ()
{
if (!gPluginFactory)
{
static PFactoryInfo factoryInfo =
{
"My Company Name",
"http://www.mywebpage.com",
"mailto:myemail@address.com",
PFactoryInfo::kNoFlags
};
gPluginFactory = new CPluginFactory (factoryInfo);
static PClassInfo componentClass =
{
INLINE_UID (0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000), // replace by a valid uid
1,
"Service", // category
"Name"
};
gPluginFactory->registerClass (&componentClass, MyComponentClass::newInstance);
}
else
gPluginFactory->addRef ();
return gPluginFactory;
}
\endcode
\see \ref loadPlugin
*/
extern "C"
{
SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL Steinberg::IPluginFactory* PLUGIN_API GetPluginFactory ();
typedef Steinberg::IPluginFactory* (PLUGIN_API *GetFactoryProc) ();
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/istringresult.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2005
// Description : Strings Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Interface to return an ascii string of variable size.
In order to manage memory allocation and deallocation properly,
this interface is used to transfer a string as result parameter of
a method requires a string of unknown size.
- [host imp] or [plug imp]
- [released: SX 4]
*/
class IStringResult : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
virtual void PLUGIN_API setText (const char8* text) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IStringResult, 0x550798BC, 0x872049DB, 0x84920A15, 0x3B50B7A8)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Interface to a string of variable size and encoding.
- [host imp] or [plug imp]
- [released: ]
*/
class IString : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Assign ASCII string */
virtual void PLUGIN_API setText8 (const char8* text) = 0;
/** Assign unicode string */
virtual void PLUGIN_API setText16 (const char16* text) = 0;
/** Return ASCII string. If the string is unicode so far, it will be converted.
So you need to be careful, because the conversion can result in data loss.
It is save though to call getText8 if isWideString() returns false */
virtual const char8* PLUGIN_API getText8 () = 0;
/** Return unicode string. If the string is ASCII so far, it will be converted. */
virtual const char16* PLUGIN_API getText16 () = 0;
/** !Do not use this method! Early implementations take the given pointer as
internal string and this will cause problems because 'free' will be used to delete the passed memory.
Later implementations will redirect 'take' to setText8 and setText16 */
virtual void PLUGIN_API take (void* s, bool isWide) = 0;
/** Returns true if the string is in unicode format, returns false if the string is ASCII */
virtual bool PLUGIN_API isWideString () const = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IString, 0xF99DB7A3, 0x0FC14821, 0x800B0CF9, 0x8E348EDF)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : Steinberg Module Architecture SDK
//
// Category : Basic Host Service Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/iupdatehandler.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Update handling
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
class IDependent;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host implements dependency handling for plugins.
- [host imp]
- [get this interface from IHostClasses]
- [released N3.1]
- Install/Remove change notifications
- Trigger updates when an object has changed
Can be used between host-objects and the Plug-In or
inside the Plug-In to handle internal updates!
\see IDependent
\ingroup frameworkHostClasses
*/
class IUpdateHandler: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Install update notification for given object. It is essential to
remove all dependencies again using 'removeDependent'! Dependencies
are not removed automatically when the 'object' is released!
\param object : interface to object that sends change notifications
\param dependent : interface through which the update is passed */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API addDependent (FUnknown* object, IDependent* dependent) = 0;
/** Remove a previously installed dependency.*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API removeDependent (FUnknown* object, IDependent* dependent) = 0;
/** Inform all dependents, that object has changed.
\param object is the object that has changed
\param message is a value of enum IDependent::ChangeMessage, usually IDependent::kChanged - can be
a private message as well (only known to sender and dependent)*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API triggerUpdates (FUnknown* object, int32 message) = 0;
/** Same as triggerUpdates, but delivered in idle (usefull to collect updates).*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API deferUpdates (FUnknown* object, int32 message) = 0;
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUpdateHandler, 0xF5246D56, 0x86544d60, 0xB026AFB5, 0x7B697B37)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** A dependent will get notified about changes of a model.
[plug imp]
- notify changes of a model
\see IUpdateHandler
\ingroup frameworkHostClasses
*/
class IDependent: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Inform the dependent, that the passed FUnknown has changed. */
virtual void PLUGIN_API update (FUnknown* changedUnknown, int32 message) = 0;
enum ChangeMessage
{
kWillChange,
kChanged,
kDestroyed,
kWillDestroy,
kStdChangeMessageLast = kWillDestroy
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IDependent, 0xF52B7AAE, 0xDE72416d, 0x8AF18ACE, 0x9DD7BD5E)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/smartpointer.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fplatform.h"
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
#include <utility>
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPtr
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** IPtr - Smart pointer template class.
\ingroup pluginBase
- can be used as an I* pointer
- handles refCount of the interface
- Usage example:
\code
IPtr<IPath> path (sharedPath);
if (path)
path->ascend ();
\endcode
*/
template <class I>
class IPtr
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline IPtr (I* ptr, bool addRef = true);
inline IPtr (const IPtr&);
template <class T>
inline IPtr (const IPtr<T>& other) : ptr (other.get ())
{
if (ptr)
ptr->addRef ();
}
inline IPtr ();
inline ~IPtr ();
inline I* operator= (I* ptr);
inline IPtr& operator= (const IPtr& other);
template <class T>
inline IPtr& operator= (const IPtr<T>& other)
{
operator= (other.get ());
return *this;
}
inline operator I* () const { return ptr; } // act as I*
inline I* operator-> () const { return ptr; } // act as I*
inline I* get () const { return ptr; }
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
inline IPtr (IPtr<I>&& movePtr) SMTG_NOEXCEPT : ptr (movePtr.take ()) { }
template <typename T>
inline IPtr (IPtr<T>&& movePtr) SMTG_NOEXCEPT : ptr (movePtr.take ()) { }
inline IPtr& operator= (IPtr<I>&& movePtr) SMTG_NOEXCEPT
{
if (ptr)
ptr->release ();
ptr = movePtr.take ();
return *this;
}
template <typename T>
inline IPtr& operator= (IPtr<T>&& movePtr)
{
if (ptr)
ptr->release ();
ptr = movePtr.take ();
return *this;
}
#endif
inline void reset (I* obj = nullptr)
{
if (ptr)
ptr->release();
ptr = obj;
}
I* take () SMTG_NOEXCEPT
{
I* out = ptr;
ptr = nullptr;
return out;
}
template <typename T>
static IPtr<T> adopt (T* obj) SMTG_NOEXCEPT { return IPtr<T> (obj, false); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
I* ptr;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline IPtr<I>::IPtr (I* _ptr, bool addRef) : ptr (_ptr)
{
if (ptr && addRef)
ptr->addRef ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline IPtr<I>::IPtr (const IPtr<I>& other) : ptr (other.ptr)
{
if (ptr)
ptr->addRef ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline IPtr<I>::IPtr () : ptr (0)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline IPtr<I>::~IPtr ()
{
if (ptr)
{
ptr->release ();
ptr = nullptr; //TODO_CORE: how much does this cost? is this something hiding for us?
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline I* IPtr<I>::operator= (I* _ptr)
{
if (_ptr != ptr)
{
if (ptr)
ptr->release ();
ptr = _ptr;
if (ptr)
ptr->addRef ();
}
return ptr;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline IPtr<I>& IPtr<I>::operator= (const IPtr<I>& _ptr)
{
operator= (_ptr.ptr);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** OPtr - "owning" smart pointer used for newly created FObjects.
\ingroup pluginBase
FUnknown implementations are supposed to have a refCount of 1 right after creation.
So using an IPtr on newly created objects would lead to a leak.
Instead the OPtr can be used in this case. \n
Example:
\code
OPtr<IPath> path = FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses);
// no release is needed...
\endcode
The assignment operator takes ownership of a new object and releases the old.
So its safe to write:
\code
OPtr<IPath> path = FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses);
path = FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses);
path = 0;
\endcode
This is the difference to using an IPtr with addRef=false.
\code
// DONT DO THIS:
IPtr<IPath> path (FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses), false);
path = FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses);
path = 0;
\endcode
This will lead to a leak!
*/
template <class I>
class OPtr : public IPtr<I>
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline OPtr (I* p) : IPtr<I> (p, false) {}
inline OPtr (const IPtr<I>& p) : IPtr<I> (p) {}
inline OPtr (const OPtr<I>& p) : IPtr<I> (p) {}
inline OPtr () {}
inline I* operator= (I* _ptr)
{
if (_ptr != this->ptr)
{
if (this->ptr)
this->ptr->release ();
this->ptr = _ptr;
}
return this->ptr;
}
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Assigning newly created object to an IPtr.
Example:
\code
IPtr<IPath> path = owned (FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses));
\endcode
which is a slightly shorter form of writing:
\code
IPtr<IPath> path = OPtr<IPath> (FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses));
\endcode
*/
template <class I>
IPtr<I> owned (I* p)
{
return IPtr<I> (p, false);
}
/** Assigning shared object to an IPtr.
Example:
\code
IPtr<IPath> path = shared (iface.getXY ());
\endcode
*/
template <class I>
IPtr<I> shared (I* p)
{
return IPtr<I> (p, true);
}
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Ownership functionality
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace SKI {
namespace Detail {
struct Adopt;
} // Detail
/** Strong typedef for shared reference counted objects.
* Use SKI::adopt to unwrap the provided object.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
*/
template <typename T>
class Shared
{
friend struct Detail::Adopt;
T* obj = nullptr;
};
/** Strong typedef for transferring the ownership of reference counted objects.
* Use SKI::adopt to unwrap the provided object.
* After calling adopt the reference in this object is null.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
*/
template <typename T>
class Owned
{
friend struct Detail::Adopt;
T* obj = nullptr;
};
/** Strong typedef for using reference counted objects.
* Use SKI::adopt to unwrap the provided object.
* After calling adopt the reference in this object is null.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
*/
template <typename T>
class Used
{
friend struct Detail::Adopt;
T* obj = nullptr;
};
namespace Detail {
struct Adopt
{
template <typename T>
static IPtr<T> adopt (Shared<T>& ref)
{
using Steinberg::shared;
return shared (ref.obj);
}
template <typename T>
static IPtr<T> adopt (Owned<T>& ref)
{
using Steinberg::owned;
IPtr<T> out = owned (ref.obj);
ref.obj = nullptr;
return out;
}
template <typename T>
static T* adopt (Used<T>& ref)
{
return ref.obj;
}
template <template <typename> class OwnerType, typename T>
static OwnerType<T> toOwnerType (T* obj)
{
OwnerType<T> out;
out.obj = obj;
return out;
}
};
} // Detail
/** Common function to adopt referenced counted object.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
* @param ref The reference to be adopted in a smart pointer.
*/
template <typename T>
IPtr<T> adopt (Shared<T>& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
template <typename T>
IPtr<T> adopt (Shared<T>&& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
/** Common function to adopt referenced counted object.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
* @param ref The reference to be adopted in a smart pointer.
*/
template <typename T>
IPtr<T> adopt (Owned<T>& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
template <typename T>
IPtr<T> adopt (Owned<T>&& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
/** Common function to adopt referenced counted object.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
* @param ref The reference to be adopted in a smart pointer.
*/
template <typename T>
T* adopt (Used<T>& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
template <typename T>
T* adopt (Used<T>&& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
/** Common function to wrap owned instances. */
template <typename T>
Owned<T> toOwned (T* obj) { return Detail::Adopt::toOwnerType<Owned> (obj); }
/** Common function to wrap shared instances. */
template <typename T>
Shared<T> toShared (T* obj) { return Detail::Adopt::toOwnerType<Shared> (obj); }
/** Common function to wrap used instances. */
template <typename T>
Used<T> toUsed (T* obj) { return Detail::Adopt::toOwnerType<Used> (obj); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // SKI
#endif
} // Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/typesizecheck.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 08/2018
// Description : Compile time type size check macro
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fplatform.h"
#if SMTG_CPP11
#define SMTG_TYPE_STATIC_CHECK(Operator, Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, \
Linux32Size) \
namespace { \
template <typename Type, size_t w, size_t x, size_t y, size_t z> \
struct Operator##Check##Type \
{ \
constexpr Operator##Check##Type () \
{ \
static_assert (Operator (Type) == \
(SMTG_PLATFORM_64 ? w : SMTG_OS_MACOS ? x : SMTG_OS_LINUX ? z : y), \
"Struct " #Operator " error: " #Type); \
} \
}; \
static constexpr Operator##Check##Type<Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, \
Linux32Size> \
instance##Operator##Type; \
}
/** Check the size of a structure depending on compilation platform
* Used to check that structure sizes don't change between SDK releases.
*/
#define SMTG_TYPE_SIZE_CHECK(Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, Linux32Size) \
SMTG_TYPE_STATIC_CHECK (sizeof, Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, Linux32Size)
/** Check the alignment of a structure depending on compilation platform
* Used to check that structure alignments don't change between SDK releases.
*/
#define SMTG_TYPE_ALIGN_CHECK(Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, Linux32Size) \
SMTG_TYPE_STATIC_CHECK (alignof, Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, Linux32Size)
#else
// need static_assert
#define SMTG_TYPE_SIZE_CHECK(Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, Linux32Size)
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ustring.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 12/2005
// Description : UTF-16 String class
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "ustring.h"
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#include <cstdio>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (disable : 4996) // deprecated functions
#endif
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
#include <cstring>
#include <string>
#include <codecvt>
#include <sstream>
#include <locale>
#include <wctype.h>
#include <wchar.h>
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_OS_LINUX
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace {
using Converter = std::wstring_convert<std::codecvt_utf8_utf16<char16_t>, char16_t>;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Converter& converter ()
{
static Converter instance;
return instance;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // anonymous
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#endif // SMTG_OS_LINUX
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Copy strings of different character width. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class TDstChar, class TSrcChar>
void StringCopy (TDstChar* dst, int32 dstSize, const TSrcChar* src, int32 srcSize = -1)
{
int32 count = dstSize;
if (srcSize >= 0 && srcSize < dstSize)
count = srcSize;
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
dst[i] = (TDstChar)src[i];
if (src[i] == 0)
break;
}
dst[dstSize - 1] = 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Find length of null-terminated string, i.e. StringLength (L"ABC\0") => 3 */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class TSrcChar>
int32 StringLength (const TSrcChar* src, int32 srcSize = -1)
{
if (srcSize == 0)
return 0;
int32 length = 0;
while (src[length])
{
length++;
if (srcSize > 0 && length >= srcSize)
break;
}
return length;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// UString
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 UString::getLength () const
{
return StringLength<char16> (thisBuffer, thisSize);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
UString& UString::assign (const char16* src, int32 srcSize)
{
StringCopy<char16, char16> (thisBuffer, thisSize, src, srcSize);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
UString& UString::append (const char16* src, int32 srcSize)
{
int32 length = getLength ();
StringCopy<char16, char16> (thisBuffer + length, thisSize - length, src, srcSize);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
const UString& UString::copyTo (char16* dst, int32 dstSize) const
{
StringCopy<char16, char16> (dst, dstSize, thisBuffer, thisSize);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
UString& UString::fromAscii (const char* src, int32 srcSize)
{
StringCopy<char16, char> (thisBuffer, thisSize, src, srcSize);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
const UString& UString::toAscii (char* dst, int32 dstSize) const
{
StringCopy<char, char16> (dst, dstSize, thisBuffer, thisSize);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool UString::scanFloat (double& value) const
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
return swscanf ((const wchar_t*)thisBuffer, L"%lf", &value) != -1;
#elif TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
CFStringRef cfStr = CFStringCreateWithBytes (0, (const UInt8 *)thisBuffer, getLength () * 2, kCFStringEncodingUTF16, false);
if (cfStr)
{
value = CFStringGetDoubleValue (cfStr);
CFRelease (cfStr);
return true;
}
return false;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
auto str = converter ().to_bytes (thisBuffer);
return sscanf (str.data (), "%lf", &value) == 1;
#else
#warning Implement me
// implement me!
return false;
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool UString::printFloat (double value, int32 precision)
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
return swprintf ((wchar_t*)thisBuffer, L"%.*lf", precision, value) != -1;
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
bool result = false;
CFStringRef cfStr = CFStringCreateWithFormat (0, 0, CFSTR("%.*lf"), precision, value);
if (cfStr)
{
memset (thisBuffer, 0, thisSize);
CFRange range = {0, CFStringGetLength (cfStr)};
CFStringGetBytes (cfStr, range, kCFStringEncodingUTF16, 0, false, (UInt8*)thisBuffer, thisSize, 0);
CFRelease (cfStr);
return true;
}
return result;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
auto utf8Buffer = reinterpret_cast<char*> (thisBuffer);
auto len = snprintf (utf8Buffer, thisSize, "%.*lf", precision, value);
if (len > 0)
{
auto utf16Buffer = reinterpret_cast<char16*> (thisBuffer);
utf16Buffer[len] = 0;
while (--len >= 0)
{
utf16Buffer[len] = utf8Buffer[len];
}
return true;
}
return false;
#else
#warning Implement me
// implement me!
return false;
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool UString::scanInt (int64& value) const
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
return swscanf ((const wchar_t*)thisBuffer, L"%I64d", &value) != -1;
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
CFStringRef cfStr = CFStringCreateWithBytes (0, (const UInt8 *)thisBuffer, getLength () * 2, kCFStringEncodingUTF16, false);
if (cfStr)
{
value = CFStringGetIntValue (cfStr);
CFRelease (cfStr);
return true;
}
return false;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
auto str = converter ().to_bytes (thisBuffer);
return sscanf (str.data (), "%lld", &value) == 1;
#else
#warning Implement me
// implement me!
return false;
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool UString::printInt (int64 value)
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
return swprintf ((wchar_t*)thisBuffer, L"%I64d", value) != -1;
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
CFStringRef cfStr = CFStringCreateWithFormat (0, 0, CFSTR("%lld"), value);
if (cfStr)
{
memset (thisBuffer, 0, thisSize);
CFRange range = {0, CFStringGetLength (cfStr)};
CFStringGetBytes (cfStr, range, kCFStringEncodingUTF16, 0, false, (UInt8*)thisBuffer, thisSize, 0);
CFRelease (cfStr);
return true;
}
return false;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
auto utf8Buffer = reinterpret_cast<char*> (thisBuffer);
auto len = snprintf (utf8Buffer, thisSize, "%lld", value);
if (len > 0)
{
auto utf16Buffer = reinterpret_cast<char16*> (thisBuffer);
utf16Buffer[len] = 0;
while (--len >= 0)
{
utf16Buffer[len] = utf8Buffer[len];
}
return true;
}
return false;
#else
#warning Implement me
// implement me!
return false;
#endif
}
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ustring.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 12/2005
// Description : UTF-16 String class
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "ftypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** UTF-16 string class without buffer management.
Note: that some characters are encoded in 2 UTF16 code units (surrogate pair),
this means that getLength returns the number of code unit, not the count of character! */
class UString
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Construct from UTF-16 string, size is in code unit (count of char16) */
UString (char16* buffer, int32 size) : thisBuffer (buffer), thisSize (size) {}
/** returns buffer size */
int32 getSize () const { return thisSize; }
/** cast to char16* */
operator const char16* () const { return thisBuffer; }
/** Returns length of string (in code unit). Note this is not the count of character! */
int32 getLength () const;
/** Copy from UTF-16 buffer (srcSize is in code unit (count of char16)). */
UString& assign (const char16* src, int32 srcSize = -1);
/** Append UTF-16 buffer (srcSize is in code unit (count of char16)). */
UString& append (const char16* src, int32 srcSize = -1);
/** Copy to UTF-16 buffer (dstSize is in code unit (count of char16)). */
const UString& copyTo (char16* dst, int32 dstSize) const;
/** Copy from ASCII string (srcSize is in code unit (count of char16)). */
UString& fromAscii (const char* src, int32 srcSize = -1);
UString& assign (const char* src, int32 srcSize = -1) { return fromAscii (src, srcSize); }
/** Copy to ASCII string. */
const UString& toAscii (char* dst, int32 dstSize) const;
/** Scan integer from string. */
bool scanInt (int64& value) const;
/** Print integer to string. */
bool printInt (int64 value);
/** Scan float from string. */
bool scanFloat (double& value) const;
/** Print float to string. */
bool printFloat (double value, int32 precision = 4);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
char16* thisBuffer;
int32 thisSize; ///< size in code unit (not in byte!)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** UTF-16 string with fixed buffer size.
*/
template <int32 maxSize>
class UStringBuffer : public UString
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
UStringBuffer () : UString (data, maxSize) { data[0] = 0; }
/** Construct from UTF-16 string. */
UStringBuffer (const char16* src, int32 srcSize = -1) : UString (data, maxSize)
{
data[0] = 0;
if (src)
assign (src, srcSize);
}
/** Construct from ASCII string. */
UStringBuffer (const char* src, int32 srcSize = -1) : UString (data, maxSize)
{
data[0] = 0;
if (src)
fromAscii (src, srcSize);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
char16 data[maxSize];
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef UStringBuffer<128> UString128; ///< 128 character UTF-16 string
typedef UStringBuffer<256> UString256; ///< 256 character UTF-16 string
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define USTRING(asciiString) Steinberg::UString256 (asciiString)
#define USTRINGSIZE(var) (sizeof (var) / sizeof (Steinberg::char16))
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK GUI Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/gui/iplugview.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 12/2007
// Description : Plug-in User Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/typesizecheck.h"
namespace Steinberg {
class IPlugFrame;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*! \defgroup pluginGUI Graphical User Interface
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Graphical rectangle structure. Used with IPlugView.
\ingroup pluginGUI
*/
struct ViewRect
{
ViewRect (int32 l = 0, int32 t = 0, int32 r = 0, int32 b = 0)
: left (l), top (t), right (r), bottom (b)
{
}
int32 left;
int32 top;
int32 right;
int32 bottom;
//--- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 getWidth () const { return right - left; }
int32 getHeight () const { return bottom - top; }
};
SMTG_TYPE_SIZE_CHECK (ViewRect, 16, 16, 16, 16)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup platformUIType Platform UI Types
\ingroup pluginGUI
List of Platform UI types for IPlugView. This list is used to match the GUI-System between
the host and a plug-in in case that an OS provides multiple GUI-APIs.
*/
/*@{*/
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a HWND handle.
* You should attach a child window to it. */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeHWND = "HWND"; ///< HWND handle. (Microsoft Windows)
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a WindowRef.
* You should attach a HIViewRef to the content view of the window. */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeHIView = "HIView"; ///< HIViewRef. (Mac OS X)
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a NSView pointer.
* You should attach a NSView to it. */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeNSView = "NSView"; ///< NSView pointer. (Mac OS X)
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a UIView pointer.
* You should attach an UIView to it. */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeUIView = "UIView"; ///< UIView pointer. (iOS)
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a X11 Window supporting XEmbed.
* You should attach a Window to it that supports the XEmbed extension.
* See https://standards.freedesktop.org/xembed-spec/xembed-spec-latest.html */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeX11EmbedWindowID = "X11EmbedWindowID"; ///< X11 Window ID. (X11)
/*@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Plug-in definition of a view.
\ingroup pluginGUI vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
\par Sizing of a view
Usually, the size of a plug-in view is fixed. But both the host and the plug-in can cause
a view to be resized:
\n
- \b Host: If IPlugView::canResize () returns kResultTrue the host will set up the window
so that the user can resize it. While the user resizes the window,
IPlugView::checkSizeConstraint () is called, allowing the plug-in to change the size to a valid
a valid supported rectangle size. The host then resizes the window to this rect and has to call IPlugView::onSize ().
\n
\n
- \b Plug-in: The plug-in can call IPlugFrame::resizeView () and cause the host to resize the
window.\n\n
Afterwards, in the same callstack, the host has to call IPlugView::onSize () if a resize is needed (size was changed).
Note that if the host calls IPlugView::getSize () before calling IPlugView::onSize () (if needed),
it will get the current (old) size not the wanted one!!\n
Here the calling sequence:\n
- plug-in->host: IPlugFrame::resizeView (newSize)
- host->plug-in (optional): IPlugView::getSize () returns the currentSize (not the newSize!)
- host->plug-in: if newSize is different from the current size: IPlugView::onSize (newSize)
- host->plug-in (optional): IPlugView::getSize () returns the newSize
\n
<b>Please only resize the platform representation of the view when IPlugView::onSize () is
called.</b>
\par Keyboard handling
The plug-in view receives keyboard events from the host. A view implementation must not handle
keyboard events by the means of platform callbacks, but let the host pass them to the view. The host
depends on a proper return value when IPlugView::onKeyDown is called, otherwise the plug-in view may
cause a malfunction of the host's key command handling.
\see IPlugFrame, \ref platformUIType
*/
class IPlugView : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Is Platform UI Type supported
\param type : IDString of \ref platformUIType */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API isPlatformTypeSupported (FIDString type) = 0;
/** The parent window of the view has been created, the (platform) representation of the view
should now be created as well.
Note that the parent is owned by the caller and you are not allowed to alter it in any way
other than adding your own views.
Note that in this call the plug-in could call a IPlugFrame::resizeView ()!
\param parent : platform handle of the parent window or view
\param type : \ref platformUIType which should be created */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API attached (void* parent, FIDString type) = 0;
/** The parent window of the view is about to be destroyed.
You have to remove all your own views from the parent window or view. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API removed () = 0;
/** Handling of mouse wheel. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onWheel (float distance) = 0;
/** Handling of keyboard events : Key Down.
\param key : unicode code of key
\param keyCode : virtual keycode for non ascii keys - see \ref VirtualKeyCodes in keycodes.h
\param modifiers : any combination of modifiers - see \ref KeyModifier in keycodes.h
\return kResultTrue if the key is handled, otherwise kResultFalse. \n
<b> Please note that kResultTrue must only be returned if the key has really been
handled. </b> Otherwise key command handling of the host might be blocked! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onKeyDown (char16 key, int16 keyCode, int16 modifiers) = 0;
/** Handling of keyboard events : Key Up.
\param key : unicode code of key
\param keyCode : virtual keycode for non ascii keys - see \ref VirtualKeyCodes in keycodes.h
\param modifiers : any combination of KeyModifier - see \ref KeyModifier in keycodes.h
\return kResultTrue if the key is handled, otherwise return kResultFalse. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onKeyUp (char16 key, int16 keyCode, int16 modifiers) = 0;
/** Returns the size of the platform representation of the view. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getSize (ViewRect* size) = 0;
/** Resizes the platform representation of the view to the given rect. Note that if the plug-in
* requests a resize (IPlugFrame::resizeView ()) onSize has to be called afterward. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onSize (ViewRect* newSize) = 0;
/** Focus changed message. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onFocus (TBool state) = 0;
/** Sets IPlugFrame object to allow the plug-in to inform the host about resizing. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setFrame (IPlugFrame* frame) = 0;
/** Is view sizable by user. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API canResize () = 0;
/** On live resize this is called to check if the view can be resized to the given rect, if not
* adjust the rect to the allowed size. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API checkSizeConstraint (ViewRect* rect) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPlugView, 0x5BC32507, 0xD06049EA, 0xA6151B52, 0x2B755B29)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Callback interface passed to IPlugView.
\ingroup pluginGUI vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
Enables a plug-in to resize the view and cause the host to resize the window.
*/
class IPlugFrame : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Called to inform the host about the resize of a given view.
* Afterwards the host has to call IPlugView::onSize (). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API resizeView (IPlugView* view, ViewRect* newSize) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPlugFrame, 0x367FAF01, 0xAFA94693, 0x8D4DA2A0, 0xED0882A3)
#if SMTG_OS_LINUX
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Linux {
using TimerInterval = uint64;
using FileDescriptor = int;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Linux event handler interface
\ingroup pluginGUI vst368
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.6.8]
\see IRunLoop
*/
class IEventHandler : public FUnknown
{
public:
virtual void PLUGIN_API onFDIsSet (FileDescriptor fd) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IEventHandler, 0x561E65C9, 0x13A0496F, 0x813A2C35, 0x654D7983)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Linux timer handler interface
\ingroup pluginGUI vst368
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.6.8]
\see IRunLoop
*/
class ITimerHandler : public FUnknown
{
public:
virtual void PLUGIN_API onTimer () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITimerHandler, 0x10BDD94F, 0x41424774, 0x821FAD8F, 0xECA72CA9)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Linux host run loop interface
\ingroup pluginGUI vst368
- [host imp]
- [extends IPlugFrame]
- [released: 3.6.8]
On Linux the host has to provide this interface to the plug-in as there's no global event run loop
defined as on other platforms.
A plug-in can register an event handler for a file descriptor. The host has to call the event
handler when the file descriptor is marked readable.
A plug-in also can register a timer which will be called repeatedly until it is unregistered.
*/
class IRunLoop : public FUnknown
{
public:
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API registerEventHandler (IEventHandler* handler, FileDescriptor fd) = 0;
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API unregisterEventHandler (IEventHandler* handler) = 0;
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API registerTimer (ITimerHandler* handler,
TimerInterval milliseconds) = 0;
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API unregisterTimer (ITimerHandler* handler) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IRunLoop, 0x18C35366, 0x97764F1A, 0x9C5B8385, 0x7A871389)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Linux
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK GUI Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/gui/iplugviewcontentscalesupport.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 06/2016
// Description : Plug-in User Interface Scaling
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Plug-in view content scale support
\ingroup pluginGUI vstIPlug vst366
- [plug impl]
- [extends IPlugView]
- [released: 3.6.6]
- [optional]
This interface communicates the content scale factor from the host to the plug-in view on
systems where plug-ins cannot get this information directly like Microsoft Windows.
The host calls setContentScaleFactor directly after the plug-in view is attached and when the scale
factor changes (system change or window moved to another screen with different scaling settings).
The host could call setContentScaleFactor in a different context, for example: scaling the
plug-in editor for better readability.
When a plug-in handles this (by returning kResultTrue), it needs to scale the width and height of
its view by the scale factor and inform the host via a IPlugFrame::resizeView(), the host will then
call IPlugView::onSize().
Note that the host is allowed to call setContentScaleFactor() at any time the IPlugView is valid.
*/
class IPlugViewContentScaleSupport : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef float ScaleFactor;
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setContentScaleFactor (ScaleFactor factor) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPlugViewContentScaleSupport, 0x65ED9690, 0x8AC44525, 0x8AADEF7A, 0x72EA703F)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstattributes.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 05/2006
// Description : VST Attribute Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Attribute list used in IMessage and IStreamAttributes: Vst::IAttributeList
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
An attribute list associates values with a key (id: some predefined keys can be found in \ref
presetAttributes).
*/
class IAttributeList : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef const char* AttrID;
/** Sets integer value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setInt (AttrID id, int64 value) = 0;
/** Gets integer value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getInt (AttrID id, int64& value) = 0;
/** Sets float value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setFloat (AttrID id, double value) = 0;
/** Gets float value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getFloat (AttrID id, double& value) = 0;
/** Sets string value (UTF16) (should be null-terminated!). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setString (AttrID id, const TChar* string) = 0;
/** Gets string value (UTF16). Note that Size is in Byte, not the string Length!
Do not forget to multiply the length by sizeof (TChar)! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getString (AttrID id, TChar* string, uint32 sizeInBytes) = 0;
/** Sets binary data. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setBinary (AttrID id, const void* data, uint32 sizeInBytes) = 0;
/** Gets binary data. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getBinary (AttrID id, const void*& data, uint32& sizeInBytes) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAttributeList, 0x1E5F0AEB, 0xCC7F4533, 0xA2544011, 0x38AD5EE4)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Meta attributes of a stream: Vst::IStreamAttributes
\ingroup vstIHost vst360
- [host imp]
- [extends IBStream]
- [released: 3.6.0]
- [optional]
Interface to access preset meta information from stream, used, for example, in setState in order to inform the plug-in about
the current context in which the preset loading occurs (Project context or Preset load (see \ref StateType))
or used to get the full file path of the loaded preset (if available).
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ustring.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vstpresetkeys.h"
...
tresult PLUGIN_API MyPlugin::setState (IBStream* state)
{
FUnknownPtr<IStreamAttributes> stream (state);
if (stream)
{
IAttributeList* list = stream->getAttributes ();
if (list)
{
// get the current type (project/Default..) of this state
String128 string;
if (list->getString (PresetAttributes::kStateType, string, 128 * sizeof (TChar)) == kResultTrue)
{
UString128 tmp (string);
char ascii[128];
tmp.toAscii (ascii, 128);
if (!strncmp (ascii, StateType::kProject, strlen (StateType::kProject)))
{
// we are in project loading context...
}
}
// get the full file path of this state
TChar fullPath[1024];
if (list->getString (PresetAttributes::kFilePathStringType, fullPath, 1024 * sizeof (TChar)) == kResultTrue)
{
// here we have the full path ...
}
}
}
//...read the state here.....
return kResultTrue;
}
\endcode
*/
class IStreamAttributes : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Gets filename (without file extension) of the stream. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getFileName (String128 name) = 0;
/** Gets meta information list. */
virtual IAttributeList* PLUGIN_API getAttributes () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IStreamAttributes, 0xD6CE2FFC, 0xEFAF4B8C, 0x9E74F1BB, 0x12DA44B4)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstaudioprocessor.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2005
// Description : VST Audio Processing Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "ivstcomponent.h"
#include "vstspeaker.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Class Category Name for Audio Processor Component */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef kVstAudioEffectClass
#define kVstAudioEffectClass "Audio Module Class"
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
class IEventList;
class IParameterChanges;
struct ProcessContext;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Component Types used as subCategories in PClassInfo2 */
namespace PlugType
{
/**
\defgroup plugType Plug-in Type used for subCategories */
/*@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
const CString kFxAnalyzer = "Fx|Analyzer"; ///< Scope, FFT-Display, Loudness Processing...
const CString kFxDelay = "Fx|Delay"; ///< Delay, Multi-tap Delay, Ping-Pong Delay...
const CString kFxDistortion = "Fx|Distortion"; ///< Amp Simulator, Sub-Harmonic, SoftClipper...
const CString kFxDynamics = "Fx|Dynamics"; ///< Compressor, Expander, Gate, Limiter, Maximizer, Tape Simulator, EnvelopeShaper...
const CString kFxEQ = "Fx|EQ"; ///< Equalization, Graphical EQ...
const CString kFxFilter = "Fx|Filter"; ///< WahWah, ToneBooster, Specific Filter,...
const CString kFx = "Fx"; ///< others type (not categorized)
const CString kFxInstrument = "Fx|Instrument"; ///< Fx which could be loaded as Instrument too
const CString kFxInstrumentExternal = "Fx|Instrument|External"; ///< Fx which could be loaded as Instrument too and is external (wrapped Hardware)
const CString kFxSpatial = "Fx|Spatial"; ///< MonoToStereo, StereoEnhancer,...
const CString kFxGenerator = "Fx|Generator"; ///< Tone Generator, Noise Generator...
const CString kFxMastering = "Fx|Mastering"; ///< Dither, Noise Shaping,...
const CString kFxModulation = "Fx|Modulation"; ///< Phaser, Flanger, Chorus, Tremolo, Vibrato, AutoPan, Rotary, Cloner...
const CString kFxPitchShift = "Fx|Pitch Shift"; ///< Pitch Processing, Pitch Correction, Vocal Tuning...
const CString kFxRestoration = "Fx|Restoration"; ///< Denoiser, Declicker,...
const CString kFxReverb = "Fx|Reverb"; ///< Reverberation, Room Simulation, Convolution Reverb...
const CString kFxSurround = "Fx|Surround"; ///< dedicated to surround processing: LFE Splitter, Bass Manager...
const CString kFxTools = "Fx|Tools"; ///< Volume, Mixer, Tuner...
const CString kFxNetwork = "Fx|Network"; ///< using Network
const CString kInstrument = "Instrument"; ///< Effect used as instrument (sound generator), not as insert
const CString kInstrumentDrum = "Instrument|Drum"; ///< Instrument for Drum sounds
const CString kInstrumentExternal = "Instrument|External";///< External Instrument (wrapped Hardware)
const CString kInstrumentPiano = "Instrument|Piano"; ///< Instrument for Piano sounds
const CString kInstrumentSampler = "Instrument|Sampler"; ///< Instrument based on Samples
const CString kInstrumentSynth = "Instrument|Synth"; ///< Instrument based on Synthesis
const CString kInstrumentSynthSampler = "Instrument|Synth|Sampler"; ///< Instrument based on Synthesis and Samples
const CString kSpatial = "Spatial"; ///< used for SurroundPanner
const CString kSpatialFx = "Spatial|Fx"; ///< used for SurroundPanner and as insert effect
const CString kOnlyRealTime = "OnlyRT"; ///< indicates that it supports only realtime process call, no processing faster than realtime
const CString kOnlyOfflineProcess = "OnlyOfflineProcess"; ///< used for plug-in offline processing (will not work as normal insert plug-in)
const CString kOnlyARA = "OnlyARA"; ///< used for plug-ins that require ARA to operate (will not work as normal insert plug-in)
const CString kNoOfflineProcess = "NoOfflineProcess"; ///< will be NOT used for plug-in offline processing (will work as normal insert plug-in)
const CString kUpDownMix = "Up-Downmix"; ///< used for Mixconverter/Up-Mixer/Down-Mixer
const CString kAnalyzer = "Analyzer"; ///< Meter, Scope, FFT-Display, not selectable as insert plug-in
const CString kAmbisonics = "Ambisonics"; ///< used for Ambisonics channel (FX or Panner/Mixconverter/Up-Mixer/Down-Mixer when combined with other category)
const CString kMono = "Mono"; ///< used for Mono only plug-in [optional]
const CString kStereo = "Stereo"; ///< used for Stereo only plug-in [optional]
const CString kSurround = "Surround"; ///< used for Surround only plug-in [optional]
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*@}*/
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Component Flags used as classFlags in PClassInfo2 */
enum ComponentFlags
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
kDistributable = 1 << 0, ///< Component can be run on remote computer
kSimpleModeSupported = 1 << 1 ///< Component supports simple IO mode (or works in simple mode anyway) see \ref vst3IoMode
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Symbolic sample size.
\see ProcessSetup, ProcessData
*/
enum SymbolicSampleSizes
{
kSample32, ///< 32-bit precision
kSample64 ///< 64-bit precision
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Processing mode informs the plug-in about the context and at which frequency the process call is called.
VST3 defines 3 modes:
- kRealtime: each process call is called at a realtime frequency (defined by [numSamples of ProcessData] / samplerate).
The plug-in should always try to process as fast as possible in order to let enough time slice to other plug-ins.
- kPrefetch: each process call could be called at a variable frequency (jitter, slower / faster than realtime),
the plug-in should process at the same quality level than realtime, plug-in must not slow down to realtime
(e.g. disk streaming)!
The host should avoid to process in kPrefetch mode such sampler based plug-in.
- kOffline: each process call could be faster than realtime or slower, higher quality than realtime could be used.
plug-ins using disk streaming should be sure that they have enough time in the process call for streaming,
if needed by slowing down to realtime or slower.
.
Note about Process Modes switching:
- Switching between kRealtime and kPrefetch process modes are done in realtime thread without need of calling
IAudioProcessor::setupProcessing, the plug-in should check in process call the member processMode of ProcessData
in order to know in which mode it is processed.
- Switching between kRealtime (or kPrefetch) and kOffline requires that the host calls IAudioProcessor::setupProcessing
in order to inform the plug-in about this mode change.
.
\see ProcessSetup, ProcessData
*/
enum ProcessModes
{
kRealtime, ///< realtime processing
kPrefetch, ///< prefetch processing
kOffline ///< offline processing
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** kNoTail
*
* to be returned by getTailSamples when no tail is wanted
\see IAudioProcessor::getTailSamples
*/
static const uint32 kNoTail = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** kInfiniteTail
*
* to be returned by getTailSamples when infinite tail is wanted
\see IAudioProcessor::getTailSamples
*/
static const uint32 kInfiniteTail = kMaxInt32u;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Audio processing setup.
\see IAudioProcessor::setupProcessing
*/
struct ProcessSetup
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 processMode; ///< \ref ProcessModes
int32 symbolicSampleSize; ///< \ref SymbolicSampleSizes
int32 maxSamplesPerBlock; ///< maximum number of samples per audio block
SampleRate sampleRate; ///< sample rate
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Processing buffers of an audio bus.
This structure contains the processing buffer for each channel of an audio bus.
- The number of channels (numChannels) must always match the current bus arrangement.
It could be set to value '0' when the host wants to flush the parameters (when the plug-in is not processed).
- The size of the channel buffer array must always match the number of channels. So the host
must always supply an array for the channel buffers, regardless if the
bus is active or not. However, if an audio bus is currently inactive, the actual sample
buffer addresses are safe to be null.
- The silence flag is set when every sample of the according buffer has the value '0'. It is
intended to be used as help for optimizations allowing a plug-in to reduce processing activities.
But even if this flag is set for a channel, the channel buffers must still point to valid memory!
This flag is optional. A host is free to support it or not.
.
\see ProcessData
*/
struct AudioBusBuffers
{
AudioBusBuffers () : numChannels (0), silenceFlags (0), channelBuffers64 (nullptr) {}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 numChannels; ///< number of audio channels in bus
uint64 silenceFlags; ///< Bitset of silence state per channel
union
{
Sample32** channelBuffers32; ///< sample buffers to process with 32-bit precision
Sample64** channelBuffers64; ///< sample buffers to process with 64-bit precision
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Any data needed in audio processing.
The host prepares AudioBusBuffers for each input/output bus,
regardless of the bus activation state. Bus buffer indices always match
with bus indices used in IComponent::getBusInfo of media type kAudio.
\see AudioBusBuffers, IParameterChanges, IEventList, ProcessContext, IProcessContextRequirements
*/
struct ProcessData
{
ProcessData ()
: processMode (0)
, symbolicSampleSize (kSample32)
, numSamples (0)
, numInputs (0)
, numOutputs (0)
, inputs (nullptr)
, outputs (nullptr)
, inputParameterChanges (nullptr)
, outputParameterChanges (nullptr)
, inputEvents (nullptr)
, outputEvents (nullptr)
, processContext (nullptr)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 processMode; ///< processing mode - value of \ref ProcessModes
int32 symbolicSampleSize; ///< sample size - value of \ref SymbolicSampleSizes
int32 numSamples; ///< number of samples to process
int32 numInputs; ///< number of audio input busses
int32 numOutputs; ///< number of audio output busses
AudioBusBuffers* inputs; ///< buffers of input busses
AudioBusBuffers* outputs; ///< buffers of output busses
IParameterChanges* inputParameterChanges; ///< incoming parameter changes for this block
IParameterChanges* outputParameterChanges; ///< outgoing parameter changes for this block (optional)
IEventList* inputEvents; ///< incoming events for this block (optional)
IEventList* outputEvents; ///< outgoing events for this block (optional)
ProcessContext* processContext; ///< processing context (optional, but most welcome)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Audio processing interface: Vst::IAudioProcessor
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [extends IComponent]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
This interface must always be supported by audio processing plug-ins.
*/
class IAudioProcessor : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Try to set (host => plug-in) a wanted arrangement for inputs and outputs.
The host should always deliver the same number of input and output busses than the plug-in
needs (see \ref IComponent::getBusCount). The plug-in has 3 possibilities to react on this
setBusArrangements call:\n
1. The plug-in accepts these arrangements, then it should modify, if needed, its busses to match
these new arrangements (later on asked by the host with IComponent::getBusInfo () or
IAudioProcessor::getBusArrangement ()) and then should return kResultTrue.\n
2. The plug-in does not accept or support these requested arrangements for all
inputs/outputs or just for some or only one bus, but the plug-in can try to adapt its current
arrangements according to the requested ones (requested arrangements for kMain busses should be
handled with more priority than the ones for kAux busses), then it should modify its busses arrangements
and should return kResultFalse.\n
3. Same than the point 2 above the plug-in does not support these requested arrangements
but the plug-in cannot find corresponding arrangements, the plug-in could keep its current arrangement
or fall back to a default arrangement by modifying its busses arrangements and should return kResultFalse.\n
\param inputs pointer to an array of /ref SpeakerArrangement
\param numIns number of /ref SpeakerArrangement in inputs array
\param outputs pointer to an array of /ref SpeakerArrangement
\param numOuts number of /ref SpeakerArrangement in outputs array
Returns kResultTrue when Arrangements is supported and is the current one, else returns kResultFalse. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setBusArrangements (SpeakerArrangement* inputs, int32 numIns,
SpeakerArrangement* outputs, int32 numOuts) = 0;
/** Gets the bus arrangement for a given direction (input/output) and index.
Note: IComponent::getBusInfo () and IAudioProcessor::getBusArrangement () should be always return the same
information about the busses arrangements. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getBusArrangement (BusDirection dir, int32 index, SpeakerArrangement& arr) = 0;
/** Asks if a given sample size is supported see \ref SymbolicSampleSizes. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API canProcessSampleSize (int32 symbolicSampleSize) = 0;
/** Gets the current Latency in samples.
The returned value defines the group delay or the latency of the plug-in. For example, if the plug-in internally needs
to look in advance (like compressors) 512 samples then this plug-in should report 512 as latency.
If during the use of the plug-in this latency change, the plug-in has to inform the host by
using IComponentHandler::restartComponent (kLatencyChanged), this could lead to audio playback interruption
because the host has to recompute its internal mixer delay compensation.
Note that for player live recording this latency should be zero or small. */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API getLatencySamples () = 0;
/** Called in disable state (setActive not called with true) before setProcessing is called and processing will begin. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setupProcessing (ProcessSetup& setup) = 0;
/** Informs the plug-in about the processing state. This will be called before any process calls
start with true and after with false.
Note that setProcessing (false) may be called after setProcessing (true) without any process
calls.
Note this function could be called in the UI or in Processing Thread, thats why the plug-in
should only light operation (no memory allocation or big setup reconfiguration),
this could be used to reset some buffers (like Delay line or Reverb).
The host has to be sure that it is called only when the plug-in is enable (setActive (true)
was called). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setProcessing (TBool state) = 0;
/** The Process call, where all information (parameter changes, event, audio buffer) are passed. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API process (ProcessData& data) = 0;
/** Gets tail size in samples. For example, if the plug-in is a Reverb plug-in and it knows that
the maximum length of the Reverb is 2sec, then it has to return in getTailSamples()
(in VST2 it was getGetTailSize ()): 2*sampleRate.
This information could be used by host for offline processing, process optimization and
downmix (avoiding signal cut (clicks)).
It should return:
- kNoTail when no tail
- x * sampleRate when x Sec tail.
- kInfiniteTail when infinite tail. */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API getTailSamples () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAudioProcessor, 0x42043F99, 0xB7DA453C, 0xA569E79D, 0x9AAEC33D)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended IAudioProcessor interface for a component: Vst::IAudioPresentationLatency
\ingroup vstIPlug vst310
- [plug imp]
- [extends IAudioProcessor]
- [released: 3.1.0]
- [optional]
Inform the plug-in about how long from the moment of generation/acquiring (from file or from Input)
it will take for its input to arrive, and how long it will take for its output to be presented (to output or to speaker).
Note for Input Presentation Latency: when reading from file, the first plug-in will have an input presentation latency set to zero.
When monitoring audio input from an audio device, the initial input latency is the input latency of the audio device itself.
Note for Output Presentation Latency: when writing to a file, the last plug-in will have an output presentation latency set to zero.
When the output of this plug-in is connected to an audio device, the initial output latency is the output
latency of the audio device itself.
A value of zero either means no latency or an unknown latency.
Each plug-in adding a latency (returning a none zero value for IAudioProcessor::getLatencySamples) will modify the input
presentation latency of the next plug-ins in the mixer routing graph and will modify the output presentation latency
of the previous plug-ins.
\n
\image html "iaudiopresentationlatency_usage.png"
\n
\see IAudioProcessor
\see IComponent
*/
class IAudioPresentationLatency : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Informs the plug-in about the Audio Presentation Latency in samples for a given direction (kInput/kOutput) and bus index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setAudioPresentationLatencySamples (BusDirection dir, int32 busIndex, uint32 latencyInSamples) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAudioPresentationLatency, 0x309ECE78, 0xEB7D4fae, 0x8B2225D9, 0x09FD08B6)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended IAudioProcessor interface for a component: Vst::IProcessContextRequirements
\ingroup vstIPlug vst370
- [plug imp]
- [extends IAudioProcessor]
- [released: 3.7.0]
- [mandatory]
To get accurate process context information (Vst::ProcessContext), it is now required to implement this interface and
return the desired bit mask of flags which your audio effect needs. If you do not implement this
interface, you may not get any information at all of the process function.
The host asks for this information once between initialize and setActive. It cannot be changed afterwards.
This gives the host the opportunity to better optimize the audio process graph when it knows which
plug-ins need which information.
Plug-Ins built with an earlier SDK version (< 3.7) will still get the old information, but the information
may not be as accurate as when using this interface.
*/
class IProcessContextRequirements : public FUnknown
{
public:
enum Flags
{
kNeedSystemTime = 1 << 0, // kSystemTimeValid
kNeedContinousTimeSamples = 1 << 1, // kContTimeValid
kNeedProjectTimeMusic = 1 << 2, // kProjectTimeMusicValid
kNeedBarPositionMusic = 1 << 3, // kBarPositionValid
kNeedCycleMusic = 1 << 4, // kCycleValid
kNeedSamplesToNextClock = 1 << 5, // kClockValid
kNeedTempo = 1 << 6, // kTempoValid
kNeedTimeSignature = 1 << 7, // kTimeSigValid
kNeedChord = 1 << 8, // kChordValid
kNeedFrameRate = 1 << 9, // kSmpteValid
kNeedTransportState = 1 << 10, // kPlaying, kCycleActive, kRecording
};
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API getProcessContextRequirements () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IProcessContextRequirements, 0x2A654303, 0xEF764E3D, 0x95B5FE83, 0x730EF6D0)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstautomationstate.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2015
// Description : VST Automation State Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController: Vst::IAutomationState
\ingroup vstIPlug vst365
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.5]
- [optional]
Hosts can inform the plug-in about its current automation state (Read/Write/Nothing).
*/
class IAutomationState : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum AutomationStates
{
kNoAutomation = 0, ///< Not Read and not Write
kReadState = 1 << 0, ///< Read state
kWriteState = 1 << 1, ///< Write state
kReadWriteState = kReadState | kWriteState, ///< Read and Write enable
};
/** Sets the current Automation state. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setAutomationState (int32 state) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAutomationState, 0xB4E8287F, 0x1BB346AA, 0x83A46667, 0x68937BAB)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstchannelcontextinfo.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2014
// Description : VST Channel Context Info Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstattributes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
/** For Channel Context Info Interface */
namespace ChannelContext {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Channel context interface: Vst::IInfoListener
\ingroup vstIHost vst365
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.5]
- [optional]
Allows the host to inform the plug-in about the context in which the plug-in is instantiated,
mainly channel based info (color, name, index,...). Index can be defined inside a namespace
(for example, index start from 1 to N for Type Input/Output Channel (Index namespace) and index
start from 1 to M for Type Audio Channel).\n
As soon as the plug-in provides this IInfoListener interface, the host will call setChannelContextInfos
for each change occurring to this channel (new name, new color, new indexation,...)
\section IChannelContextExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MyPlugin::setChannelContextInfos (IAttributeList* list)
{
if (list)
{
// optional we can ask for the Channel Name Length
int64 length;
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelNameLengthKey, length) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get the Channel Name where we, as plug-in, are instantiated
String128 name;
if (list->getString (ChannelContext::kChannelNameKey, name, sizeof (name)) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get the Channel UID
if (list->getString (ChannelContext::kChannelUIDKey, name, sizeof (name)) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get Channel Index
int64 index;
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelIndexKey, index) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get the Channel Color
int64 color;
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelColorKey, color) == kResultTrue)
{
uint32 channelColor = (uint32)color;
String str;
str.printf ("%x%x%x%x", ChannelContext::GetAlpha (channelColor),
ChannelContext::GetRed (channelColor),
ChannelContext::GetGreen (channelColor),
ChannelContext::GetBlue (channelColor));
String128 string128;
Steinberg::UString (string128, 128).fromAscii (str);
...
}
// get Channel Index Namespace Order of the current used index namespace
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelIndexNamespaceOrderKey, index) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get the channel Index Namespace Length
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelIndexNamespaceLengthKey, length) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get the channel Index Namespace
String128 namespaceName;
if (list->getString (ChannelContext::kChannelIndexNamespaceKey, namespaceName, sizeof (namespaceName)) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get plug-in Channel Location
int64 location;
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelPluginLocationKey, location) == kResultTrue)
{
String128 string128;
switch (location)
{
case ChannelContext::kPreVolumeFader:
Steinberg::UString (string128, 128).fromAscii ("PreVolFader");
break;
case ChannelContext::kPostVolumeFader:
Steinberg::UString (string128, 128).fromAscii ("PostVolFader");
break;
case ChannelContext::kUsedAsPanner:
Steinberg::UString (string128, 128).fromAscii ("UsedAsPanner");
break;
default: Steinberg::UString (string128, 128).fromAscii ("unknown!");
break;
}
}
// do not forget to call addRef () if you want to keep this list
}
}
\endcode
*/
class IInfoListener : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Receive the channel context infos from host. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setChannelContextInfos (IAttributeList* list) = 0;
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IInfoListener, 0x0F194781, 0x8D984ADA, 0xBBA0C1EF, 0xC011D8D0)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Values used for kChannelPluginLocationKey */
enum ChannelPluginLocation
{
kPreVolumeFader = 0,
kPostVolumeFader,
kUsedAsPanner
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Colors
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup vst3typedef VST 3 Data Types */
/*@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** ARGB (Alpha-Red-Green-Blue) */
typedef uint32 ColorSpec;
typedef uint8 ColorComponent;
/*@}*/
/** Returns the Blue part of the given ColorSpec */
inline ColorComponent GetBlue (ColorSpec cs) {return (ColorComponent)(cs & 0x000000FF); }
/** Returns the Green part of the given ColorSpec */
inline ColorComponent GetGreen (ColorSpec cs) {return (ColorComponent)((cs >> 8) & 0x000000FF); }
/** Returns the Red part of the given ColorSpec */
inline ColorComponent GetRed (ColorSpec cs) {return (ColorComponent)((cs >> 16) & 0x000000FF); }
/** Returns the Alpha part of the given ColorSpec */
inline ColorComponent GetAlpha (ColorSpec cs) {return (ColorComponent)((cs >> 24) & 0x000000FF); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Keys used as AttrID (Attribute ID) in the return IAttributeList of
* IInfoListener::setChannelContextInfos */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** string (TChar) [optional]: unique id string used to identify a channel */
const CString kChannelUIDKey = "channel uid";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: number of characters in kChannelUIDKey */
const CString kChannelUIDLengthKey = "channel uid length";
/** string (TChar) [optional]: name of the channel like displayed in the mixer */
const CString kChannelNameKey = "channel name";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: number of characters in kChannelNameKey */
const CString kChannelNameLengthKey = "channel name length";
/** color (ColorSpec) [optional]: used color for the channel in mixer or track */
const CString kChannelColorKey = "channel color";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: index of the channel in a channel index namespace, start with 1 not * 0! */
const CString kChannelIndexKey = "channel index";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: define the order of the current used index namespace, start with 1 not 0!
For example:
index namespace is "Input" -> order 1,
index namespace is "Channel" -> order 2,
index namespace is "Output" -> order 3 */
const CString kChannelIndexNamespaceOrderKey = "channel index namespace order";
/** string (TChar) [optional]: name of the channel index namespace for example "Input", "Output", "Channel", ... */
const CString kChannelIndexNamespaceKey = "channel index namespace";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: number of characters in kChannelIndexNamespaceKey */
const CString kChannelIndexNamespaceLengthKey = "channel index namespace length";
/** PNG image representation as binary [optional] */
const CString kChannelImageKey = "channel image";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: routing position of the plug-in in the channel (see ChannelPluginLocation) */
const CString kChannelPluginLocationKey = "channel plugin location";
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace ChannelContext
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstcomponent.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2005
// Description : Basic VST Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ipluginbase.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class IBStream;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** All VST specific interfaces are located in Vst namespace */
namespace Vst {
/** Standard value for PFactoryInfo::flags */
const int32 kDefaultFactoryFlags = PFactoryInfo::kUnicode;
#define BEGIN_FACTORY_DEF(vendor,url,email) using namespace Steinberg; \
SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL IPluginFactory* PLUGIN_API GetPluginFactory () { \
if (!gPluginFactory) \
{ \
static PFactoryInfo factoryInfo (vendor, url, email, Vst::kDefaultFactoryFlags); \
gPluginFactory = new CPluginFactory (factoryInfo);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup vstBus VST busses
Bus Description
A bus can be understood as a "collection of data channels" belonging together.
It describes a data input or a data output of the plug-in.
A VST component can define any desired number of busses.
Dynamic usage of busses is handled in the host by activating and deactivating busses.
All busses are initially inactive.
The component has to define the maximum number of supported busses and it has to
define which of them have to be activated by default after instantiation of the plug-in (This is
only a wish, the host is allow to not follow it, and only activate the first bus for example).
A host that can handle multiple busses, allows the user to activate busses which are initially all inactive.
The kMain busses have to place before any others kAux busses.
See also: IComponent::getBusInfo, IComponent::activateBus
*/
/*@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Bus media types */
enum MediaTypes
{
kAudio = 0, ///< audio
kEvent, ///< events
kNumMediaTypes
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Bus directions */
enum BusDirections
{
kInput = 0, ///< input bus
kOutput ///< output bus
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Bus types */
enum BusTypes
{
kMain = 0, ///< main bus
kAux ///< auxiliary bus (sidechain)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** BusInfo:
This is the structure used with getBusInfo, informing the host about what is a specific given bus.
\n See also: Steinberg::Vst::IComponent::getBusInfo
*/
struct BusInfo
{
MediaType mediaType; ///< Media type - has to be a value of \ref MediaTypes
BusDirection direction; ///< input or output \ref BusDirections
int32 channelCount; ///< number of channels (if used then need to be recheck after \ref
/// IAudioProcessor::setBusArrangements is called).
/// For a bus of type MediaTypes::kEvent the channelCount corresponds
/// to the number of supported MIDI channels by this bus
String128 name; ///< name of the bus
BusType busType; ///< main or aux - has to be a value of \ref BusTypes
uint32 flags; ///< flags - a combination of \ref BusFlags
enum BusFlags
{
/** The bus should be activated by the host per default on instantiation (activateBus call is requested).
By default a bus is inactive. */
kDefaultActive = 1 << 0,
/** The bus does not contain ordinary audio data, but data used for control changes at sample rate.
The data is in the same format as the audio data [-1..1].
A host has to prevent unintended routing to speakers to prevent damage.
Only valid for audio media type busses.
[released: 3.7.0] */
kIsControlVoltage = 1 << 1
};
};
/*@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** I/O modes */
enum IoModes
{
kSimple = 0, ///< 1:1 Input / Output. Only used for Instruments. See \ref vst3IoMode
kAdvanced, ///< n:m Input / Output. Only used for Instruments.
kOfflineProcessing ///< plug-in used in an offline processing context
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Routing Information:
When the plug-in supports multiple I/O busses, a host may want to know how the busses are related. The
relation of an event-input-channel to an audio-output-bus in particular is of interest to the host
(in order to relate MIDI-tracks to audio-channels)
\n See also: IComponent::getRoutingInfo, \ref vst3Routing
*/
struct RoutingInfo
{
MediaType mediaType; ///< media type see \ref MediaTypes
int32 busIndex; ///< bus index
int32 channel; ///< channel (-1 for all channels)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IComponent Interface
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Component base interface: Vst::IComponent
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
This is the basic interface for a VST component and must always be supported.
It contains the common parts of any kind of processing class. The parts that
are specific to a media type are defined in a separate interface. An implementation
component must provide both the specific interface and IComponent.
\see IPluginBase
*/
class IComponent : public IPluginBase
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Called before initializing the component to get information about the controller class. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getControllerClassId (TUID classId) = 0;
/** Called before 'initialize' to set the component usage (optional). See \ref IoModes */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setIoMode (IoMode mode) = 0;
/** Called after the plug-in is initialized. See \ref MediaTypes, BusDirections */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getBusCount (MediaType type, BusDirection dir) = 0;
/** Called after the plug-in is initialized. See \ref MediaTypes, BusDirections */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getBusInfo (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 index, BusInfo& bus /*out*/) = 0;
/** Retrieves routing information (to be implemented when more than one regular input or output bus exists).
The inInfo always refers to an input bus while the returned outInfo must refer to an output bus! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getRoutingInfo (RoutingInfo& inInfo, RoutingInfo& outInfo /*out*/) = 0;
/** Called upon (de-)activating a bus in the host application. The plug-in should only processed
an activated bus, the host could provide less see \ref AudioBusBuffers in the process call
(see \ref IAudioProcessor::process) if last busses are not activated. An already activated bus
does not need to be reactivated after a IAudioProcessor::setBusArrangements call. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API activateBus (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 index,
TBool state) = 0;
/** Activates / deactivates the component. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setActive (TBool state) = 0;
/** Sets complete state of component. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setState (IBStream* state) = 0;
/** Retrieves complete state of component. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getState (IBStream* state) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponent, 0xE831FF31, 0xF2D54301, 0x928EBBEE, 0x25697802)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstcontextmenu.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2010
// Description : VST Context Menu Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class IPlugView;
namespace Vst {
class IContextMenu;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended host callback interface Vst::IComponentHandler3 for an edit controller.
\ingroup vstIHost vst350
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
A plug-in can ask the host to create a context menu for a given exported parameter ID or a generic context menu.\n
The host may pre-fill this context menu with specific items regarding the parameter ID like "Show automation for parameter",
"MIDI learn" etc...\n
The plug-in can use the context menu in two ways :
- add its own items to the menu via the IContextMenu interface and call IContextMenu::popup(..) to create the pop-up. See the \ref IContextMenuExample.
- extract the host menu items and add them to a context menu created by the plug-in.
\b Note: You can and should use this even if you do not add your own items to the menu as this is considered to be a big user value.
\sa IContextMenu
\sa IContextMenuTarget
\section IContextMenuExample Examples
- For example, Cubase adds its owned entries in the context menu opened with right-click on an exported parameter when the plug-in uses createContextMenu.
\image html "contextmenuexample.png"
\n
- Adding plug-in specific items to the context menu:
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class PluginContextMenuTarget : public IContextMenuTarget, public FObject
{
public:
PluginContextMenuTarget () {}
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API executeMenuItem (int32 tag)
{
// this will be called if the user has executed one of the menu items of the plug-in.
// It will not be called for items of the host.
switch (tag)
{
case 1: break;
case 2: break;
}
return kResultTrue;
}
OBJ_METHODS(PluginContextMenuTarget, FObject)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IContextMenuTarget)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (FObject)
REFCOUNT_METHODS(FObject)
};
// The following is the code to create the context menu
void popupContextMenu (IComponentHandler* componentHandler, IPlugView* view, const ParamID* paramID, UCoord x, UCoord y)
{
if (componentHandler == 0 || view == 0)
return;
FUnknownPtr<IComponentHandler3> handler (componentHandler);
if (handler == 0)
return;
IContextMenu* menu = handler->createContextMenu (view, paramID);
if (menu)
{
// here you can add your entries (optional)
PluginContextMenuTarget* target = new PluginContextMenuTarget ();
IContextMenu::Item item = {0};
UString128 ("My Item 1").copyTo (item.name, 128);
item.tag = 1;
menu->addItem (item, target);
UString128 ("My Item 2").copyTo (item.name, 128);
item.tag = 2;
menu->addItem (item, target);
target->release ();
//--end of adding new entries
// here the the context menu will be pop-up (and it waits a user interaction)
menu->popup (x, y);
menu->release ();
}
}
\endcode
*/
class IComponentHandler3 : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Creates a host context menu for a plug-in:
- If paramID is zero, the host may create a generic context menu.
- The IPlugView object must be valid.
- The return IContextMenu object needs to be released afterwards by the plug-in.
*/
virtual IContextMenu* PLUGIN_API createContextMenu (IPlugView* plugView, const ParamID* paramID) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandler3, 0x69F11617, 0xD26B400D, 0xA4B6B964, 0x7B6EBBAB)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Context Menu Item Target interface: Vst::IContextMenuTarget
\ingroup vstIHost vstIPlug vst350
- [host imp]
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
A receiver of a menu item should implement this interface, which will be called after the user has selected
this menu item.
\see IComponentHandler3 for more information.
*/
class IContextMenuTarget : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Called when an menu item was executed. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API executeMenuItem (int32 tag) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IContextMenuTarget, 0x3CDF2E75, 0x85D34144, 0xBF86D36B, 0xD7C4894D)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** IContextMenuItem is an entry element of the context menu. */
struct IContextMenuItem
{
String128 name; ///< Name of the item
int32 tag; ///< Identifier tag of the item
int32 flags; ///< Flags of the item
enum Flags {
kIsSeparator = 1 << 0, ///< Item is a separator
kIsDisabled = 1 << 1, ///< Item is disabled
kIsChecked = 1 << 2, ///< Item is checked
kIsGroupStart = 1 << 3 | kIsDisabled, ///< Item is a group start (like sub folder)
kIsGroupEnd = 1 << 4 | kIsSeparator, ///< Item is a group end
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Context Menu interface: Vst::IContextMenu
\ingroup vstIHost vst350
- [host imp]
- [create with IComponentHandler3::createContextMenu(..)]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
A context menu is composed of Item (entry). A Item is defined by a name, a tag, a flag
and a associated target (called when this item will be selected/executed).
With IContextMenu the plug-in can retrieve a Item, add a Item, remove a Item and pop-up the menu.
\see IComponentHandler3 for more information.
*/
class IContextMenu : public FUnknown
{
public:
typedef IContextMenuItem Item;
/** Gets the number of menu items. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getItemCount () = 0;
/** Gets a menu item and its target (target could be not assigned). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getItem (int32 index, Item& item /*out*/, IContextMenuTarget** target /*out*/) = 0;
/** Adds a menu item and its target. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API addItem (const Item& item, IContextMenuTarget* target) = 0;
/** Removes a menu item. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API removeItem (const Item& item, IContextMenuTarget* target) = 0;
/** Pop-ups the menu. Coordinates are relative to the top-left position of the plug-ins view. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API popup (UCoord x, UCoord y) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IContextMenu, 0x2E93C863, 0x0C9C4588, 0x97DBECF5, 0xAD17817D)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,615 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivsteditcontroller.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 09/2005
// Description : VST Edit Controller Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ipluginbase.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Class Category Name for Controller Component */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef kVstComponentControllerClass
#define kVstComponentControllerClass "Component Controller Class"
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class IPlugView;
class IBStream;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Controller Parameter Info.
* A parameter info describes a parameter of the controller.
* The id must always be the same for a parameter as this uniquely identifies the parameter.
*/
struct ParameterInfo
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamID id; ///< unique identifier of this parameter (named tag too)
String128 title; ///< parameter title (e.g. "Volume")
String128 shortTitle; ///< parameter shortTitle (e.g. "Vol")
String128 units; ///< parameter unit (e.g. "dB")
int32 stepCount; ///< number of discrete steps (0: continuous, 1: toggle, discrete value otherwise
///< (corresponding to max - min, for example: 127 for a min = 0 and a max = 127) - see \ref vst3ParameterIntro)
ParamValue defaultNormalizedValue; ///< default normalized value [0,1] (in case of discrete value: defaultNormalizedValue = defDiscreteValue / stepCount)
UnitID unitId; ///< id of unit this parameter belongs to (see \ref vst3Units)
int32 flags; ///< ParameterFlags (see below)
enum ParameterFlags
{
kNoFlags = 0, ///< no flags wanted
kCanAutomate = 1 << 0, ///< parameter can be automated
kIsReadOnly = 1 << 1, ///< parameter cannot be changed from outside the plug-in (implies that kCanAutomate is NOT set)
kIsWrapAround = 1 << 2, ///< attempts to set the parameter value out of the limits will result in a wrap around [SDK 3.0.2]
kIsList = 1 << 3, ///< parameter should be displayed as list in generic editor or automation editing [SDK 3.1.0]
kIsHidden = 1 << 4, ///< parameter should be NOT displayed and cannot be changed from outside the plug-in
///< (implies that kCanAutomate is NOT set and kIsReadOnly is set) [SDK 3.7.0]
kIsProgramChange = 1 << 15, ///< parameter is a program change (unitId gives info about associated unit
///< - see \ref vst3ProgramLists)
kIsBypass = 1 << 16 ///< special bypass parameter (only one allowed): plug-in can handle bypass
///< (highly recommended to export a bypass parameter for effect plug-in)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** View Types used for IEditController::createView */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace ViewType {
const CString kEditor = "editor";
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Flags used for IComponentHandler::restartComponent */
enum RestartFlags
{
/** The Component should be reloaded
* The host has to unload completely the plug-in (controller/processor) and reload it.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kReloadComponent = 1 << 0,
/** Input / Output Bus configuration has changed
* The plug-in informs the host that either the bus configuration or the bus count has changed.
* The host has to deactivate the plug-in, asks the plug-in for its wanted new bus configurations,
* adapts its processing graph and reactivate the plug-in.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kIoChanged = 1 << 1,
/** Multiple parameter values have changed (as result of a program change for example)
* The host invalidates all caches of parameter values and asks the edit controller for the current values.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kParamValuesChanged = 1 << 2,
/** Latency has changed
* The plug informs the host that its latency has changed, getLatencySamples should return the new latency after setActive (true) was called
* The host has to deactivate and reactivate the plug-in, then afterwards the host could ask for the current latency (getLatencySamples)
* see IAudioProcessor::getLatencySamples
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kLatencyChanged = 1 << 3,
/** Parameter titles, default values or flags (ParameterFlags) have changed
* The host invalidates all caches of parameter infos and asks the edit controller for the current infos.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kParamTitlesChanged = 1 << 4,
/** MIDI Controllers and/or Program Changes Assignments have changed
* The plug-in informs the host that its MIDI-CC mapping has changed (for example after a MIDI learn or new loaded preset)
* or if the stepCount or UnitID of a ProgramChange parameter has changed.
* The host has to rebuild the MIDI-CC => parameter mapping (getMidiControllerAssignment)
* and reread program changes parameters (stepCount and associated unitID)
* [SDK 3.0.1] */
kMidiCCAssignmentChanged = 1 << 5,
/** Note Expression has changed (info, count, PhysicalUIMapping, ...)
* Either the note expression type info, the count of note expressions or the physical UI mapping has changed.
* The host invalidates all caches of note expression infos and asks the edit controller for the current ones.
* See INoteExpressionController, NoteExpressionTypeInfo and INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping
* [SDK 3.5.0] */
kNoteExpressionChanged = 1 << 6,
/** Input / Output bus titles have changed
* The host invalidates all caches of bus titles and asks the edit controller for the current titles.
* [SDK 3.5.0] */
kIoTitlesChanged = 1 << 7,
/** Prefetch support has changed
* The plug-in informs the host that its PrefetchSupport has changed
* The host has to deactivate the plug-in, calls IPrefetchableSupport::getPrefetchableSupport and reactivate the plug-in
* see IPrefetchableSupport
* [SDK 3.6.1] */
kPrefetchableSupportChanged = 1 << 8,
/** RoutingInfo has changed
* The plug-in informs the host that its internal routing (relation of an event-input-channel to an audio-output-bus) has changed
* The host ask the plug-in for the new routing with IComponent::getRoutingInfo, \ref vst3Routing
* see IComponent
* [SDK 3.6.6] */
kRoutingInfoChanged = 1 << 9
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host callback interface for an edit controller: Vst::IComponentHandler
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
Allow transfer of parameter editing to component (processor) via host and support automation.
Cause the host to react on configuration changes (restartComponent).
\see \ref IEditController
*/
class IComponentHandler : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** To be called before calling a performEdit (e.g. on mouse-click-down event).
This must be called in the UI-Thread context! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API beginEdit (ParamID id) = 0;
/** Called between beginEdit and endEdit to inform the handler that a given parameter has a new
* value. This must be called in the UI-Thread context! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API performEdit (ParamID id, ParamValue valueNormalized) = 0;
/** To be called after calling a performEdit (e.g. on mouse-click-up event).
This must be called in the UI-Thread context! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API endEdit (ParamID id) = 0;
/** Instructs host to restart the component. This must be called in the UI-Thread context!
\param flags is a combination of RestartFlags */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API restartComponent (int32 flags) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandler, 0x93A0BEA3, 0x0BD045DB, 0x8E890B0C, 0xC1E46AC6)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended host callback interface for an edit controller: Vst::IComponentHandler2
\ingroup vstIHost vst310
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.1.0]
- [optional]
One part handles:
- Setting dirty state of the plug-in
- Requesting the host to open the editor
The other part handles parameter group editing from the plug-in UI. It wraps a set of \ref IComponentHandler::beginEdit /
\ref Steinberg::Vst::IComponentHandler::performEdit / \ref Steinberg::Vst::IComponentHandler::endEdit functions (see \ref IComponentHandler)
which should use the same timestamp in the host when writing automation.
This allows for better synchronizing of multiple parameter changes at once.
\section IComponentHandler2Example Examples of different use cases
\code{.cpp}
//--------------------------------------
// we are in the editcontroller...
// in case of multiple switch buttons (with associated ParamID 1 and 3)
// on mouse down :
hostHandler2->startGroupEdit ();
hostHandler->beginEdit (1);
hostHandler->beginEdit (3);
hostHandler->performEdit (1, 1.0);
hostHandler->performEdit (3, 0.0); // the opposite of paramID 1 for example
....
// on mouse up :
hostHandler->endEdit (1);
hostHandler->endEdit (3);
hostHandler2->finishGroupEdit ();
....
....
//--------------------------------------
// in case of multiple faders (with associated ParamID 1 and 3)
// on mouse down :
hostHandler2->startGroupEdit ();
hostHandler->beginEdit (1);
hostHandler->beginEdit (3);
hostHandler2->finishGroupEdit ();
....
// on mouse move :
hostHandler2->startGroupEdit ();
hostHandler->performEdit (1, x); // x the wanted value
hostHandler->performEdit (3, x);
hostHandler2->finishGroupEdit ();
....
// on mouse up :
hostHandler2->startGroupEdit ();
hostHandler->endEdit (1);
hostHandler->endEdit (3);
hostHandler2->finishGroupEdit ();
\endcode
\see \ref IComponentHandler, \ref IEditController
*/
class IComponentHandler2 : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Tells host that the plug-in is dirty (something besides parameters has changed since last save),
if true the host should apply a save before quitting. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setDirty (TBool state) = 0;
/** Tells host that it should open the plug-in editor the next time it's possible.
You should use this instead of showing an alert and blocking the program flow (especially on loading projects). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API requestOpenEditor (FIDString name = ViewType::kEditor) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Starts the group editing (call before a \ref IComponentHandler::beginEdit),
the host will keep the current timestamp at this call and will use it for all \ref IComponentHandler::beginEdit
/ \ref IComponentHandler::performEdit / \ref IComponentHandler::endEdit calls until a \ref finishGroupEdit (). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API startGroupEdit () = 0;
/** Finishes the group editing started by a \ref startGroupEdit (call after a \ref IComponentHandler::endEdit). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API finishGroupEdit () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandler2, 0xF040B4B3, 0xA36045EC, 0xABCDC045, 0xB4D5A2CC)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended host callback interface for an edit controller: Vst::IComponentHandlerBusActivation
\ingroup vstIHost vst368
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.6.8]
- [optional]
Allows the plug-in to request the host to activate or deactivate a specific bus.
If the host accepts this request, it will call later on \ref IComponent::activateBus.
This is particularly useful for instruments with more than 1 outputs, where the user could request
from the plug-in UI a given output bus activation.
\code{.cpp}
// somewhere in your code when you need to inform the host to enable a specific Bus.
FUnknownPtr<IComponentHandlerBusActivation> busActivation (componentHandler);
if (busActivation)
{
// here we want to activate our audio input sidechain (the 2cd input bus: index 1)
busActivation->requestBusActivation (kAudio, kInput, 1, true);
}
\endcode
\see \ref IComponentHandler
*/
class IComponentHandlerBusActivation : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** request the host to activate or deactivate a specific bus. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API requestBusActivation (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 index,
TBool state) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandlerBusActivation, 0x067D02C1, 0x5B4E274D, 0xA92D90FD, 0x6EAF7240)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended host callback interface for an edit controller: Vst::IProgress
\ingroup vstIHost vst370
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.7.0]
- [optional]
Allows the plug-in to request the host to create a progress for some specific tasks which take
some time. The host can visualize the progress as read-only UI elements. For example,
after loading a project where a plug-in needs to load extra
data (e.g. samples) in a background thread, this enables the host to get and visualize the current status of the loading
progress and to inform the user when the loading is finished.
Note: During the progress, the host can unload the plug-in at any time. Make sure that the plug-in
supports this use case.
\section IProgressExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//--------------------------------------
// we are in the editcontroller:
// as member: IProgress::ID mProgressID;
FUnknownPtr<IProgress> progress (componentHandler);
if (progress)
progress->start (IProgress::ProgressType::UIBackgroundTask, STR ("Load Samples..."), mProgressID);
// ...
myProgressValue += incProgressStep;
FUnknownPtr<IProgress> progress (componentHandler);
if (progress)
progress->update (mProgressID, myProgressValue);
// ...
FUnknownPtr<IProgress> progress (componentHandler);
if (progress)
progress->finish (mProgressID);
\endcode
\see \ref IComponentHandler
*/
class IProgress : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum ProgressType : uint32
{
AsyncStateRestoration = 0, ///< plug-in state is restored async (in a background Thread)
UIBackgroundTask ///< a plug-in task triggered by a UI action
};
using ID = uint64;
/** Start a new progress of a given type and optional Description. outID is as ID created by the
* host to identify this newly created progress (for update and finish method) */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API start (ProgressType type, const tchar* optionalDescription,
ID& outID) = 0;
/** Update the progress value (normValue between [0, 1]) associated to the given id */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API update (ID id, ParamValue normValue) = 0;
/** Finish the progress associated to the given id */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API finish (ID id) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IProgress, 0x00C9DC5B, 0x9D904254, 0x91A388C8, 0xB4E91B69)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Edit controller component interface: Vst::IEditController
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
The controller part of an effect or instrument with parameter handling (export, definition, conversion...).
\see \ref IComponent::getControllerClassId, \ref IMidiMapping
*/
class IEditController : public IPluginBase
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Receives the component state. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setComponentState (IBStream* state) = 0;
/** Sets the controller state. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setState (IBStream* state) = 0;
/** Gets the controller state. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getState (IBStream* state) = 0;
// parameters -------------------------
/** Returns the number of parameters exported. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getParameterCount () = 0;
/** Gets for a given index the parameter information. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getParameterInfo (int32 paramIndex, ParameterInfo& info /*out*/) = 0;
/** Gets for a given paramID and normalized value its associated string representation. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getParamStringByValue (ParamID id, ParamValue valueNormalized /*in*/, String128 string /*out*/) = 0;
/** Gets for a given paramID and string its normalized value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getParamValueByString (ParamID id, TChar* string /*in*/, ParamValue& valueNormalized /*out*/) = 0;
/** Returns for a given paramID and a normalized value its plain representation
(for example -6 for -6dB - see \ref vst3AutomationIntro). */
virtual ParamValue PLUGIN_API normalizedParamToPlain (ParamID id, ParamValue valueNormalized) = 0;
/** Returns for a given paramID and a plain value its normalized value. (see \ref vst3AutomationIntro) */
virtual ParamValue PLUGIN_API plainParamToNormalized (ParamID id, ParamValue plainValue) = 0;
/** Returns the normalized value of the parameter associated to the paramID. */
virtual ParamValue PLUGIN_API getParamNormalized (ParamID id) = 0;
/** Sets the normalized value to the parameter associated to the paramID. The controller must never
pass this value-change back to the host via the IComponentHandler. It should update the according
GUI element(s) only!*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setParamNormalized (ParamID id, ParamValue value) = 0;
// handler ----------------------------
/** Gets from host a handler which allows the Plugin-in to communicate with the host.
Note: This is mandatory if the host is using the IEditController! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setComponentHandler (IComponentHandler* handler) = 0;
// view -------------------------------
/** Creates the editor view of the plug-in, currently only "editor" is supported, see \ref ViewType.
The life time of the editor view will never exceed the life time of this controller instance. */
virtual IPlugView* PLUGIN_API createView (FIDString name) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IEditController, 0xDCD7BBE3, 0x7742448D, 0xA874AACC, 0x979C759E)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Knob Mode */
enum KnobModes
{
kCircularMode = 0, ///< Circular with jump to clicked position
kRelativCircularMode, ///< Circular without jump to clicked position
kLinearMode ///< Linear: depending on vertical movement
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup vst3typedef VST 3 Data Types */
/*@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Knob Mode Type */
typedef int32 KnobMode;
/*@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Edit controller component interface extension: Vst::IEditController2
\ingroup vstIPlug vst310
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.1.0]
- [optional]
Extension to allow the host to inform the plug-in about the host Knob Mode,
and to open the plug-in about box or help documentation.
\see \ref IEditController, \ref EditController
*/
class IEditController2 : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Host could set the Knob Mode for the plug-in. Return kResultFalse means not supported mode. \see KnobModes. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setKnobMode (KnobMode mode) = 0;
/** Host could ask to open the plug-in help (could be: opening a PDF document or link to a web page).
The host could call it with onlyCheck set to true for testing support of open Help.
Return kResultFalse means not supported function. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API openHelp (TBool onlyCheck) = 0;
/** Host could ask to open the plug-in about box.
The host could call it with onlyCheck set to true for testing support of open AboutBox.
Return kResultFalse means not supported function. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API openAboutBox (TBool onlyCheck) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IEditController2, 0x7F4EFE59, 0xF3204967, 0xAC27A3AE, 0xAFB63038)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** MIDI Mapping interface: Vst::IMidiMapping
\ingroup vstIPlug vst301
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.0.1]
- [optional]
MIDI controllers are not transmitted directly to a VST component. MIDI as hardware protocol has
restrictions that can be avoided in software. Controller data in particular come along with unclear
and often ignored semantics. On top of this they can interfere with regular parameter automation and
the host is unaware of what happens in the plug-in when passing MIDI controllers directly.
So any functionality that is to be controlled by MIDI controllers must be exported as regular parameter.
The host will transform incoming MIDI controller data using this interface and transmit them as regular
parameter change. This allows the host to automate them in the same way as other parameters.
CtrlNumber can be a typical MIDI controller value extended to some others values like pitchbend or
aftertouch (see \ref ControllerNumbers).
If the mapping has changed, the plug-in must call IComponentHandler::restartComponent (kMidiCCAssignmentChanged)
to inform the host about this change.
\section IMidiMappingExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//--------------------------------------
// in myeditcontroller.h
class MyEditController: public EditControllerEx1, public IMidiMapping
{
//...
//---IMidiMapping---------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API getMidiControllerAssignment (int32 busIndex, int16 channel, CtrlNumber midiControllerNumber, ParamID& id) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//---Interface---------
OBJ_METHODS (MyEditController, EditControllerEx1)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IMidiMapping)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (MyEditController)
REFCOUNT_METHODS (MyEditController)
};
//--------------------------------------
// in myeditcontroller.cpp
tresult PLUGIN_API MyEditController::getMidiControllerAssignment (int32 busIndex, int16 midiChannel, CtrlNumber midiControllerNumber, ParamID& tag)
{
// for my first Event bus and for MIDI channel 0 and for MIDI CC Volume only
if (busIndex == 0 && midiChannel == 0 && midiControllerNumber == kCtrlVolume)
{
tag = kGainId;
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
\endcode
*/
class IMidiMapping : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Gets an (preferred) associated ParamID for a given Input Event Bus index, channel and MIDI Controller.
* @param[in] busIndex - index of Input Event Bus
* @param[in] channel - channel of the bus
* @param[in] midiControllerNumber - see \ref ControllerNumbers for expected values (could be bigger than 127)
* @param[in] id - return the associated ParamID to the given midiControllerNumber
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getMidiControllerAssignment (int32 busIndex, int16 channel,
CtrlNumber midiControllerNumber, ParamID& id/*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IMidiMapping, 0xDF0FF9F7, 0x49B74669, 0xB63AB732, 0x7ADBF5E5)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Parameter Editing from host: Vst::IEditControllerHostEditing
\ingroup vstIPlug vst350
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
If this interface is implemented by the edit controller, and when performing edits from outside
the plug-in (host / remote) of a not automatable and not read-only, and not hidden flagged parameter (kind of helper parameter),
the host will start with a beginEditFromHost before calling setParamNormalized and end with an endEditFromHost.
Here the sequence that the host will call:
\section IEditControllerExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
plugEditController->beginEditFromHost (id);
plugEditController->setParamNormalized (id, value);
plugEditController->setParamNormalized (id, value + 0.1);
// ...
plugEditController->endEditFromHost (id);
\endcode
\see \ref IEditController
*/
class IEditControllerHostEditing : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Called before a setParamNormalized sequence, a endEditFromHost will be call at the end of the editing action. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API beginEditFromHost (ParamID paramID) = 0;
/** Called after a beginEditFromHost and a sequence of setParamNormalized. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API endEditFromHost (ParamID paramID) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IEditControllerHostEditing, 0xC1271208, 0x70594098, 0xB9DD34B3, 0x6BB0195E)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstevents.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/2005
// Description : VST Events Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstprocesscontext.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstnoteexpression.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Reserved note identifier (noteId) range for a plug-in. Guaranteed not used by the host. */
enum NoteIDUserRange
{
kNoteIDUserRangeLowerBound = -10000,
kNoteIDUserRangeUpperBound = -1000,
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Note-on event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
Pitch uses the twelve-tone equal temperament tuning (12-TET).
*/
struct NoteOnEvent
{
int16 channel; ///< channel index in event bus
int16 pitch; ///< range [0, 127] = [C-2, G8] with A3=440Hz (12-TET: twelve-tone equal temperament)
float tuning; ///< 1.f = +1 cent, -1.f = -1 cent
float velocity; ///< range [0.0, 1.0]
int32 length; ///< in sample frames (optional, Note Off has to follow in any case!)
int32 noteId; ///< note identifier (if not available then -1)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Note-off event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
*/
struct NoteOffEvent
{
int16 channel; ///< channel index in event bus
int16 pitch; ///< range [0, 127] = [C-2, G8] with A3=440Hz (12-TET)
float velocity; ///< range [0.0, 1.0]
int32 noteId; ///< associated noteOn identifier (if not available then -1)
float tuning; ///< 1.f = +1 cent, -1.f = -1 cent
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Data event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
*/
struct DataEvent
{
uint32 size; ///< size in bytes of the data block bytes
uint32 type; ///< type of this data block (see \ref DataTypes)
const uint8* bytes; ///< pointer to the data block
/** Value for DataEvent::type */
enum DataTypes
{
kMidiSysEx = 0 ///< for MIDI system exclusive message
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** PolyPressure event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
*/
struct PolyPressureEvent
{
int16 channel; ///< channel index in event bus
int16 pitch; ///< range [0, 127] = [C-2, G8] with A3=440Hz
float pressure; ///< range [0.0, 1.0]
int32 noteId; ///< event should be applied to the noteId (if not -1)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Chord event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
*/
struct ChordEvent
{
int16 root; ///< range [0, 127] = [C-2, G8] with A3=440Hz
int16 bassNote; ///< range [0, 127] = [C-2, G8] with A3=440Hz
int16 mask; ///< root is bit 0
uint16 textLen; ///< the number of characters (TChar) between the beginning of text and the terminating
///< null character (without including the terminating null character itself)
const TChar* text; ///< UTF-16, null terminated Hosts Chord Name
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Scale event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
*/
struct ScaleEvent
{
int16 root; ///< range [0, 127] = root Note/Transpose Factor
int16 mask; ///< Bit 0 = C, Bit 1 = C#, ... (0x5ab5 = Major Scale)
uint16 textLen; ///< the number of characters (TChar) between the beginning of text and the terminating
///< null character (without including the terminating null character itself)
const TChar* text; ///< UTF-16, null terminated, Hosts Scale Name
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Legacy MIDI CC Out event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
- [released: 3.6.12]
This kind of event is reserved for generating MIDI CC as output event for kEvent Bus during the process call.
*/
struct LegacyMIDICCOutEvent
{
uint8 controlNumber;///< see enum ControllerNumbers [0, 255]
int8 channel; ///< channel index in event bus [0, 15]
int8 value; ///< value of Controller [0, 127]
int8 value2; ///< [0, 127] used for pitch bend (kPitchBend) and polyPressure (kCtrlPolyPressure)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Event
\ingroup vstEventGrp
Structure representing a single Event of different types associated to a specific event (\ref kEvent) bus.
*/
struct Event
{
int32 busIndex; ///< event bus index
int32 sampleOffset; ///< sample frames related to the current block start sample position
TQuarterNotes ppqPosition; ///< position in project
uint16 flags; ///< combination of \ref EventFlags
/** Event Flags - used for Event::flags */
enum EventFlags
{
kIsLive = 1 << 0, ///< indicates that the event is played live (directly from keyboard)
kUserReserved1 = 1 << 14, ///< reserved for user (for internal use)
kUserReserved2 = 1 << 15 ///< reserved for user (for internal use)
};
/** Event Types - used for Event::type */
enum EventTypes
{
kNoteOnEvent = 0, ///< is \ref NoteOnEvent
kNoteOffEvent = 1, ///< is \ref NoteOffEvent
kDataEvent = 2, ///< is \ref DataEvent
kPolyPressureEvent = 3, ///< is \ref PolyPressureEvent
kNoteExpressionValueEvent = 4, ///< is \ref NoteExpressionValueEvent
kNoteExpressionTextEvent = 5, ///< is \ref NoteExpressionTextEvent
kChordEvent = 6, ///< is \ref ChordEvent
kScaleEvent = 7, ///< is \ref ScaleEvent
kLegacyMIDICCOutEvent = 65535 ///< is \ref LegacyMIDICCOutEvent
};
uint16 type; ///< a value from \ref EventTypes
union
{
NoteOnEvent noteOn; ///< type == kNoteOnEvent
NoteOffEvent noteOff; ///< type == kNoteOffEvent
DataEvent data; ///< type == kDataEvent
PolyPressureEvent polyPressure; ///< type == kPolyPressureEvent
NoteExpressionValueEvent noteExpressionValue; ///< type == kNoteExpressionValueEvent
NoteExpressionTextEvent noteExpressionText; ///< type == kNoteExpressionTextEvent
ChordEvent chord; ///< type == kChordEvent
ScaleEvent scale; ///< type == kScaleEvent
LegacyMIDICCOutEvent midiCCOut; ///< type == kLegacyMIDICCOutEvent
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** List of events to process: Vst::IEventList
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
\see ProcessData, Event
*/
class IEventList : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the count of events. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getEventCount () = 0;
/** Gets parameter by index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getEvent (int32 index, Event& e /*out*/) = 0;
/** Adds a new event. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API addEvent (Event& e /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IEventList, 0x3A2C4214, 0x346349FE, 0xB2C4F397, 0xB9695A44)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivsthostapplication.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2006
// Description : VST Host Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmessage.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic host callback interface: Vst::IHostApplication
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' in to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
Basic VST host application interface.
*/
class IHostApplication : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Gets host application name. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getName (String128 name) = 0;
/** Creates host object (e.g. Vst::IMessage). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API createInstance (TUID cid, TUID _iid, void** obj) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IHostApplication, 0x58E595CC, 0xDB2D4969, 0x8B6AAF8C, 0x36A664E5)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Helper to allocate a message */
inline IMessage* allocateMessage (IHostApplication* host)
{
TUID iid;
IMessage::iid.toTUID (iid);
IMessage* m = nullptr;
if (host->createInstance (iid, iid, (void**)&m) == kResultOk)
return m;
return nullptr;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** VST 3 to VST 2 Wrapper interface: Vst::IVst3ToVst2Wrapper
\ingroup vstIHost vst310
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.1.0]
- [mandatory]
Informs the plug-in that a VST 3 to VST 2 wrapper is used between the plug-in and the real host.
Implemented by the VST 2 Wrapper.
*/
class IVst3ToVst2Wrapper : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IVst3ToVst2Wrapper, 0x29633AEC, 0x1D1C47E2, 0xBB85B97B, 0xD36EAC61)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** VST 3 to AU Wrapper interface: Vst::IVst3ToAUWrapper
\ingroup vstIHost vst310
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.1.0]
- [mandatory]
Informs the plug-in that a VST 3 to AU wrapper is used between the plug-in and the real host.
Implemented by the AU Wrapper.
*/
class IVst3ToAUWrapper : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IVst3ToAUWrapper, 0xA3B8C6C5, 0xC0954688, 0xB0916F0B, 0xB697AA44)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** VST 3 to AAX Wrapper interface: Vst::IVst3ToAAXWrapper
\ingroup vstIHost vst368
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.6.8]
- [mandatory]
Informs the plug-in that a VST 3 to AAX wrapper is used between the plug-in and the real host.
Implemented by the AAX Wrapper.
*/
class IVst3ToAAXWrapper : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IVst3ToAAXWrapper, 0x6D319DC6, 0x60C56242, 0xB32C951B, 0x93BEF4C6)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Wrapper MPE Support interface: Vst::IVst3WrapperMPESupport
\ingroup vstIHost vst3612
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.6.12]
- [optional]
Implemented on wrappers that support MPE to Note Expression translation.
By default, MPE input processing is enabled, the masterChannel will be zero, the memberBeginChannel
will be one and the memberEndChannel will be 14.
As MPE is a subset of the VST3 Note Expression feature, mapping from the three MPE expressions is
handled via the INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping interface.
*/
class IVst3WrapperMPESupport : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** enable or disable MPE processing
* @param state true to enable, false to disable MPE processing
* @return kResultTrue on success */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API enableMPEInputProcessing (TBool state) = 0;
/** setup the MPE processing
* @param masterChannel MPE master channel (zero based)
* @param memberBeginChannel MPE member begin channel (zero based)
* @param memberEndChannel MPE member end channel (zero based)
* @return kResultTrue on success */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setMPEInputDeviceSettings (int32 masterChannel,
int32 memberBeginChannel,
int32 memberEndChannel) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IVst3WrapperMPESupport, 0x44149067, 0x42CF4BF9, 0x8800B750, 0xF7359FE3)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstinterappaudio.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 08/2013
// Description : VST InterAppAudio Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
struct ViewRect;
namespace Vst {
struct Event;
class IInterAppAudioPresetManager;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Inter-App Audio host Interface.
\ingroup vstIHost vst360
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.6.0]
- [optional]
Implemented by the InterAppAudio Wrapper.
*/
class IInterAppAudioHost : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** get the size of the screen
* @param size size of the screen
* @param scale scale of the screen
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getScreenSize (ViewRect* size, float* scale) = 0;
/** get status of connection
* @return kResultTrue if an Inter-App Audio connection is established
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API connectedToHost () = 0;
/** switch to the host.
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API switchToHost () = 0;
/** send a remote control event to the host
* @param event event type, see AudioUnitRemoteControlEvent in the iOS SDK documentation for possible types
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API sendRemoteControlEvent (uint32 event) = 0;
/** ask for the host icon.
* @param icon pointer to a CGImageRef
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getHostIcon (void** icon) = 0;
/** schedule an event from the user interface thread
* @param event the event to schedule
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API scheduleEventFromUI (Event& event) = 0;
/** get the preset manager
* @param cid class ID to use by the preset manager
* @return the preset manager. Needs to be released by called.
*/
virtual IInterAppAudioPresetManager* PLUGIN_API createPresetManager (const TUID& cid) = 0;
/** show the settings view
* currently includes MIDI settings and Tempo setting
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API showSettingsView () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IInterAppAudioHost, 0x0CE5743D, 0x68DF415E, 0xAE285BD4, 0xE2CDC8FD)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for Inter-App Audio connection state change notifications
\ingroup vstIPlug vst360
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.0]
*/
class IInterAppAudioConnectionNotification : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** called when the Inter-App Audio connection state changes
* @param newState true if an Inter-App Audio connection is established, otherwise false
*/
virtual void PLUGIN_API onInterAppAudioConnectionStateChange (TBool newState) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IInterAppAudioConnectionNotification, 0x6020C72D, 0x5FC24AA1, 0xB0950DB5, 0xD7D6D5CF)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for Inter-App Audio Preset Management
\ingroup vstIPlug vst360
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.0]
*/
class IInterAppAudioPresetManager : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Open the Preset Browser in order to load a preset */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API runLoadPresetBrowser () = 0;
/** Open the Preset Browser in order to save a preset */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API runSavePresetBrowser () = 0;
/** Load the next available preset */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API loadNextPreset () = 0;
/** Load the previous available preset */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API loadPreviousPreset () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IInterAppAudioPresetManager, 0xADE6FCC4, 0x46C94E1D, 0xB3B49A80, 0xC93FEFDD)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmessage.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2005
// Description : VST Message Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstattributes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Private plug-in message: Vst::IMessage
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [create via IHostApplication::createInstance]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
Messages are sent from a VST controller component to a VST editor component and vice versa.
\see IAttributeList, IConnectionPoint, \ref vst3Communication
*/
class IMessage : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the message ID (for example "TextMessage"). */
virtual FIDString PLUGIN_API getMessageID () = 0;
/** Sets a message ID (for example "TextMessage"). */
virtual void PLUGIN_API setMessageID (FIDString id /*in*/) = 0;
/** Returns the attribute list associated to the message. */
virtual IAttributeList* PLUGIN_API getAttributes () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IMessage, 0x936F033B, 0xC6C047DB, 0xBB0882F8, 0x13C1E613)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Connect a component with another one: Vst::IConnectionPoint
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
This interface is used for the communication of separate components.
Note that some hosts will place a proxy object between the components so that they are not directly connected.
\see \ref vst3Communication
*/
class IConnectionPoint : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Connects this instance with another connection point. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API connect (IConnectionPoint* other) = 0;
/** Disconnects a given connection point from this. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API disconnect (IConnectionPoint* other) = 0;
/** Called when a message has been sent from the connection point to this. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API notify (IMessage* message) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IConnectionPoint, 0x70A4156F, 0x6E6E4026, 0x989148BF, 0xAA60D8D1)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmidicontrollers.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2006
// Description : VST MIDI Controller Enumeration
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Controller Numbers (MIDI) */
enum ControllerNumbers
{
kCtrlBankSelectMSB = 0, ///< Bank Select MSB
kCtrlModWheel = 1, ///< Modulation Wheel
kCtrlBreath = 2, ///< Breath controller
kCtrlFoot = 4, ///< Foot Controller
kCtrlPortaTime = 5, ///< Portamento Time
kCtrlDataEntryMSB = 6, ///< Data Entry MSB
kCtrlVolume = 7, ///< Channel Volume (formerly Main Volume)
kCtrlBalance = 8, ///< Balance
kCtrlPan = 10, ///< Pan
kCtrlExpression = 11, ///< Expression
kCtrlEffect1 = 12, ///< Effect Control 1
kCtrlEffect2 = 13, ///< Effect Control 2
//---General Purpose Controllers #1 to #4---
kCtrlGPC1 = 16, ///< General Purpose Controller #1
kCtrlGPC2 = 17, ///< General Purpose Controller #2
kCtrlGPC3 = 18, ///< General Purpose Controller #3
kCtrlGPC4 = 19, ///< General Purpose Controller #4
kCtrlBankSelectLSB = 32, ///< Bank Select LSB
kCtrlDataEntryLSB = 38, ///< Data Entry LSB
kCtrlSustainOnOff = 64, ///< Damper Pedal On/Off (Sustain)
kCtrlPortaOnOff = 65, ///< Portamento On/Off
kCtrlSustenutoOnOff = 66, ///< Sustenuto On/Off
kCtrlSoftPedalOnOff = 67, ///< Soft Pedal On/Off
kCtrlLegatoFootSwOnOff= 68, ///< Legato Footswitch On/Off
kCtrlHold2OnOff = 69, ///< Hold 2 On/Off
//---Sound Controllers #1 to #10---
kCtrlSoundVariation = 70, ///< Sound Variation
kCtrlFilterCutoff = 71, ///< Filter Cutoff (Timbre/Harmonic Intensity)
kCtrlReleaseTime = 72, ///< Release Time
kCtrlAttackTime = 73, ///< Attack Time
kCtrlFilterResonance= 74, ///< Filter Resonance (Brightness)
kCtrlDecayTime = 75, ///< Decay Time
kCtrlVibratoRate = 76, ///< Vibrato Rate
kCtrlVibratoDepth = 77, ///< Vibrato Depth
kCtrlVibratoDelay = 78, ///< Vibrato Delay
kCtrlSoundCtrler10 = 79, ///< undefined
//---General Purpose Controllers #5 to #8---
kCtrlGPC5 = 80, ///< General Purpose Controller #5
kCtrlGPC6 = 81, ///< General Purpose Controller #6
kCtrlGPC7 = 82, ///< General Purpose Controller #7
kCtrlGPC8 = 83, ///< General Purpose Controller #8
kCtrlPortaControl = 84, ///< Portamento Control
//---Effect Controllers---
kCtrlEff1Depth = 91, ///< Effect 1 Depth (Reverb Send Level)
kCtrlEff2Depth = 92, ///< Effect 2 Depth (Tremolo Level)
kCtrlEff3Depth = 93, ///< Effect 3 Depth (Chorus Send Level)
kCtrlEff4Depth = 94, ///< Effect 4 Depth (Delay/Variation/Detune Level)
kCtrlEff5Depth = 95, ///< Effect 5 Depth (Phaser Level)
kCtrlDataIncrement = 96, ///< Data Increment (+1)
kCtrlDataDecrement = 97, ///< Data Decrement (-1)
kCtrlNRPNSelectLSB = 98, ///< NRPN Select LSB
kCtrlNRPNSelectMSB = 99, ///< NRPN Select MSB
kCtrlRPNSelectLSB = 100, ///< RPN Select LSB
kCtrlRPNSelectMSB = 101, ///< RPN Select MSB
//---Other Channel Mode Messages---
kCtrlAllSoundsOff = 120, ///< All Sounds Off
kCtrlResetAllCtrlers = 121, ///< Reset All Controllers
kCtrlLocalCtrlOnOff = 122, ///< Local Control On/Off
kCtrlAllNotesOff = 123, ///< All Notes Off
kCtrlOmniModeOff = 124, ///< Omni Mode Off + All Notes Off
kCtrlOmniModeOn = 125, ///< Omni Mode On + All Notes Off
kCtrlPolyModeOnOff = 126, ///< Poly Mode On/Off + All Sounds Off
kCtrlPolyModeOn = 127, ///< Poly Mode On
//---Extra--------------------------
kAfterTouch = 128, ///< After Touch (associated to Channel Pressure)
kPitchBend = 129, ///< Pitch Bend Change
kCountCtrlNumber, ///< Count of Controller Number
//---Extra for kLegacyMIDICCOutEvent-
kCtrlProgramChange = 130, ///< Program Change (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
kCtrlPolyPressure = 131, ///< Polyphonic Key Pressure (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value for pitch and
/// LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value2 for pressure)
kCtrlQuarterFrame = 132 ///< Quarter Frame ((use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmidilearn.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/2018
// Description : VST MIDI Learn
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** MIDI Learn interface: Vst::IMidiLearn
\ingroup vstIPlug vst3612
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.12]
- [optional]
If this interface is implemented by the edit controller, the host will call this method whenever
there is live MIDI-CC input for the plug-in. This way, the plug-in can change its MIDI-CC parameter
mapping and inform the host via the IComponentHandler::restartComponent with the
kMidiCCAssignmentChanged flag.
Use this if you want to implement custom MIDI-Learn functionality in your plug-in.
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------
// in MyController class declaration
class MyController : public Vst::EditController, public Vst::IMidiLearn
{
// ...
//--- IMidiLearn ---------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API onLiveMIDIControllerInput (int32 busIndex, int16 channel,
CtrlNumber midiCC) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
// ...
OBJ_METHODS (MyController, Vst::EditController)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
// ...
DEF_INTERFACE (Vst::IMidiLearn)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (Vst::EditController)
//...
}
//------------------------------------------------
// in mycontroller.cpp
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmidilearn.h
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
DEF_CLASS_IID (IMidiLearn)
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MyController::onLiveMIDIControllerInput (int32 busIndex,
int16 channel, CtrlNumber midiCC)
{
// if we are not in doMIDILearn (triggered by a UI button for example)
// or wrong channel then return
if (!doMIDILearn || busIndex != 0 || channel != 0 || midiLearnParamID == InvalidParamID)
return kResultFalse;
// adapt our internal MIDICC -> parameterID mapping
midiCCMapping[midiCC] = midiLearnParamID;
// new mapping then inform the host that our MIDI assignment has changed
if (auto componentHandler = getComponentHandler ())
{
componentHandler->restartComponent (kMidiCCAssignmentChanged);
}
return kResultTrue;
}
\endcode
*/
class IMidiLearn : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Called on live input MIDI-CC change associated to a given bus index and MIDI channel */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onLiveMIDIControllerInput (int32 busIndex, int16 channel,
CtrlNumber midiCC) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IMidiLearn, 0x6B2449CC, 0x419740B5, 0xAB3C79DA, 0xC5FE5C86)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstnoteexpression.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2010
// Description : VST Note Expression Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup vst3typedef VST 3 Data Types */
/*@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Note Expression Types */
typedef uint32 NoteExpressionTypeID;
/** Note Expression Value */
typedef double NoteExpressionValue;
/*@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** NoteExpressionTypeIDs describes the type of the note expression.
VST predefines some types like volume, pan, tuning by defining their ranges and curves.
Used by NoteExpressionEvent::typeId and NoteExpressionTypeID::typeId
\see NoteExpressionTypeInfo
*/
enum NoteExpressionTypeIDs : uint32
{
kVolumeTypeID = 0, ///< Volume, plain range [0 = -oo , 0.25 = 0dB, 0.5 = +6dB, 1 = +12dB]: plain = 20 * log (4 * norm)
kPanTypeID, ///< Panning (L-R), plain range [0 = left, 0.5 = center, 1 = right]
kTuningTypeID, ///< Tuning, plain range [0 = -120.0 (ten octaves down), 0.5 none, 1 = +120.0 (ten octaves up)]
///< plain = 240 * (norm - 0.5) and norm = plain / 240 + 0.5
///< oneOctave is 12.0 / 240.0; oneHalfTune = 1.0 / 240.0;
kVibratoTypeID, ///< Vibrato
kExpressionTypeID, ///< Expression
kBrightnessTypeID, ///< Brightness
kTextTypeID, ///< See NoteExpressionTextEvent
kPhonemeTypeID, ///< TODO:
kCustomStart = 100000, ///< start of custom note expression type ids
kCustomEnd = 200000, ///< end of custom note expression type ids
kInvalidTypeID = 0xFFFFFFFF ///< indicates an invalid note expression type
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Description of a Note Expression Type
This structure is part of the NoteExpressionTypeInfo structure, it describes for given NoteExpressionTypeID its default value
(for example 0.5 for a kTuningTypeID (kIsBipolar: centered)), its minimum and maximum (for predefined NoteExpressionTypeID the full range is predefined too)
and a stepCount when the given NoteExpressionTypeID is limited to discrete values (like on/off state).
\see NoteExpressionTypeInfo
*/
struct NoteExpressionValueDescription
{
NoteExpressionValue defaultValue; ///< default normalized value [0,1]
NoteExpressionValue minimum; ///< minimum normalized value [0,1]
NoteExpressionValue maximum; ///< maximum normalized value [0,1]
int32 stepCount; ///< number of discrete steps (0: continuous, 1: toggle, discrete value otherwise - see \ref vst3ParameterIntro)
};
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS && !SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vstpshpack4.h"
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Note Expression Value event. Used in \ref Event (union)
A note expression event affects one single playing note (referring its noteId).
This kind of event is send from host to the plug-in like other events (NoteOnEvent, NoteOffEvent,...) in \ref ProcessData during the process call.
Note expression events for a specific noteId can only occur after a NoteOnEvent. The host must take care that the event list (\ref IEventList) is properly sorted.
Expression events are always absolute normalized values [0.0, 1.0].
The predefined types have a predefined mapping of the normalized values (see \ref NoteExpressionTypeIDs)
\sa INoteExpressionController
*/
struct NoteExpressionValueEvent
{
NoteExpressionTypeID typeId; ///< see \ref NoteExpressionTypeID
int32 noteId; ///< associated note identifier to apply the change
NoteExpressionValue value; ///< normalized value [0.0, 1.0].
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Note Expression Text event. Used in Event (union)
A Expression event affects one single playing note. \sa INoteExpressionController
\see NoteExpressionTypeInfo
*/
struct NoteExpressionTextEvent
{
NoteExpressionTypeID typeId; ///< see \ref NoteExpressionTypeID (kTextTypeID or kPhoneticTypeID)
int32 noteId; ///< associated note identifier to apply the change
uint32 textLen; ///< the number of characters (TChar) between the beginning of text and the terminating
///< null character (without including the terminating null character itself)
const TChar* text; ///< UTF-16, null terminated
};
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS && !SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** NoteExpressionTypeInfo is the structure describing a note expression supported by the plug-in.
This structure is used by the method \ref INoteExpressionController::getNoteExpressionInfo.
\see INoteExpressionController
*/
struct NoteExpressionTypeInfo
{
NoteExpressionTypeID typeId; ///< unique identifier of this note Expression type
String128 title; ///< note Expression type title (e.g. "Volume")
String128 shortTitle; ///< note Expression type short title (e.g. "Vol")
String128 units; ///< note Expression type unit (e.g. "dB")
int32 unitId; ///< id of unit this NoteExpression belongs to (see \ref vst3Units), in order to sort the note expression, it is possible to use unitId like for parameters. -1 means no unit used.
NoteExpressionValueDescription valueDesc; ///< value description see \ref NoteExpressionValueDescription
ParamID associatedParameterId; ///< optional associated parameter ID (for mapping from note expression to global (using the parameter automation for example) and back). Only used when kAssociatedParameterIDValid is set in flags.
int32 flags; ///< NoteExpressionTypeFlags (see below)
enum NoteExpressionTypeFlags
{
kIsBipolar = 1 << 0, ///< event is bipolar (centered), otherwise unipolar
kIsOneShot = 1 << 1, ///< event occurs only one time for its associated note (at begin of the noteOn)
kIsAbsolute = 1 << 2, ///< This note expression will apply an absolute change to the sound (not relative (offset))
kAssociatedParameterIDValid = 1 << 3,///< indicates that the associatedParameterID is valid and could be used
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for note expression event support: Vst::INoteExpressionController
\ingroup vstIPlug vst350
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
With this plug-in interface, the host can retrieve all necessary note expression information supported by the plug-in.
Note expression information (\ref NoteExpressionTypeInfo) are specific for given channel and event bus.
Note that there is only one NoteExpressionTypeID per given channel of an event bus.
The method getNoteExpressionStringByValue allows conversion from a normalized value to a string representation
and the getNoteExpressionValueByString method from a string to a normalized value.
When the note expression state changes (for example when switching presets) the plug-in needs
to inform the host about it via \ref IComponentHandler::restartComponent (kNoteExpressionChanged).
*/
class INoteExpressionController : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Returns number of supported note change types for event bus index and channel. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getNoteExpressionCount (int32 busIndex, int16 channel) = 0;
/** Returns note change type info. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getNoteExpressionInfo (int32 busIndex, int16 channel, int32 noteExpressionIndex, NoteExpressionTypeInfo& info /*out*/) = 0;
/** Gets a user readable representation of the normalized note change value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getNoteExpressionStringByValue (int32 busIndex, int16 channel, NoteExpressionTypeID id, NoteExpressionValue valueNormalized /*in*/, String128 string /*out*/) = 0;
/** Converts the user readable representation to the normalized note change value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getNoteExpressionValueByString (int32 busIndex, int16 channel, NoteExpressionTypeID id, const TChar* string /*in*/, NoteExpressionValue& valueNormalized /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (INoteExpressionController, 0xB7F8F859, 0x41234872, 0x91169581, 0x4F3721A3)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** KeyswitchTypeIDs describes the type of a key switch
\see KeyswitchInfo
*/
enum KeyswitchTypeIDs : uint32
{
kNoteOnKeyswitchTypeID = 0, ///< press before noteOn is played
kOnTheFlyKeyswitchTypeID, ///< press while noteOn is played
kOnReleaseKeyswitchTypeID, ///< press before entering release
kKeyRangeTypeID ///< key should be maintained pressed for playing
};
typedef uint32 KeyswitchTypeID;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** KeyswitchInfo is the structure describing a key switch
This structure is used by the method \ref IKeyswitchController::getKeyswitchInfo.
\see IKeyswitchController
*/
struct KeyswitchInfo
{
KeyswitchTypeID typeId; ///< see KeyswitchTypeID
String128 title; ///< name of key switch (e.g. "Accentuation")
String128 shortTitle; ///< short title (e.g. "Acc")
int32 keyswitchMin; ///< associated main key switch min (value between [0, 127])
int32 keyswitchMax; ///< associated main key switch max (value between [0, 127])
int32 keyRemapped; /** optional remapped key switch (default -1), the plug-in could provide one remapped
key for a key switch (allowing better location on the keyboard of the key switches) */
int32 unitId; ///< id of unit this key switch belongs to (see \ref vst3Units), -1 means no unit used.
int32 flags; ///< not yet used (set to 0)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for key switches support: Vst::IKeyswitchController
\ingroup vstIPlug vst350
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
When a (instrument) plug-in supports such interface, the host could get from the plug-in the current set
of used key switches (megatrig/articulation) for a given channel of a event bus and then automatically use them (like in Cubase 6) to
create VST Expression Map (allowing to associated symbol to a given articulation / key switch).
*/
class IKeyswitchController : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Returns number of supported key switches for event bus index and channel. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getKeyswitchCount (int32 busIndex, int16 channel) = 0;
/** Returns key switch info. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getKeyswitchInfo (int32 busIndex, int16 channel, int32 keySwitchIndex, KeyswitchInfo& info /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IKeyswitchController, 0x1F2F76D3, 0xBFFB4B96, 0xB99527A5, 0x5EBCCEF4)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstparameterchanges.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 09/2005
// Description : VST Parameter Change Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Queue of changes for a specific parameter: Vst::IParamValueQueue
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
The change queue can be interpreted as segment of an automation curve. For each
processing block, a segment with the size of the block is transmitted to the processor.
The curve is expressed as sampling points of a linear approximation of
the original automation curve. If the original already is a linear curve, it can
be transmitted precisely. A non-linear curve has to be converted to a linear
approximation by the host. Every point of the value queue defines a linear
section of the curve as a straight line from the previous point of a block to
the new one. So the plug-in can calculate the value of the curve for any sample
position in the block.
<b>Implicit Points:</b> \n
In each processing block, the section of the curve for each parameter is transmitted.
In order to reduce the amount of points, the point at block position 0 can be omitted.
- If the curve has a slope of 0 over a period of multiple blocks, only one point is
transmitted for the block where the constant curve section starts. The queue for the following
blocks will be empty as long as the curve slope is 0.
- If the curve has a constant slope other than 0 over the period of several blocks, only
the value for the last sample of the block is transmitted. In this case, the last valid point
is at block position -1. The processor can calculate the value for each sample in the block
by using a linear interpolation:
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
double x1 = -1; // position of last point related to current buffer
double y1 = currentParameterValue; // last transmitted value
int32 pointTime = 0;
ParamValue pointValue = 0;
IParamValueQueue::getPoint (0, pointTime, pointValue);
double x2 = pointTime;
double y2 = pointValue;
double slope = (y2 - y1) / (x2 - x1);
double offset = y1 - (slope * x1);
double curveValue = (slope * bufferTime) + offset; // bufferTime is any position in buffer
\endcode
\b Jumps:
\n
A jump in the automation curve has to be transmitted as two points: one with the
old value and one with the new value at the next sample position.
\image html "automation.jpg"
See \ref IParameterChanges, \ref ProcessData
*/
class IParamValueQueue : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns its associated ID. */
virtual ParamID PLUGIN_API getParameterId () = 0;
/** Returns count of points in the queue. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getPointCount () = 0;
/** Gets the value and offset at a given index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getPoint (int32 index, int32& sampleOffset /*out*/, ParamValue& value /*out*/) = 0;
/** Adds a new value at the end of the queue, its index is returned. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API addPoint (int32 sampleOffset, ParamValue value, int32& index /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IParamValueQueue, 0x01263A18, 0xED074F6F, 0x98C9D356, 0x4686F9BA)
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
/** All parameter changes of a processing block: Vst::IParameterChanges
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
This interface is used to transmit any changes to be applied to parameters
in the current processing block. A change can be caused by GUI interaction as
well as automation. They are transmitted as a list of queues (\ref IParamValueQueue)
containing only queues for parameters that actually did change.
See \ref IParamValueQueue, \ref ProcessData
*/
class IParameterChanges : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns count of Parameter changes in the list. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getParameterCount () = 0;
/** Returns the queue at a given index. */
virtual IParamValueQueue* PLUGIN_API getParameterData (int32 index) = 0;
/** Adds a new parameter queue with a given ID at the end of the list,
returns it and its index in the parameter changes list. */
virtual IParamValueQueue* PLUGIN_API addParameterData (const Vst::ParamID& id, int32& index /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IParameterChanges, 0xA4779663, 0x0BB64A56, 0xB44384A8, 0x466FEB9D)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstparameterfunctionname.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 03/2020
// Description : VST Parameter Function Name Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
namespace FunctionNameType {
//--------------------------------------------------------------------
const CString kCompGainReduction = "Comp:GainReduction"; /** */
const CString kCompGainReductionMax = "Comp:GainReductionMax";
const CString kCompGainReductionPeakHold = "Comp:GainReductionPeakHold";
const CString kCompResetGainReductionMax = "Comp:ResetGainReductionMax";
const CString kLowLatencyMode = "LowLatencyMode"; /** Useful for live situation where low
latency is required:
0 means LowLatency disable,
1 means LowLatency enable */
const CString kDryWetMix = "DryWetMix"; /** Allowing to mix the original (Dry) Signal with the processed one (Wet):
0.0 means Dry Signal only,
0.5 means 50% Dry Signal + 50% Wet Signal,
1.0 means Wet Signal only */
const CString kRandomize = "Randomize"; /** Allow to assign some randomized values to some
parameters in a controlled way*/
} // FunctionNameType
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Edit controller component interface extension: Vst::IParameterFunctionName
\ingroup vstIPlug vst370
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.7.0]
- [optional]
This interface allows the host to get a parameter associated to a specific meaning (a functionName) for a given unit.
The host can use this information, for example, for drawing a Gain Reduction meter in its own UI.
In order to get the plain value of this parameter, the host should use the IEditController::normalizedParamToPlain.
The host can automatically map parameters to dedicated UI controls, such as the wet-dry mix knob or Randomize button.
\section IParameterFunctionNameExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// here an example of how a VST3 plug-in could support this IParameterFunctionName interface.
// we need to define somewhere the iids:
in MyController class declaration
class MyController : public Vst::EditController, public Vst::IParameterFunctionName
{
...
tresult PLUGIN_API getParameterIDFromFunctionName (UnitID unitID, FIDString functionName,
Vst::ParamID& paramID) override;
...
OBJ_METHODS (MyController, Vst::EditController)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
...
DEF_INTERFACE (Vst::IParameterFunctionName)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (Vst::EditController)
...
}
#include "ivstparameterfunctionname.h"
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
DEF_CLASS_IID (IParameterFunctionName)
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MyController::getParameterIDFromFunctionName (UnitID unitID, FIDString functionName,
Vst::ParamID& paramID)
{
using namespace Vst;
paramID = kNoParamId;
if (unitID == kRootUnitId && FIDStringsEqual (functionName, kCompGainReduction))
paramID = kMyGainReductionId;
return (paramID != kNoParamId) ? kResultOk : kResultFalse;
}
//--- a host implementation example: --------------------
...
FUnknownPtr<Vst::IParameterFunctionName> functionName (mEditController->getIEditController ());
if (functionName)
{
Vst::ParamID paramID;
if (functionName->getParameterIDFromFunctionName (Vst::FunctionNameType::kCompGainReduction, paramID) == kResultTrue)
{
// paramID could be cached for performance issue
ParamValue norm = mEditController->getIEditController ()->getParamNormalized (paramID);
ParamValue plain = mEditController->getIEditController ()->normalizedParamToPlain (paramID, norm);
// plain is something like -6 (-6dB)
}
}
\endcode
*/
class IParameterFunctionName : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Gets for the given unitID the associated paramID to a function Name.
Returns kResultFalse when no found parameter (paramID is set to kNoParamId in this case). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getParameterIDFromFunctionName (UnitID unitID, FIDString functionName, ParamID& paramID) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IParameterFunctionName, 0x6D21E1DC, 0x91199D4B, 0xA2A02FEF, 0x6C1AE55C)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstphysicalui.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 06/2018
// Description : VST Physical User Interface support
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstnoteexpression.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup vst3typedef VST 3 Data Types */
/*@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Physical UI Type */
typedef uint32 PhysicalUITypeID;
/*@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** PhysicalUITypeIDs describes the type of Physical UI (PUI) which could be associated to a note
expression.
\see PhysicalUIMap
*/
enum PhysicalUITypeIDs
{
/** absolute X position when touching keys of PUIs. Range [0=left, 0.5=middle, 1=right] */
kPUIXMovement = 0,
/** absolute Y position when touching keys of PUIs. Range [0=bottom/near, 0.5=center, 1=top/far] */
kPUIYMovement,
/** pressing a key down on keys of PUIs. Range [0=No Pressure, 1=Full Pressure] */
kPUIPressure,
kPUITypeCount, ///< count of current defined PUIs
kInvalidPUITypeID = 0xFFFFFFFF ///< indicates an invalid or not initialized PUI type
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** PhysicalUIMap describes a mapping of a noteExpression Type to a Physical UI Type.
It is used in PhysicalUIMapList.
\see PhysicalUIMapList
*/
struct PhysicalUIMap
{
/** This represents the physical UI. /see PhysicalUITypeIDs, this is set by the caller of
* getPhysicalUIMapping */
PhysicalUITypeID physicalUITypeID;
/** This represents the associated noteExpression TypeID to the given physicalUITypeID. This
* will be filled by the plug-in in the call getPhysicalUIMapping, set it to kInvalidTypeID if
* no Note Expression is associated to the given PUI. */
NoteExpressionTypeID noteExpressionTypeID;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** PhysicalUIMapList describes a list of PhysicalUIMap
\see INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping
*/
struct PhysicalUIMapList
{
/** Count of entries in the map array, set by the caller of getPhysicalUIMapping. */
uint32 count;
/** Pointer to a list of PhysicalUIMap containing count entries. */
PhysicalUIMap* map;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for note expression event support: Vst::INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping
\ingroup vstIPlug vst3611
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.11]
- [optional]
With this plug-in interface, the host can retrieve the preferred physical mapping associated to note
expression supported by the plug-in.
When the mapping changes (for example when switching presets) the plug-in needs
to inform the host about it via \ref IComponentHandler::restartComponent (kNoteExpressionChanged).
\section INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMappingExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// here an example of how a VST3 plug-in could support this INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping interface.
// we need to define somewhere the iids:
//in MyController class declaration
class MyController : public Vst::EditController, public Vst::INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping
{
// ...
//--- INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping ---------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API getPhysicalUIMapping (int32 busIndex, int16 channel, PhysicalUIMapList& list) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
// ...
OBJ_METHODS (MyController, Vst::EditController)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
// ...
DEF_INTERFACE (Vst::INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (Vst::EditController)
//...
}
// In mycontroller.cpp
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstnoteexpression.h"
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
DEF_CLASS_IID (INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping)
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MyController::getPhysicalUIMapping (int32 busIndex, int16 channel, PhysicalUIMapList& list)
{
if (busIndex == 0 && channel == 0)
{
for (uint32 i = 0; i < list.count; ++i)
{
NoteExpressionTypeID type = kInvalidTypeID;
if (kPUIXMovement == list.map[i].physicalUITypeID)
list.map[i].noteExpressionTypeID = kCustomStart + 1;
else if (kPUIYMovement == list.map[i].physicalUITypeID)
list.map[i].noteExpressionTypeID = kCustomStart + 2;
}
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
\endcode
*/
class INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Fills the list of mapped [physical UI (in) - note expression (out)] for a given bus index
* and channel. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getPhysicalUIMapping (int32 busIndex, int16 channel,
PhysicalUIMapList& list) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping, 0xB03078FF, 0x94D24AC8, 0x90CCD303, 0xD4133324)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstpluginterfacesupport.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/2018
// Description : VST Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host callback interface for an edit controller: Vst::IPlugInterfaceSupport
\ingroup vstIHost vst3612
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.6.12]
- [optional]
Allows a plug-in to ask the host if a given plug-in interface is supported/used by the host.
It is implemented by the hostContext given when the component is initialized.
\section IPlugInterfaceSupportExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MyPluginController::initialize (FUnknown* context)
{
// ...
FUnknownPtr<IPlugInterfaceSupport> plugInterfaceSupport (context);
if (plugInterfaceSupport)
{
if (plugInterfaceSupport->isPlugInterfaceSupported (IMidiMapping::iid) == kResultTrue)
// IMidiMapping is used by the host
}
// ...
}
\endcode
\see IPluginBase
*/
class IPlugInterfaceSupport : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Returns kResultTrue if the associated interface to the given _iid is supported/used by the host. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API isPlugInterfaceSupported (const TUID _iid) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPlugInterfaceSupport, 0x4FB58B9E, 0x9EAA4E0F, 0xAB361C1C, 0xCCB56FEA)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstplugview.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2009
// Description : Plug-in User Interface Extension
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IParameterFinder Interface
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extension for IPlugView to find view parameters (lookup value under mouse support): Vst::IParameterFinder
\ingroup pluginGUI vst302
- [plug imp]
- [extends IPlugView]
- [released: 3.0.2]
- [optional]
It is highly recommended to implement this interface.
A host can implement important functionality when a plug-in supports this interface.
For example, all Steinberg hosts require this interface in order to support the "AI Knob".
*/
class IParameterFinder: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Find out which parameter in plug-in view is at given position (relative to plug-in view). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API findParameter (int32 xPos, int32 yPos, ParamID& resultTag /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IParameterFinder, 0x0F618302, 0x215D4587, 0xA512073C, 0x77B9D383)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstprefetchablesupport.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2015
// Description : VST Prefetchable Support Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstattributes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup vst3typedef VST 3 Data Types */
/*@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Prefetchable Support Type */
typedef uint32 PrefetchableSupport;
/*@}*/
/** Prefetchable Support Enum */
enum ePrefetchableSupport
{
kIsNeverPrefetchable = 0, ///< every instance of the plug does not support prefetch processing
kIsYetPrefetchable, ///< in the current state the plug support prefetch processing
kIsNotYetPrefetchable, ///< in the current state the plug does not support prefetch processing
kNumPrefetchableSupport
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPrefetchableSupport Interface
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Indicates that the plug-in could or not support Prefetch (dynamically): Vst::IPrefetchableSupport
\ingroup vstIPlug vst365
- [plug imp]
- [extends IComponent]
- [released: 3.6.5]
- [optional]
The plug-in should implement this interface if it needs to dynamically change between prefetchable or not.
By default (without implementing this interface) the host decides in which mode the plug-in is processed.
For more info about the prefetch processing mode check the ProcessModes::kPrefetch documentation.
\section IPrefetchableSupportExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API myPlug::getPrefetchableSupport (PrefetchableSupport& prefetchable)
{
prefetchable = kIsNeverPrefetchable;
switch (myPrefetchableMode)
{
case 0: prefetchable = kIsNeverPrefetchable; break;
case 1: prefetchable = kIsYetPrefetchable; break;
case 2: prefetchable = kIsNotYetPrefetchable; break;
}
return kResultOk;
}
\endcode
*/
class IPrefetchableSupport : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** retrieve the current prefetch support. Use IComponentHandler::restartComponent
(kPrefetchableSupportChanged) to inform the host that this support has changed. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getPrefetchableSupport (PrefetchableSupport& prefetchable /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPrefetchableSupport, 0x8AE54FDA, 0xE93046B9, 0xA28555BC, 0xDC98E21E)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstprocesscontext.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2005
// Description : VST Processing Context Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Frame Rate
A frame rate describes the number of image (frame) displayed per second.
Some examples:
- 23.976 fps is framesPerSecond: 24 and flags: kPullDownRate
- 24 fps is framesPerSecond: 24 and flags: 0
- 25 fps is framesPerSecond: 25 and flags: 0
- 29.97 drop fps is framesPerSecond: 30 and flags: kDropRate|kPullDownRate
- 29.97 fps is framesPerSecond: 30 and flags: kPullDownRate
- 30 fps is framesPerSecond: 30 and flags: 0
- 30 drop fps is framesPerSecond: 30 and flags: kDropRate
- 50 fps is framesPerSecond: 50 and flags: 0
- 59.94 fps is framesPerSecond: 60 and flags: kPullDownRate
- 60 fps is framesPerSecond: 60 and flags: 0
*/
struct FrameRate
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum FrameRateFlags
{
kPullDownRate = 1 << 0,
kDropRate = 1 << 1
};
uint32 framesPerSecond; ///< frame rate
uint32 flags; ///< flags #FrameRateFlags
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Description of a chord.
A chord is described with a key note, a root note and the
\copydoc chordMask
\see ProcessContext
*/
struct Chord
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint8 keyNote; ///< key note in chord
uint8 rootNote; ///< lowest note in chord
/** Bitmask of a chord. \n
1st bit set: minor second; 2nd bit set: major second, and so on. \n
There is \b no bit for the keynote (root of the chord) because it is inherently always present. \n
Examples:
- XXXX 0000 0100 1000 (= 0x0048) -> major chord
- XXXX 0000 0100 0100 (= 0x0044) -> minor chord
- XXXX 0010 0100 0100 (= 0x0244) -> minor chord with minor seventh */
int16 chordMask;
enum Masks {
kChordMask = 0x0FFF, ///< mask for chordMask
kReservedMask = 0xF000 ///< reserved for future use
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Audio processing context.
For each processing block the host provides timing information and musical parameters that can
change over time. For a host that supports jumps (like cycle) it is possible to split up a
processing block into multiple parts in order to provide a correct project time inside of every
block, but this behavior is not mandatory. Since the timing will be correct at the beginning of the
next block again, a host that is dependent on a fixed processing block size can choose to neglect
this problem.
\see IAudioProcessor, ProcessData
*/
struct ProcessContext
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Transport state & other flags */
enum StatesAndFlags
{
kPlaying = 1 << 1, ///< currently playing
kCycleActive = 1 << 2, ///< cycle is active
kRecording = 1 << 3, ///< currently recording
kSystemTimeValid = 1 << 8, ///< systemTime contains valid information
kContTimeValid = 1 << 17, ///< continousTimeSamples contains valid information
kProjectTimeMusicValid = 1 << 9,///< projectTimeMusic contains valid information
kBarPositionValid = 1 << 11, ///< barPositionMusic contains valid information
kCycleValid = 1 << 12, ///< cycleStartMusic and barPositionMusic contain valid information
kTempoValid = 1 << 10, ///< tempo contains valid information
kTimeSigValid = 1 << 13, ///< timeSigNumerator and timeSigDenominator contain valid information
kChordValid = 1 << 18, ///< chord contains valid information
kSmpteValid = 1 << 14, ///< smpteOffset and frameRate contain valid information
kClockValid = 1 << 15 ///< samplesToNextClock valid
};
uint32 state; ///< a combination of the values from \ref StatesAndFlags
double sampleRate; ///< current sample rate (always valid)
TSamples projectTimeSamples; ///< project time in samples (always valid)
int64 systemTime; ///< system time in nanoseconds (optional)
TSamples continousTimeSamples; ///< project time, without loop (optional)
TQuarterNotes projectTimeMusic; ///< musical position in quarter notes (1.0 equals 1 quarter note) (optional)
TQuarterNotes barPositionMusic; ///< last bar start position, in quarter notes (optional)
TQuarterNotes cycleStartMusic; ///< cycle start in quarter notes (optional)
TQuarterNotes cycleEndMusic; ///< cycle end in quarter notes (optional)
double tempo; ///< tempo in BPM (Beats Per Minute) (optional)
int32 timeSigNumerator; ///< time signature numerator (e.g. 3 for 3/4) (optional)
int32 timeSigDenominator; ///< time signature denominator (e.g. 4 for 3/4) (optional)
Chord chord; ///< musical info (optional)
int32 smpteOffsetSubframes; ///< SMPTE (sync) offset in subframes (1/80 of frame) (optional)
FrameRate frameRate; ///< frame rate (optional)
int32 samplesToNextClock; ///< MIDI Clock Resolution (24 Per Quarter Note), can be negative (nearest) (optional)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstrepresentation.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 08/2010
// Description : VST Representation Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class IBStream;
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** RepresentationInfo is the structure describing a representation
This structure is used in the function \see IXmlRepresentationController::getXmlRepresentationStream.
\see IXmlRepresentationController
*/
struct RepresentationInfo
{
RepresentationInfo ()
{
memset (vendor, 0, kNameSize);
memset (name, 0, kNameSize);
memset (version, 0, kNameSize);
memset (host, 0, kNameSize);
}
RepresentationInfo (char8* _vendor, char8* _name = nullptr, char8* _version = nullptr, char8* _host = nullptr)
{
memset (vendor, 0, kNameSize);
if (_vendor)
strcpy (vendor, _vendor);
memset (name, 0, kNameSize);
if (_name)
strcpy (name, _name);
memset (version, 0, kNameSize);
if (_version)
strcpy (version, _version);
memset (host, 0, kNameSize);
if (_host)
strcpy (host, _host);
}
enum
{
kNameSize = 64
};
char8 vendor[kNameSize]; ///< Vendor name of the associated representation (remote) (eg. "Yamaha").
char8 name[kNameSize]; ///< Representation (remote) Name (eg. "O2").
char8 version[kNameSize]; ///< Version of this "Remote" (eg. "1.0").
char8 host[kNameSize]; ///< Optional: used if the representation is for a given host only (eg. "Nuendo").
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for a component: Vst::IXmlRepresentationController
\ingroup vstIPlug vst350
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
A representation based on XML is a way to export, structure, and group plug-ins parameters for a specific remote (hardware or software rack (such as quick controls)).
\n
It allows to describe each parameter more precisely (what is the best matching to a knob, different title lengths matching limited remote display,...).\n See an \ref Example.
\n\n
- A representation is composed of pages (this means that to see all exported parameters, the user has to navigate through the pages).
- A page is composed of cells (for example 8 cells per page).
- A cell is composed of layers (for example a cell could have a knob, a display, and a button, which means 3 layers).
- A layer is associated to a plug-in parameter using the ParameterID as identifier:
- it could be a knob with a display for title and/or value, this display uses the same parameterId, but it could an another one.
- switch
- link which allows to jump directly to a subpage (another page)
- more... See Vst::LayerType
.
\n
This representation is implemented as XML text following the Document Type Definition (DTD): http://dtd.steinberg.net/VST-Remote-1.1.dtd
\section Example
Here an example of what should be passed in the stream of getXmlRepresentationStream:
\code
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE vstXML PUBLIC "-//Steinberg//DTD VST Remote 1.1//EN" "http://dtd.steinberg.net/VST-Remote-1.1.dtd">
<vstXML version="1.0">
<plugin classID="341FC5898AAA46A7A506BC0799E882AE" name="Chorus" vendor="Steinberg Media Technologies" />
<originator>My name</originator>
<date>2010-12-31</date>
<comment>This is an example for 4 Cells per Page for the Remote named ProductRemote
from company HardwareCompany.</comment>
<!-- ===================================== -->
<representation name="ProductRemote" vendor="HardwareCompany" version="1.0">
<page name="Root">
<cell>
<layer type="knob" parameterID="0">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Mix dry/wet</name>
<name>Mix</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="display"></layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="knob" parameterID="3">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Delay</name>
<name>Dly</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="knob" parameterID="15">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Spatial</name>
<name>Spat</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
</cell>
</page>
<page name="Page 2">
<cell>
<layer type="LED" ledStyle="spread" parameterID="2">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Width +</name>
<name>Widt</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
<!--this is the switch for shape A/B-->
<layer type="switch" switchStyle="pushIncLooped" parameterID="4"></layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="display"></layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="LED" ledStyle="singleDot" parameterID="17">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Sync Note +</name>
<name>Note</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
<!--this is the switch for sync to tempo on /off-->
<layer type="switch" switchStyle="pushIncLooped" parameterID="16"></layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="knob" parameterID="1">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Rate</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
</cell>
</page>
</representation>
</vstXML>
\endcode
*/
class IXmlRepresentationController : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Retrieves a stream containing a XmlRepresentation for a wanted representation info */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getXmlRepresentationStream (RepresentationInfo& info /*in*/,
IBStream* stream /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IXmlRepresentationController, 0xA81A0471, 0x48C34DC4, 0xAC30C9E1, 0x3C8393D5)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Defines for XML representation Tags and Attributes */
#define ROOTXML_TAG "vstXML"
#define COMMENT_TAG "comment"
#define CELL_TAG "cell"
#define CELLGROUP_TAG "cellGroup"
#define CELLGROUPTEMPLATE_TAG "cellGroupTemplate"
#define CURVE_TAG "curve"
#define CURVETEMPLATE_TAG "curveTemplate"
#define DATE_TAG "date"
#define LAYER_TAG "layer"
#define NAME_TAG "name"
#define ORIGINATOR_TAG "originator"
#define PAGE_TAG "page"
#define PAGETEMPLATE_TAG "pageTemplate"
#define PLUGIN_TAG "plugin"
#define VALUE_TAG "value"
#define VALUEDISPLAY_TAG "valueDisplay"
#define VALUELIST_TAG "valueList"
#define REPRESENTATION_TAG "representation"
#define SEGMENT_TAG "segment"
#define SEGMENTLIST_TAG "segmentList"
#define TITLEDISPLAY_TAG "titleDisplay"
#define ATTR_CATEGORY "category"
#define ATTR_CLASSID "classID"
#define ATTR_ENDPOINT "endPoint"
#define ATTR_INDEX "index"
#define ATTR_FLAGS "flags"
#define ATTR_FUNCTION "function"
#define ATTR_HOST "host"
#define ATTR_LEDSTYLE "ledStyle"
#define ATTR_LENGTH "length"
#define ATTR_LINKEDTO "linkedTo"
#define ATTR_NAME "name"
#define ATTR_ORDER "order"
#define ATTR_PAGE "page"
#define ATTR_PARAMID "parameterID"
#define ATTR_STARTPOINT "startPoint"
#define ATTR_STYLE "style"
#define ATTR_SWITCHSTYLE "switchStyle"
#define ATTR_TEMPLATE "template"
#define ATTR_TURNSPERFULLRANGE "turnsPerFullRange"
#define ATTR_TYPE "type"
#define ATTR_UNITID "unitID"
#define ATTR_VARIABLES "variables"
#define ATTR_VENDOR "vendor"
#define ATTR_VERSION "version"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Defines some predefined Representation Remote Names */
#define GENERIC "Generic"
#define GENERIC_4_CELLS "Generic 4 Cells"
#define GENERIC_8_CELLS "Generic 8 Cells"
#define GENERIC_12_CELLS "Generic 12 Cells"
#define GENERIC_24_CELLS "Generic 24 Cells"
#define GENERIC_N_CELLS "Generic %d Cells"
#define QUICK_CONTROL_8_CELLS "Quick Controls 8 Cells"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Layer Types used in a VST XML Representation */
namespace LayerType
{
enum
{
kKnob = 0, ///< a knob (encoder or not)
kPressedKnob, ///< a knob which is used by pressing and turning
kSwitchKnob, ///< knob could be pressed to simulate a switch
kSwitch, ///< a "on/off" button
kLED, ///< LED like VU-meter or display around a knob
kLink, ///< indicates that this layer is a folder linked to an another INode (page)
kDisplay, ///< only for text display (not really a control)
kFader, ///< a fader
kEndOfLayerType
};
/** FIDString variant of the LayerType */
static const FIDString layerTypeFIDString[] = {
"knob"
,"pressedKnob"
,"switchKnob"
,"switch"
,"LED"
,"link"
,"display"
,"fader"
,nullptr
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Curve Types used in a VST XML Representation */
namespace CurveType
{
const CString kSegment = "segment"; ///<
const CString kValueList = "valueList"; ///<
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Attributes used to defined a Layer in a VST XML Representation */
namespace Attributes
{
const CString kStyle = ATTR_STYLE; ///< string attribute : See AttributesStyle for available string value
const CString kLEDStyle = ATTR_LEDSTYLE; ///< string attribute : See AttributesStyle for available string value
const CString kSwitchStyle = ATTR_SWITCHSTYLE; ///< string attribute : See AttributesStyle for available string value
const CString kKnobTurnsPerFullRange = ATTR_TURNSPERFULLRANGE; ///< float attribute
const CString kFunction = ATTR_FUNCTION; ///< string attribute : See AttributesFunction for available string value
const CString kFlags = ATTR_FLAGS; ///< string attribute : See AttributesFlags for available string value
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Attributes Function used to defined the function of a Layer in a VST XML Representation */
namespace AttributesFunction
{
/// Global Style
const CString kPanPosCenterXFunc = "PanPosCenterX"; ///< Gravity point X-axis (L-R) (for stereo: middle between left and right)
const CString kPanPosCenterYFunc = "PanPosCenterY"; ///< Gravity point Y-axis (Front-Rear)
const CString kPanPosFrontLeftXFunc = "PanPosFrontLeftX"; ///< Left channel Position in X-axis
const CString kPanPosFrontLeftYFunc = "PanPosFrontLeftY"; ///< Left channel Position in Y-axis
const CString kPanPosFrontRightXFunc = "PanPosFrontRightX"; ///< Right channel Position in X-axis
const CString kPanPosFrontRightYFunc = "PanPosFrontRightY"; ///< Right channel Position in Y-axis
const CString kPanRotationFunc = "PanRotation"; ///< Rotation around the Center (gravity point)
const CString kPanLawFunc = "PanLaw"; ///< Panning Law
const CString kPanMirrorModeFunc = "PanMirrorMode"; ///< Panning Mirror Mode
const CString kPanLfeGainFunc = "PanLfeGain"; ///< Panning LFE Gain
const CString kGainReductionFunc = "GainReduction"; ///< Gain Reduction for compressor
const CString kSoloFunc = "Solo"; ///< Solo
const CString kMuteFunc = "Mute"; ///< Mute
const CString kVolumeFunc = "Volume"; ///< Volume
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Attributes Style associated a specific Layer Type in a VST XML Representation */
namespace AttributesStyle
{
/// Global Style
const CString kInverseStyle = "inverse"; ///< the associated layer should use the inverse value of parameter (1 - x).
/// LED Style
const CString kLEDWrapLeftStyle = "wrapLeft"; ///< |======>----- (the default one if not specified)
const CString kLEDWrapRightStyle = "wrapRight"; ///< -------<====|
const CString kLEDSpreadStyle = "spread"; ///< ---<==|==>---
const CString kLEDBoostCutStyle = "boostCut"; ///< ------|===>--
const CString kLEDSingleDotStyle = "singleDot"; ///< --------|----
/// Switch Style
const CString kSwitchPushStyle = "push"; ///< Apply only when pressed, unpressed will reset the value to min.
const CString kSwitchPushIncLoopedStyle = "pushIncLooped"; ///< Push will increment the value. When the max is reached it will restart with min.
///< The default one if not specified (with 2 states values it is a OnOff switch).
const CString kSwitchPushDecLoopedStyle = "pushDecLooped"; ///< Push will decrement the value. When the min is reached it will restart with max.
const CString kSwitchPushIncStyle = "pushInc"; ///< Increment after each press (delta depends of the curve).
const CString kSwitchPushDecStyle = "pushDec"; ///< Decrement after each press (delta depends of the curve).
const CString kSwitchLatchStyle = "latch"; ///< Each push-release will change the value between min and max.
///< A timeout between push and release could be used to simulate a push style (if timeout is reached).
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Attributes Flags defining a Layer in a VST XML Representation */
namespace AttributesFlags
{
const CString kHideableFlag = "hideable"; ///< the associated layer marked as hideable allows a remote to hide or make it not usable a parameter when the associated value is inactive
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Flags : clang-format SMTGSequencer
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Validator
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/testsuite/iplugprovider.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2005
// Description : VST Test Suite
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2020, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/istringresult.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstcomponent.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivsteditcontroller.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Test Helper.
* \ingroup TestClass
*
* This class provides access to the component and the controller of a plug-in when running a unit
* test (see ITest).
* You get this interface as the context argument in the ITestFactory::createTests method.
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class ITestPlugProvider : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** get the component of the plug-in.
*
* The reference count of the component is increased in this function and you need to call
* releasePlugIn when done with the component.
*/
virtual IComponent* PLUGIN_API getComponent () = 0;
/** get the controller of the plug-in.
*
* The reference count of the controller is increased in this function and you need to call
* releasePlugIn when done with the controller.
*/
virtual IEditController* PLUGIN_API getController () = 0;
/** release the component and/or controller */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API releasePlugIn (IComponent* component,
IEditController* controller) = 0;
/** get the sub categories of the plug-in */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getSubCategories (IStringResult& result) const = 0;
/** get the component UID of the plug-in */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getComponentUID (FUID& uid) const = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITestPlugProvider, 0x86BE70EE, 0x4E99430F, 0x978F1E6E, 0xD68FB5BA)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Test Helper extension.
* \ingroup TestClass
*/
class ITestPlugProvider2 : public ITestPlugProvider
{
public:
/** get the plugin factory.
*
* The reference count of the returned factory object is not increased when calling this
* function.
*/
virtual IPluginFactory* PLUGIN_API getPluginFactory () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITestPlugProvider2, 0xC7C75364, 0x7B8343AC, 0xA4495B0A, 0x3E5A46C7)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // Vst
} // Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstunits.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 2005
// Description : VST Units Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class IBStream;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Special UnitIDs for UnitInfo */
static const UnitID kRootUnitId = 0; ///< identifier for the top level unit (root)
static const UnitID kNoParentUnitId = -1; ///< used for the root unit which does not have a parent.
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Special ProgramListIDs for UnitInfo */
static const ProgramListID kNoProgramListId = -1; ///< no programs are used in the unit.
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic Unit Description.
\see IUnitInfo
*/
struct UnitInfo
{
UnitID id; ///< unit identifier
UnitID parentUnitId; ///< identifier of parent unit (kNoParentUnitId: does not apply, this unit is the root)
String128 name; ///< name, optional for the root component, required otherwise
ProgramListID programListId; ///< id of program list used in unit (kNoProgramListId = no programs used in this unit)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic Program List Description.
\see IUnitInfo
*/
struct ProgramListInfo
{
ProgramListID id; ///< program list identifier
String128 name; ///< name of program list
int32 programCount; ///< number of programs in this list
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Special programIndex value for IUnitHandler::notifyProgramListChange */
static const int32 kAllProgramInvalid = -1; ///< all program information is invalid
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host callback for unit support: Vst::IUnitHandler
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [optional]
Host callback interface, used with IUnitInfo.
Retrieve via queryInterface from IComponentHandler.
\see \ref vst3Units, IUnitInfo
*/
class IUnitHandler : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Notify host when a module is selected in plug-in GUI. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API notifyUnitSelection (UnitID unitId) = 0;
/** Tell host that the plug-in controller changed a program list (rename, load, PitchName changes).
\param listId is the specified program list ID to inform.
\param programIndex : when kAllProgramInvalid, all program information is invalid, otherwise only the program of given index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API notifyProgramListChange (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUnitHandler, 0x4B5147F8, 0x4654486B, 0x8DAB30BA, 0x163A3C56)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host callback for extended unit support: Vst::IUnitHandler2
\ingroup vstIHost vst365
- [host imp]
- [extends IUnitHandler]
- [released: 3.6.5]
- [optional]
Host callback interface, used with IUnitInfo.
Retrieve via queryInterface from IComponentHandler.
The plug-in has the possibility to inform the host with notifyUnitByBusChange that something has
changed in the bus - unit assignment, the host then has to recall IUnitInfo::getUnitByBus in order
to get the new relations between busses and unit.
\see \ref vst3Units, IUnitHandler
*/
class IUnitHandler2 : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Tell host that assignment Unit-Bus defined by IUnitInfo::getUnitByBus has changed. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API notifyUnitByBusChange () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUnitHandler2, 0xF89F8CDF, 0x699E4BA5, 0x96AAC9A4, 0x81452B01)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Edit controller extension to describe the plug-in structure: Vst::IUnitInfo
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [optional]
IUnitInfo describes the internal structure of the plug-in.
- The root unit is the component itself, so getUnitCount must return 1 at least.
- The root unit id has to be 0 (kRootUnitId).
- Each unit can reference one program list - this reference must not change.
- Each unit, using a program list, references one program of the list.
\see \ref vst3Units, IUnitHandler
*/
class IUnitInfo : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the flat count of units. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getUnitCount () = 0;
/** Gets UnitInfo for a given index in the flat list of unit. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getUnitInfo (int32 unitIndex, UnitInfo& info /*out*/) = 0;
/** Component intern program structure. */
/** Gets the count of Program List. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getProgramListCount () = 0;
/** Gets for a given index the Program List Info. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramListInfo (int32 listIndex, ProgramListInfo& info /*out*/) = 0;
/** Gets for a given program list ID and program index its program name. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramName (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex, String128 name /*out*/) = 0;
/** Gets for a given program list ID, program index and attributeId the associated attribute value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramInfo (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
CString attributeId /*in*/, String128 attributeValue /*out*/) = 0;
/** Returns kResultTrue if the given program index of a given program list ID supports PitchNames. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API hasProgramPitchNames (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex) = 0;
/** Gets the PitchName for a given program list ID, program index and pitch.
If PitchNames are changed the plug-in should inform the host with IUnitHandler::notifyProgramListChange. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramPitchName (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
int16 midiPitch, String128 name /*out*/) = 0;
// units selection --------------------
/** Gets the current selected unit. */
virtual UnitID PLUGIN_API getSelectedUnit () = 0;
/** Sets a new selected unit. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API selectUnit (UnitID unitId) = 0;
/** Gets the according unit if there is an unambiguous relation between a channel or a bus and a unit.
This method mainly is intended to find out which unit is related to a given MIDI input channel. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getUnitByBus (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 busIndex,
int32 channel, UnitID& unitId /*out*/) = 0;
/** Receives a preset data stream.
- If the component supports program list data (IProgramListData), the destination of the data
stream is the program specified by list-Id and program index (first and second parameter)
- If the component supports unit data (IUnitData), the destination is the unit specified by the first
parameter - in this case parameter programIndex is < 0). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setUnitProgramData (int32 listOrUnitId, int32 programIndex, IBStream* data) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUnitInfo, 0x3D4BD6B5, 0x913A4FD2, 0xA886E768, 0xA5EB92C1)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Component extension to access program list data: Vst::IProgramListData
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [extends IComponent]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [optional]
A component can support program list data via this interface or/and
unit preset data (IUnitData).
\see IUnitData, \ref vst3MultitimbralPrograms
*/
class IProgramListData : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns kResultTrue if the given Program List ID supports Program Data. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API programDataSupported (ProgramListID listId) = 0;
/** Gets for a given program list ID and program index the program Data. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramData (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex, IBStream* data) = 0;
/** Sets for a given program list ID and program index a program Data. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setProgramData (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex, IBStream* data) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IProgramListData, 0x8683B01F, 0x7B354F70, 0xA2651DEC, 0x353AF4FF)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Component extension to access unit data: Vst::IUnitData
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [extends IComponent]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [optional]
A component can support unit preset data via this interface or
program list data (IProgramListData).
\see \ref vst3ProgramLists
*/
class IUnitData : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns kResultTrue if the specified unit supports export and import of preset data. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API unitDataSupported (UnitID unitID) = 0;
/** Gets the preset data for the specified unit. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getUnitData (UnitID unitId, IBStream* data) = 0;
/** Sets the preset data for the specified unit. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setUnitData (UnitID unitId, IBStream* data) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUnitData, 0x6C389611, 0xD391455D, 0xB870B833, 0x94A0EFDD)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/vstpshpack4.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 05/2010
// Description : This file turns 4 Bytes packing of structures on. The file
// pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h is the complement to this file.
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined __BORLANDC__
#pragma -a4
#else
#if (_MSC_VER >= 800 && !defined(_M_I86)) || defined(_PUSHPOP_SUPPORTED)
#pragma warning(disable:4103)
#endif
#pragma pack(push)
#pragma pack(4)
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,997 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/vstspeaker.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2018
// Description : common defines
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup speakerArrangements Speaker Arrangements
\image html "vst3_speaker_types.jpg"
\n
A SpeakerArrangement is a bitset combination of speakers. For example:
\code
const SpeakerArrangement kStereo = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR; // => hex: 0x03 / binary: 0011.
\endcode
\see IAudioProcessor::getBusArrangement () and IAudioProcessor::setBusArrangements ()
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Speaker Definitions.
\ingroup speakerArrangements */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**@{*/
const Speaker kSpeakerL = 1 << 0; ///< Left (L)
const Speaker kSpeakerR = 1 << 1; ///< Right (R)
const Speaker kSpeakerC = 1 << 2; ///< Center (C)
const Speaker kSpeakerLfe = 1 << 3; ///< Subbass (Lfe)
const Speaker kSpeakerLs = 1 << 4; ///< Left Surround (Ls)
const Speaker kSpeakerRs = 1 << 5; ///< Right Surround (Rs)
const Speaker kSpeakerLc = 1 << 6; ///< Left of Center (Lc) - Front Left Center
const Speaker kSpeakerRc = 1 << 7; ///< Right of Center (Rc) - Front Right Center
const Speaker kSpeakerS = 1 << 8; ///< Surround (S)
const Speaker kSpeakerCs = kSpeakerS; ///< Center of Surround (Cs) - Back Center - Surround (S)
const Speaker kSpeakerSl = 1 << 9; ///< Side Left (Sl)
const Speaker kSpeakerSr = 1 << 10; ///< Side Right (Sr)
const Speaker kSpeakerTc = 1 << 11; ///< Top Center Over-head, Top Middle (Tc)
const Speaker kSpeakerTfl = 1 << 12; ///< Top Front Left (Tfl)
const Speaker kSpeakerTfc = 1 << 13; ///< Top Front Center (Tfc)
const Speaker kSpeakerTfr = 1 << 14; ///< Top Front Right (Tfr)
const Speaker kSpeakerTrl = 1 << 15; ///< Top Rear/Back Left (Trl)
const Speaker kSpeakerTrc = 1 << 16; ///< Top Rear/Back Center (Trc)
const Speaker kSpeakerTrr = 1 << 17; ///< Top Rear/Back Right (Trr)
const Speaker kSpeakerLfe2 = 1 << 18; ///< Subbass 2 (Lfe2)
const Speaker kSpeakerM = 1 << 19; ///< Mono (M)
const Speaker kSpeakerACN0 = (Speaker)1 << 20; ///< Ambisonic ACN 0
const Speaker kSpeakerACN1 = (Speaker)1 << 21; ///< Ambisonic ACN 1
const Speaker kSpeakerACN2 = (Speaker)1 << 22; ///< Ambisonic ACN 2
const Speaker kSpeakerACN3 = (Speaker)1 << 23; ///< Ambisonic ACN 3
const Speaker kSpeakerACN4 = (Speaker)1 << 38; ///< Ambisonic ACN 4
const Speaker kSpeakerACN5 = (Speaker)1 << 39; ///< Ambisonic ACN 5
const Speaker kSpeakerACN6 = (Speaker)1 << 40; ///< Ambisonic ACN 6
const Speaker kSpeakerACN7 = (Speaker)1 << 41; ///< Ambisonic ACN 7
const Speaker kSpeakerACN8 = (Speaker)1 << 42; ///< Ambisonic ACN 8
const Speaker kSpeakerACN9 = (Speaker)1 << 43; ///< Ambisonic ACN 9
const Speaker kSpeakerACN10 = (Speaker)1 << 44; ///< Ambisonic ACN 10
const Speaker kSpeakerACN11 = (Speaker)1 << 45; ///< Ambisonic ACN 11
const Speaker kSpeakerACN12 = (Speaker)1 << 46; ///< Ambisonic ACN 12
const Speaker kSpeakerACN13 = (Speaker)1 << 47; ///< Ambisonic ACN 13
const Speaker kSpeakerACN14 = (Speaker)1 << 48; ///< Ambisonic ACN 14
const Speaker kSpeakerACN15 = (Speaker)1 << 49; ///< Ambisonic ACN 15
const Speaker kSpeakerTsl = (Speaker)1 << 24; ///< Top Side Left (Tsl)
const Speaker kSpeakerTsr = (Speaker)1 << 25; ///< Top Side Right (Tsr)
const Speaker kSpeakerLcs = (Speaker)1 << 26; ///< Left of Center Surround (Lcs) - Back Left Center
const Speaker kSpeakerRcs = (Speaker)1 << 27; ///< Right of Center Surround (Rcs) - Back Right Center
const Speaker kSpeakerBfl = (Speaker)1 << 28; ///< Bottom Front Left (Bfl)
const Speaker kSpeakerBfc = (Speaker)1 << 29; ///< Bottom Front Center (Bfc)
const Speaker kSpeakerBfr = (Speaker)1 << 30; ///< Bottom Front Right (Bfr)
const Speaker kSpeakerPl = (Speaker)1 << 31; ///< Proximity Left (Pl)
const Speaker kSpeakerPr = (Speaker)1 << 32; ///< Proximity Right (Pr)
const Speaker kSpeakerBsl = (Speaker)1 << 33; ///< Bottom Side Left (Bsl)
const Speaker kSpeakerBsr = (Speaker)1 << 34; ///< Bottom Side Right (Bsr)
const Speaker kSpeakerBrl = (Speaker)1 << 35; ///< Bottom Rear Left (Brl)
const Speaker kSpeakerBrc = (Speaker)1 << 36; ///< Bottom Rear Center (Brc)
const Speaker kSpeakerBrr = (Speaker)1 << 37; ///< Bottom Rear Right (Brr)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Speaker Arrangement Definitions (SpeakerArrangement) */
namespace SpeakerArr
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Speaker Arrangement Definitions.
\ingroup speakerArrangements */
/*@{*/
const SpeakerArrangement kEmpty = 0; ///< empty arrangement
const SpeakerArrangement kMono = kSpeakerM; ///< M
const SpeakerArrangement kStereo = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR; ///< L R
const SpeakerArrangement kStereoSurround = kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs; ///< Ls Rs
const SpeakerArrangement kStereoCenter = kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc; ///< Lc Rc
const SpeakerArrangement kStereoSide = kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr; ///< Sl Sr
const SpeakerArrangement kStereoCLfe = kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe; ///< C Lfe
const SpeakerArrangement kStereoTF = kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr; ///< Tfl Tfr
const SpeakerArrangement kStereoTS = kSpeakerTsl | kSpeakerTsr; ///< Tsl Tsr
const SpeakerArrangement kStereoTR = kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr; ///< Trl Trr
const SpeakerArrangement kStereoBF = kSpeakerBfl | kSpeakerBfr; ///< Bfl Bfr
const SpeakerArrangement kCineFront = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc; ///< L R C Lc Rc
/** L R C */
const SpeakerArrangement k30Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC;
/** L R C Lfe */
const SpeakerArrangement k31Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe;
/** L R S */
const SpeakerArrangement k30Music = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerCs;
/** L R Lfe S */
const SpeakerArrangement k31Music = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerCs;
/** L R C S (LCRS) */
const SpeakerArrangement k40Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerCs;
/** L R C Lfe S (LCRS+Lfe) */
const SpeakerArrangement k41Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerCs;
/** L R Ls Rs (Quadro) */
const SpeakerArrangement k40Music = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs;
/** L R Lfe Ls Rs (Quadro+Lfe) */
const SpeakerArrangement k41Music = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs;
/** L R C Ls Rs */
const SpeakerArrangement k50 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs */
const SpeakerArrangement k51 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs;
/** L R C Ls Rs Cs */
const SpeakerArrangement k60Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerCs;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Cs */
const SpeakerArrangement k61Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerCs;
/** L R Ls Rs Sl Sr */
const SpeakerArrangement k60Music = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr;
/** L R Lfe Ls Rs Sl Sr */
const SpeakerArrangement k61Music = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr;
/** L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc */
const SpeakerArrangement k70Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc */
const SpeakerArrangement k71Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc;
const SpeakerArrangement k71CineFullFront = k71Cine;
/** L R C Ls Rs Sl Sr */
const SpeakerArrangement k70Music = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Sl Sr */
const SpeakerArrangement k71Music = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lcs Rcs */
const SpeakerArrangement k71CineFullRear = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLcs | kSpeakerRcs;
const SpeakerArrangement k71CineSideFill = k71Music;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Pl Pr */
const SpeakerArrangement k71Proximity = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerPl | kSpeakerPr;
/** L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs */
const SpeakerArrangement k80Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc | kSpeakerCs;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs */
const SpeakerArrangement k81Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc | kSpeakerCs;
/** L R C Ls Rs Cs Sl Sr */
const SpeakerArrangement k80Music = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerCs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Cs Sl Sr */
const SpeakerArrangement k81Music = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerCs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr;
/** L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr */
const SpeakerArrangement k90Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc |
kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr */
const SpeakerArrangement k91Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc |
kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr;
/** L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs Sl Sr */
const SpeakerArrangement k100Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc | kSpeakerCs |
kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs Sl Sr */
const SpeakerArrangement k101Cine = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc | kSpeakerCs |
kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr;
/** First-Order with Ambisonic Channel Number (ACN) ordering and SN3D normalization */
const SpeakerArrangement kAmbi1stOrderACN = kSpeakerACN0 | kSpeakerACN1 | kSpeakerACN2 | kSpeakerACN3;
/** Second-Order with Ambisonic Channel Number (ACN) ordering and SN3D normalization */
const SpeakerArrangement kAmbi2cdOrderACN = kAmbi1stOrderACN | kSpeakerACN4 | kSpeakerACN5 | kSpeakerACN6 | kSpeakerACN7 | kSpeakerACN8;
/** Third-Order with Ambisonic Channel Number (ACN) ordering and SN3D normalization */
const SpeakerArrangement kAmbi3rdOrderACN = kAmbi2cdOrderACN | kSpeakerACN9 | kSpeakerACN10 | kSpeakerACN11 | kSpeakerACN12 | kSpeakerACN13 | kSpeakerACN14 | kSpeakerACN15;
/*-----------*/
/* 3D formats */
/*-----------*/
/** L R Ls Rs Tfl Tfr Trl Trr */ // 4.0.4
const SpeakerArrangement k80Cube = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerTfl| kSpeakerTfr| kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Cs Tc */ // 6.1.1
const SpeakerArrangement k71CineTopCenter = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerCs | kSpeakerTc;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Cs Tfc */ // 6.1.1
const SpeakerArrangement k71CineCenterHigh = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerCs | kSpeakerTfc;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Tfl Tfr */ // 5.1.2
const SpeakerArrangement k71CineFrontHigh = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr;
const SpeakerArrangement k71MPEG3D = k71CineFrontHigh;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Tsl Tsr */ // 5.1.2
const SpeakerArrangement k71CineSideHigh = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerTsl | kSpeakerTsr;
/** L R Lfe Ls Rs Tfl Tfc Tfr Bfc */ // 4.1.4
const SpeakerArrangement k81MPEG3D = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs |
kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfc | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerBfc;
/** L R C Ls Rs Tfl Tfr Trl Trr */ // 5.0.4
const SpeakerArrangement k90 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs |
kSpeakerTfl| kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
const SpeakerArrangement k50_4 = k90;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Tfl Tfr Trl Trr */ // 5.1.4
const SpeakerArrangement k91 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs |
kSpeakerTfl| kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
const SpeakerArrangement k51_4 = k91;
/** L R C Ls Rs Sl Sr Tsl Tsr */ // 7.0.2
const SpeakerArrangement k70_2 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs |
kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr | kSpeakerTsl | kSpeakerTsr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Sl Sr Tsl Tsr */ // 7.1.2
const SpeakerArrangement k71_2 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs |
kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr | kSpeakerTsl | kSpeakerTsr;
const SpeakerArrangement k91Atmos = k71_2; // 9.1 Dolby Atmos (3D)
/** L R C Ls Rs Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr */ // 7.0.4
const SpeakerArrangement k70_4 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr */ // 7.1.4
const SpeakerArrangement k71_4 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
const SpeakerArrangement k111MPEG3D = k71_4;
/** L R C Ls Rs Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr Tsl Tsr */ // 7.0.6
const SpeakerArrangement k70_6 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC |
kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr | kSpeakerTsl | kSpeakerTsr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr Tsl Tsr */ // 7.1.6
const SpeakerArrangement k71_6 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe |
kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr | kSpeakerTsl | kSpeakerTsr;
/** L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr */ // 9.0.4
const SpeakerArrangement k90_4 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC |
kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr */ // 9.1.4
const SpeakerArrangement k91_4 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe |
kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr Tsl Tsr */ // 9.0.6
const SpeakerArrangement k90_6 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC |
kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr | kSpeakerTsl | kSpeakerTsr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr Tsl Tsr */ // 9.1.6
const SpeakerArrangement k91_6 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe |
kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr | kSpeakerTsl | kSpeakerTsr;
/** L R C Ls Rs Tc Tfl Tfr Trl Trr */ // 5.0.5
const SpeakerArrangement k100 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs |
kSpeakerTc | kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Tc Tfl Tfr Trl Trr */ // 5.1.5
const SpeakerArrangement k101 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs |
kSpeakerTc | kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
const SpeakerArrangement k101MPEG3D = k101;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr Lfe2 */ // 5.2.5
const SpeakerArrangement k102 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs |
kSpeakerTfl| kSpeakerTfc | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr | kSpeakerLfe2;
/** L R C Ls Rs Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr */ // 5.0.6
const SpeakerArrangement k110 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs |
kSpeakerTc | kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfc | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr */ // 5.1.6
const SpeakerArrangement k111 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs |
kSpeakerTc | kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfc | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr Lfe2 */ // 7.2.5
const SpeakerArrangement k122 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc |
kSpeakerTfl| kSpeakerTfc | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr | kSpeakerLfe2;
/** L R C Ls Rs Sl Sr Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr */ // 7.0.6
const SpeakerArrangement k130 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTc | kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfc | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Sl Sr Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr */ // 7.1.6
const SpeakerArrangement k131 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTc | kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfc | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr;
/** L R Ls Rs Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr Bfl Bfr Brl Brr */ // 6.0.4.4
const SpeakerArrangement k140 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrr |
kSpeakerBfl | kSpeakerBfr | kSpeakerBrl | kSpeakerBrr;
/** L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs Sl Sr Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trc Trr Tsl Tsr Bfl Bfc Bfr */ // 10.0.9.3
const SpeakerArrangement k220 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc | kSpeakerCs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTc | kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfc | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrc | kSpeakerTrr | kSpeakerTsl | kSpeakerTsr |
kSpeakerBfl| kSpeakerBfc | kSpeakerBfr;
/** L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs Sl Sr Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trc Trr Lfe2 Tsl Tsr Bfl Bfc Bfr */ // 10.2.9.3
const SpeakerArrangement k222 = kSpeakerL | kSpeakerR | kSpeakerC | kSpeakerLfe | kSpeakerLs | kSpeakerRs | kSpeakerLc | kSpeakerRc | kSpeakerCs | kSpeakerSl | kSpeakerSr |
kSpeakerTc | kSpeakerTfl | kSpeakerTfc | kSpeakerTfr | kSpeakerTrl | kSpeakerTrc | kSpeakerTrr | kSpeakerLfe2 | kSpeakerTsl | kSpeakerTsr |
kSpeakerBfl| kSpeakerBfc | kSpeakerBfr;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Speaker Arrangement String Representation.
\ingroup speakerArrangements */
/*@{*/
const CString kStringEmpty = "";
const CString kStringMono = "Mono";
const CString kStringStereo = "Stereo";
const CString kStringStereoR = "Stereo (Ls Rs)";
const CString kStringStereoC = "Stereo (Lc Rc)";
const CString kStringStereoSide = "Stereo (Sl Sr)";
const CString kStringStereoCLfe = "Stereo (C LFE)";
const CString kStringStereoTF = "Stereo (Tfl Tfr)";
const CString kStringStereoTS = "Stereo (Tsl Tsr)";
const CString kStringStereoTR = "Stereo (Trl Trr)";
const CString kStringStereoBF = "Stereo (Bfl Bfr)";
const CString kStringCineFront = "Cine Front";
const CString kString30Cine = "LRC";
const CString kString30Music = "LRS";
const CString kString31Cine = "LRC+LFE";
const CString kString31Music = "LRS+LFE";
const CString kString40Cine = "LRCS";
const CString kString40Music = "Quadro";
const CString kString41Cine = "LRCS+LFE";
const CString kString41Music = "Quadro+LFE";
const CString kString50 = "5.0";
const CString kString51 = "5.1";
const CString kString60Cine = "6.0 Cine";
const CString kString60Music = "6.0 Music";
const CString kString61Cine = "6.1 Cine";
const CString kString61Music = "6.1 Music";
const CString kString70Cine = "7.0 SDDS";
const CString kString70CineOld = "7.0 Cine (SDDS)";
const CString kString70Music = "7.0";
const CString kString70MusicOld = "7.0 Music (Dolby)";
const CString kString71Cine = "7.1 SDDS";
const CString kString71CineOld = "7.1 Cine (SDDS)";
const CString kString71Music = "7.1";
const CString kString71MusicOld = "7.1 Music (Dolby)";
const CString kString71CineTopCenter = "7.1 Cine Top Center";
const CString kString71CineCenterHigh = "7.1 Cine Center High";
const CString kString71CineFrontHigh = "7.1 Cine Front High";
const CString kString71CineSideHigh = "7.1 Cine Side High";
const CString kString71CineFullRear = "7.1 Cine Full Rear";
const CString kString71Proximity = "7.1 Proximity";
const CString kString80Cine = "8.0 Cine";
const CString kString80Music = "8.0 Music";
const CString kString80Cube = "8.0 Cube";
const CString kString81Cine = "8.1 Cine";
const CString kString81Music = "8.1 Music";
const CString kString90Cine = "9.0 Cine";
const CString kString91Cine = "9.1 Cine";
const CString kString100Cine = "10.0 Cine";
const CString kString101Cine = "10.1 Cine";
const CString kString102 = "10.2 Experimental";
const CString kString122 = "12.2";
const CString kString50_4 = "5.0.4";
const CString kString51_4 = "5.1.4";
const CString kString70_2 = "7.0.2";
const CString kString71_2 = "7.1.2";
const CString kString70_4 = "7.0.4";
const CString kString71_4 = "7.1.4";
const CString kString70_6 = "7.0.6";
const CString kString71_6 = "7.1.6";
const CString kString90_4 = "9.0.4";
const CString kString91_4 = "9.1.4";
const CString kString90_6 = "9.0.6";
const CString kString91_6 = "9.1.6";
const CString kString100 = "10.0 Auro-3D";
const CString kString101 = "10.1 Auro-3D";
const CString kString110 = "11.0 Auro-3D";
const CString kString111 = "11.1 Auro-3D";
const CString kString130 = "13.0 Auro-3D";
const CString kString131 = "13.1 Auro-3D";
const CString kString81MPEG = "8.1 MPEG";
const CString kString140 = "14.0";
const CString kString222 = "22.2";
const CString kString220 = "22.0";
const CString kStringAmbi1stOrder = "1st Order Ambisonics";
const CString kStringAmbi2cdOrder = "2nd Order Ambisonics";
const CString kStringAmbi3rdOrder = "3rd Order Ambisonics";
/*@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Speaker Arrangement String Representation with Speakers Name.
\ingroup speakerArrangements */
/*@{*/
const CString kStringMonoS = "M";
const CString kStringStereoS = "L R";
const CString kStringStereoRS = "Ls Rs";
const CString kStringStereoCS = "Lc Rc";
const CString kStringStereoSS = "Sl Sr";
const CString kStringStereoCLfeS= "C LFE";
const CString kStringStereoTFS = "Tfl Tfr";
const CString kStringStereoTSS = "Tsl Tsr";
const CString kStringStereoTRS = "Trl Trr";
const CString kStringStereoBFS = "Bfl Bfr";
const CString kStringCineFrontS = "L R C Lc Rc";
const CString kString30CineS = "L R C";
const CString kString30MusicS = "L R S";
const CString kString31CineS = "L R C LFE";
const CString kString31MusicS = "L R LFE S";
const CString kString40CineS = "L R C S";
const CString kString40MusicS = "L R Ls Rs";
const CString kString41CineS = "L R C LFE S";
const CString kString41MusicS = "L R LFE Ls Rs";
const CString kString50S = "L R C Ls Rs";
const CString kString51S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs";
const CString kString60CineS = "L R C Ls Rs Cs";
const CString kString60MusicS = "L R Ls Rs Sl Sr";
const CString kString61CineS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Cs";
const CString kString61MusicS = "L R LFE Ls Rs Sl Sr";
const CString kString70CineS = "L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc";
const CString kString70MusicS = "L R C Ls Rs Sl Sr";
const CString kString71CineS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Lc Rc";
const CString kString71MusicS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Sl Sr";
const CString kString80CineS = "L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs";
const CString kString80MusicS = "L R C Ls Rs Cs Sl Sr";
const CString kString81CineS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs";
const CString kString81MusicS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Cs Sl Sr";
const CString kString80CubeS = "L R Ls Rs Tfl Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString71CineTopCenterS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Cs Tc";
const CString kString71CineCenterHighS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Cs Tfc";
const CString kString71CineFrontHighS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Tfl Tfl";
const CString kString71CineSideHighS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Tsl Tsl";
const CString kString71CineFullRearS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Lcs Rcs";
const CString kString71ProximityS = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Pl Pr";
const CString kString90CineS = "L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr";
const CString kString91CineS = "L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr";
const CString kString100CineS = "L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs Sl Sr";
const CString kString101CineS = "L R C Lfe Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs Sl Sr";
const CString kString50_4S = "L R C Ls Rs Tfl Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString51_4S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Tfl Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString70_2S = "L R C Ls Rs Sl Sr Tsl Tsr";
const CString kString71_2S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Sl Sr Tsl Tsr";
const CString kString70_4S = "L R C Ls Rs Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString71_4S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString70_6S = "L R C Ls Rs Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr Tsl Tsr";
const CString kString71_6S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr Tsl Tsr";
const CString kString90_4S = "L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString91_4S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString90_6S = "L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr Tsl Tsr";
const CString kString91_6S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Lc Rc Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr Tsl Tsr";
const CString kString100S = "L R C Ls Rs Tc Tfl Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString101S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Tc Tfl Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString110S = "L R C Ls Rs Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString111S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString130S = "L R C Ls Rs Sl Sr Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString131S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Sl Sr Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr";
const CString kString102S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr LFE2";
const CString kString122S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Lc Rc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trr LFE2";
const CString kString81MPEGS = "L R LFE Ls Rs Tfl Tfc Tfr Bfc";
const CString kString140S = "L R Ls Rs Sl Sr Tfl Tfr Trl Trr Bfl Bfr Brl Brr";
const CString kString222S = "L R C LFE Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs Sl Sr Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trc Trr LFE2 Tsl Tsr Bfl Bfc Bfr";
const CString kString220S = "L R C Ls Rs Lc Rc Cs Sl Sr Tc Tfl Tfc Tfr Trl Trc Trr Tsl Tsr Bfl Bfc Bfr";
const CString kStringAmbi1stOrderS = "0 1 2 3";
const CString kStringAmbi2cdOrderS = "0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8";
const CString kStringAmbi3rdOrderS = "0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15";
/*@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns number of channels used in speaker arrangement.
\ingroup speakerArrangements */
/*@{*/
inline int32 getChannelCount (SpeakerArrangement arr)
{
int32 count = 0;
while (arr)
{
if (arr & (SpeakerArrangement)1)
++count;
arr >>= 1;
}
return count;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the index of a given speaker in a speaker arrangement (-1 if speaker is not part of the
* arrangement). */
inline int32 getSpeakerIndex (Speaker speaker, SpeakerArrangement arrangement)
{
// check if speaker is present in arrangement
if ((arrangement & speaker) == 0)
return -1;
int32 result = 0;
Speaker i = 1;
while (i < speaker)
{
if (arrangement & i)
result++;
i <<= 1;
}
return result;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the speaker for a given index in a speaker arrangement (return 0 when out of range). */
inline Speaker getSpeaker (const SpeakerArrangement& arr, int32 index)
{
SpeakerArrangement arrTmp = arr;
int32 index2 = -1;
int32 pos = -1;
while (arrTmp)
{
if (arrTmp & 0x1)
index2++;
pos++;
if (index2 == index)
return (Speaker)1 << pos;
arrTmp = arrTmp >> 1;
}
return 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns true if arrSubSet is a subset speaker of arr (means each speaker of arrSubSet is
* included in arr). */
inline bool isSubsetOf (const SpeakerArrangement& arrSubSet, const SpeakerArrangement& arr)
{
return (arrSubSet == (arrSubSet & arr));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns true if arrangement is a Auro configuration. */
inline bool isAuro (const SpeakerArrangement& arr)
{
if (arr == k90 || arr == k91 || arr == k100 || arr == k101 || arr == k110 || arr == k111 ||
arr == k130 || arr == k131)
{
return true;
}
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns true if arrangement contains top (upper layer) speakers */
inline bool hasTopSpeakers (const SpeakerArrangement& arr)
{
if (arr & kSpeakerTc || arr & kSpeakerTfl || arr & kSpeakerTfc || arr & kSpeakerTfr ||
arr & kSpeakerTrl || arr & kSpeakerTrc || arr & kSpeakerTrr || arr & kSpeakerTsl ||
arr & kSpeakerTsr)
return true;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns true if arrangement contains bottom (lower layer) speakers */
inline bool hasBottomSpeakers (const SpeakerArrangement& arr)
{
if (arr & kSpeakerBfl || arr & kSpeakerBfc || arr & kSpeakerBfl || arr & kSpeakerBfc ||
arr & kSpeakerBfr)
return true;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns true if arrangement contains middle layer (at ears level) speakers */
inline bool hasMiddleSpeakers (const SpeakerArrangement& arr)
{
if (arr & kSpeakerL || arr & kSpeakerR || arr & kSpeakerC || arr & kSpeakerLs ||
arr & kSpeakerRs || arr & kSpeakerLc || arr & kSpeakerRc || arr & kSpeakerCs ||
arr & kSpeakerSl || arr & kSpeakerSr || arr & kSpeakerM || arr & kSpeakerPl ||
arr & kSpeakerPr || arr & kSpeakerLcs || arr & kSpeakerRcs)
return true;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns true if arrangement contains LFE speakers */
inline bool hasLfe (const SpeakerArrangement& arr)
{
if (arr & kSpeakerLfe || arr & kSpeakerLfe2)
return true;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns true if arrangement is a 3D configuration ((top or bottom) and middle) */
inline bool is3D (const SpeakerArrangement& arr)
{
bool top = hasTopSpeakers (arr);
bool bottom = hasBottomSpeakers (arr);
bool middle = hasMiddleSpeakers (arr);
if (((top || bottom) && middle) || (top && bottom))
return true;
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns true if arrangement is a Auro configuration. */
inline bool isAmbisonics (const SpeakerArrangement& arr)
{
if (arr == kAmbi1stOrderACN || arr == kAmbi2cdOrderACN || arr == kAmbi3rdOrderACN)
{
return true;
}
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the speaker arrangement associated to a string representation.
Returns kEmpty if no associated arrangement is known. */
inline SpeakerArrangement getSpeakerArrangementFromString (CString arrStr)
{
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringMono))
return kMono;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringStereo))
return kStereo;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringStereoR))
return kStereoSurround;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringStereoC))
return kStereoCenter;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringStereoSide))
return kStereoSide;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringStereoCLfe))
return kStereoCLfe;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringStereoTF))
return kStereoTF;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringStereoTS))
return kStereoTS;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringStereoTR))
return kStereoTR;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringStereoBF))
return kStereoBF;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringCineFront))
return kCineFront;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString30Cine))
return k30Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString30Music))
return k30Music;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString31Cine))
return k31Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString31Music))
return k31Music;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString40Cine))
return k40Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString40Music))
return k40Music;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString41Cine))
return k41Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString41Music))
return k41Music;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString50))
return k50;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString51))
return k51;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString60Cine))
return k60Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString60Music))
return k60Music;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString61Cine))
return k61Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString61Music))
return k61Music;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString70Cine) || !strcmp8 (arrStr, kString70CineOld))
return k70Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString70Music) || !strcmp8 (arrStr, kString70MusicOld))
return k70Music;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71Cine) || !strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71CineOld))
return k71Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71Music) || !strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71MusicOld))
return k71Music;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71Proximity))
return k71Proximity;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString80Cine))
return k80Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString80Music))
return k80Music;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString81Cine))
return k81Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString81Music))
return k81Music;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString102))
return k102;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString122))
return k122;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString80Cube))
return k80Cube;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71CineTopCenter))
return k71CineTopCenter;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71CineCenterHigh))
return k71CineCenterHigh;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71CineFrontHigh))
return k71CineFrontHigh;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71CineSideHigh))
return k71CineSideHigh;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71CineFullRear))
return k71CineFullRear;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString90Cine))
return k90Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString91Cine))
return k91Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString100Cine))
return k100Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString101Cine))
return k101Cine;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString50_4))
return k50_4;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString51_4))
return k51_4;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString81MPEG))
return k81MPEG3D;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString70_2))
return k70_2;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71_2))
return k71_2;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString70_4))
return k70_4;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71_4))
return k71_4;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString70_6))
return k70_6;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString71_6))
return k71_6;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString90_4))
return k90_4;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString91_4))
return k91_4;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString90_6))
return k90_6;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString91_6))
return k91_6;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString100))
return k100;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString101))
return k101;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString110))
return k110;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString111))
return k111;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString130))
return k130;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString131))
return k131;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString140))
return k140;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString222))
return k222;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kString220))
return k220;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringAmbi1stOrder))
return kAmbi1stOrderACN;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringAmbi2cdOrder))
return kAmbi2cdOrderACN;
if (!strcmp8 (arrStr, kStringAmbi3rdOrder))
return kAmbi3rdOrderACN;
return kEmpty;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the string representation of a given speaker arrangement.
Returns kStringEmpty if arr is unknown. */
inline CString getSpeakerArrangementString (SpeakerArrangement arr, bool withSpeakersName)
{
switch (arr)
{
case kMono: return withSpeakersName ? kStringMonoS : kStringMono;
case kStereo: return withSpeakersName ? kStringStereoS : kStringStereo;
case kStereoSurround: return withSpeakersName ? kStringStereoRS : kStringStereoR;
case kStereoCenter: return withSpeakersName ? kStringStereoCS : kStringStereoC;
case kStereoSide: return withSpeakersName ? kStringStereoSS : kStringStereoSide;
case kStereoCLfe: return withSpeakersName ? kStringStereoCLfeS: kStringStereoCLfe;
case kStereoTF: return withSpeakersName ? kStringStereoTFS : kStringStereoTF;
case kStereoTS: return withSpeakersName ? kStringStereoTSS : kStringStereoTS;
case kStereoTR: return withSpeakersName ? kStringStereoTRS : kStringStereoTR;
case kStereoBF: return withSpeakersName ? kStringStereoBFS : kStringStereoBF;
case kCineFront: return withSpeakersName ? kStringCineFrontS : kStringCineFront;
case k30Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString30CineS : kString30Cine;
case k30Music: return withSpeakersName ? kString30MusicS : kString30Music;
case k31Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString31CineS : kString31Cine;
case k31Music: return withSpeakersName ? kString31MusicS : kString31Music;
case k40Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString40CineS : kString40Cine;
case k40Music: return withSpeakersName ? kString40MusicS : kString40Music;
case k41Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString41CineS : kString41Cine;
case k41Music: return withSpeakersName ? kString41MusicS : kString41Music;
case k50: return withSpeakersName ? kString50S : kString50;
case k51: return withSpeakersName ? kString51S : kString51;
case k60Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString60CineS : kString60Cine;
case k60Music: return withSpeakersName ? kString60MusicS : kString60Music;
case k61Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString61CineS : kString61Cine;
case k61Music: return withSpeakersName ? kString61MusicS : kString61Music;
case k70Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString70CineS : kString70Cine;
case k70Music: return withSpeakersName ? kString70MusicS : kString70Music;
case k71Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString71CineS : kString71Cine;
case k71Music: return withSpeakersName ? kString71MusicS : kString71Music;
case k71Proximity: return withSpeakersName ? kString71ProximityS : kString71Proximity;
case k80Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString80CineS : kString80Cine;
case k80Music: return withSpeakersName ? kString80MusicS : kString80Music;
case k81Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString81CineS : kString81Cine;
case k81Music: return withSpeakersName ? kString81MusicS : kString81Music;
case k81MPEG3D: return withSpeakersName ? kString81MPEGS : kString81MPEG;
case k102: return withSpeakersName ? kString102S : kString102;
case k122: return withSpeakersName ? kString122S : kString122;
case k80Cube: return withSpeakersName ? kString80CubeS : kString80Cube;
case k71CineTopCenter: return withSpeakersName ? kString71CineTopCenterS : kString71CineTopCenter;
case k71CineCenterHigh: return withSpeakersName ? kString71CineCenterHighS : kString71CineCenterHigh;
case k71CineFrontHigh: return withSpeakersName ? kString71CineFrontHighS : kString71CineFrontHigh;
case k71CineSideHigh: return withSpeakersName ? kString71CineSideHighS : kString71CineSideHigh;
case k71CineFullRear: return withSpeakersName ? kString71CineFullRearS : kString71CineFullRear;
case k90Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString90CineS : kString90Cine;
case k91Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString91CineS : kString91Cine;
case k100Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString100CineS : kString100Cine;
case k101Cine: return withSpeakersName ? kString101CineS : kString101Cine;
case k100: return withSpeakersName ? kString100S : kString100;
case k101: return withSpeakersName ? kString101S : kString101;
case k110: return withSpeakersName ? kString110S : kString110;
case k111: return withSpeakersName ? kString111S : kString111;
case k50_4: return withSpeakersName ? kString50_4S : kString50_4;
case k51_4: return withSpeakersName ? kString51_4S : kString51_4;
case k70_2: return withSpeakersName ? kString70_2S : kString70_2;
case k71_2: return withSpeakersName ? kString71_2S : kString71_2;
case k70_4: return withSpeakersName ? kString70_4S : kString70_4;
case k71_4: return withSpeakersName ? kString71_4S : kString71_4;
case k70_6: return withSpeakersName ? kString70_6S : kString70_6;
case k71_6: return withSpeakersName ? kString71_6S : kString71_6;
case k90_4: return withSpeakersName ? kString90_4S : kString90_4;
case k91_4: return withSpeakersName ? kString91_4S : kString91_4;
case k90_6: return withSpeakersName ? kString90_6S : kString90_6;
case k91_6: return withSpeakersName ? kString91_6S : kString91_6;
case k130: return withSpeakersName ? kString130S : kString130;
case k131: return withSpeakersName ? kString131S : kString131;
case k140: return withSpeakersName ? kString140S : kString140;
case k222: return withSpeakersName ? kString222S : kString222;
case k220: return withSpeakersName ? kString220S : kString220;
break;
}
if (arr == kAmbi1stOrderACN)
return withSpeakersName ? kStringAmbi1stOrderS : kStringAmbi1stOrder;
if (arr == kAmbi2cdOrderACN)
return withSpeakersName ? kStringAmbi2cdOrderS : kStringAmbi2cdOrder;
if (arr == kAmbi3rdOrderACN)
return withSpeakersName ? kStringAmbi3rdOrderS : kStringAmbi3rdOrder;
return kStringEmpty;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns a CString representation of a given speaker in a given arrangement */
inline CString getSpeakerShortName (const SpeakerArrangement& arr, int32 index)
{
SpeakerArrangement arrTmp = arr;
bool found = false;
int32 index2 = -1;
int32 pos = -1;
while (arrTmp)
{
if (arrTmp & 0x1)
index2++;
pos++;
if (index2 == index)
{
found = true;
break;
}
arrTmp = arrTmp >> 1;
}
if (!found)
return "";
Speaker speaker = (Speaker)1 << pos;
if (speaker == kSpeakerL)
return "L";
if (speaker == kSpeakerR)
return "R";
if (speaker == kSpeakerC)
return "C";
if (speaker == kSpeakerLfe)
return "LFE";
if (speaker == kSpeakerLs)
return "Ls";
if (speaker == kSpeakerRs)
return "Rs";
if (speaker == kSpeakerLc)
return "Lc";
if (speaker == kSpeakerRc)
return "Rc";
if (speaker == kSpeakerCs)
return "S";
if (speaker == kSpeakerSl)
return "Sl";
if (speaker == kSpeakerSr)
return "Sr";
if (speaker == kSpeakerTc)
return "Tc";
if (speaker == kSpeakerTfl)
return "Tfl";
if (speaker == kSpeakerTfc)
return "Tfc";
if (speaker == kSpeakerTfr)
return "Tfr";
if (speaker == kSpeakerTrl)
return "Trl";
if (speaker == kSpeakerTrc)
return "Trc";
if (speaker == kSpeakerTrr)
return "Trr";
if (speaker == kSpeakerLfe2)
return "LFE2";
if (speaker == kSpeakerM)
return "M";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN0)
return "0";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN1)
return "1";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN2)
return "2";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN3)
return "3";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN4)
return "4";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN5)
return "5";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN6)
return "6";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN7)
return "7";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN8)
return "8";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN9)
return "9";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN10)
return "10";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN11)
return "11";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN12)
return "12";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN13)
return "13";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN14)
return "14";
if (speaker == kSpeakerACN15)
return "15";
if (speaker == kSpeakerTsl)
return "Tsl";
if (speaker == kSpeakerTsr)
return "Tsr";
if (speaker == kSpeakerLcs)
return "Lcs";
if (speaker == kSpeakerRcs)
return "Rcs";
if (speaker == kSpeakerBfl)
return "Bfl";
if (speaker == kSpeakerBfc)
return "Bfc";
if (speaker == kSpeakerBfr)
return "Bfr";
if (speaker == kSpeakerPl)
return "Pl";
if (speaker == kSpeakerPr)
return "Pr";
if (speaker == kSpeakerBsl)
return "Bsl";
if (speaker == kSpeakerBsr)
return "Bsr";
if (speaker == kSpeakerBrl)
return "Brl";
if (speaker == kSpeakerBrc)
return "Brc";
if (speaker == kSpeakerBrr)
return "Brr";
return "";
}
/*@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace SpeakerArr
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 12/2005
// Description : Common Defines
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fstrdefs.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** VST3 SDK Version */
#ifndef kVstVersionString
#define kVstVersionString "VST 3.7.2" ///< SDK version for PClassInfo2
#endif
#define kVstVersionMajor 3
#define kVstVersionMinor 7
#define kVstVersionSub 2
#define VST_VERSION ((kVstVersionMajor << 16) | (kVstVersionMinor << 8) | kVstVersionSub)
// Versions History which allows to write such code:
// #if VST_VERSION >= VST_3_6_5_VERSION
#define VST_3_7_2_VERSION 0x030702
#define VST_3_7_1_VERSION 0x030701
#define VST_3_7_0_VERSION 0x030700
#define VST_3_6_14_VERSION 0x03060E
#define VST_3_6_13_VERSION 0x03060D
#define VST_3_6_12_VERSION 0x03060C
#define VST_3_6_11_VERSION 0x03060B
#define VST_3_6_10_VERSION 0x03060A
#define VST_3_6_9_VERSION 0x030609
#define VST_3_6_8_VERSION 0x030608
#define VST_3_6_7_VERSION 0x030607
#define VST_3_6_6_VERSION 0x030606
#define VST_3_6_5_VERSION 0x030605
#define VST_3_6_0_VERSION 0x030600
#define VST_3_5_0_VERSION 0x030500
#define VST_3_1_0_VERSION 0x030100
#define VST_3_0_0_VERSION 0x030000
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup vst3typedef VST 3 Data Types */
/*@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// String Types
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef char16 TChar; ///< UTF-16 character
typedef TChar String128[128]; ///< 128 character UTF-16 string
typedef const char8* CString; ///< C-String
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// General
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef int32 MediaType; ///< media type (audio/event)
typedef int32 BusDirection; ///< bus direction (in/out)
typedef int32 BusType; ///< bus type (main/aux)
typedef int32 IoMode; ///< I/O mode (see \ref vst3IoMode)
typedef int32 UnitID; ///< unit identifier
typedef double ParamValue; ///< parameter value type
typedef uint32 ParamID; ///< parameter identifier
typedef int32 ProgramListID; ///< program list identifier
typedef int16 CtrlNumber; ///< MIDI controller number (see \ref ControllerNumbers for allowed values)
typedef double TQuarterNotes; ///< time expressed in quarter notes
typedef int64 TSamples; ///< time expressed in audio samples
typedef uint32 ColorSpec; ///< color defining by 4 component ARGB value (Alpha/Red/Green/Blue)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const ParamID kNoParamId = 0xffffffff; ///< default for uninitialized parameter ID
// static const ParamID kNoParamId = std::numeric_limits<ParamID>::max ();
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Audio Types
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef float Sample32; ///< 32-bit precision audio sample
typedef double Sample64; ///< 64-bit precision audio sample
typedef double SampleRate; ///< sample rate
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Speaker Arrangements Types
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef uint64 SpeakerArrangement; ///< Bitset of speakers
typedef uint64 Speaker; ///< Bit for one speaker
/*@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
# Welcome to VST 3 SDK public_sdk
Here are located:
- helper classes implementing VST3 Interfaces
- samples of VST3 Hosting and VST3 Plug-Ins
- AAX Wrapper
- AU Wrapper
- AUv3 Wrapper
- VST2 Wrapper
- InterAppAudio
## License & Usage guidelines
More details are found at [VST 3 SDK public_sdk License](https://forums.steinberg.net/t/vst-3-sdk-public-sdk-license/695592)
----
Return to [VST 3 SDK](https://github.com/steinbergmedia/vst3sdk)

View File

@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : Common Classes
// Filename : public.sdk/source/common/memorystream.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 03/2008
// Description : IBStream Implementation for memory blocks
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "memorystream.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/futils.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
namespace Steinberg {
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IMPLEMENT_FUNKNOWN_METHODS (MemoryStream, IBStream, IBStream::iid)
static const TSize kMemGrowAmount = 4096;
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
MemoryStream::MemoryStream (void* data, TSize length)
: memory ((char*)data)
, memorySize (length)
, size (length)
, cursor (0)
, ownMemory (false)
, allocationError (false)
{
FUNKNOWN_CTOR
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
MemoryStream::MemoryStream ()
: memory (nullptr)
, memorySize (0)
, size (0)
, cursor (0)
, ownMemory (true)
, allocationError (false)
{
FUNKNOWN_CTOR
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
MemoryStream::~MemoryStream ()
{
if (ownMemory && memory)
::free (memory);
FUNKNOWN_DTOR
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MemoryStream::read (void* data, int32 numBytes, int32* numBytesRead)
{
if (memory == nullptr)
{
if (allocationError)
return kOutOfMemory;
numBytes = 0;
}
else
{
// Does read exceed size ?
if (cursor + numBytes > size)
{
int32 maxBytes = int32 (size - cursor);
// Has length become zero or negative ?
if (maxBytes <= 0)
{
cursor = size;
numBytes = 0;
}
else
numBytes = maxBytes;
}
if (numBytes)
{
memcpy (data, &memory[cursor], static_cast<size_t> (numBytes));
cursor += numBytes;
}
}
if (numBytesRead)
*numBytesRead = numBytes;
return kResultTrue;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MemoryStream::write (void* buffer, int32 numBytes, int32* numBytesWritten)
{
if (allocationError)
return kOutOfMemory;
if (buffer == nullptr)
return kInvalidArgument;
// Does write exceed size ?
TSize requiredSize = cursor + numBytes;
if (requiredSize > size)
{
if (requiredSize > memorySize)
setSize (requiredSize);
else
size = requiredSize;
}
// Copy data
if (memory && cursor >= 0 && numBytes > 0)
{
memcpy (&memory[cursor], buffer, static_cast<size_t> (numBytes));
// Update cursor
cursor += numBytes;
}
else
numBytes = 0;
if (numBytesWritten)
*numBytesWritten = numBytes;
return kResultTrue;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MemoryStream::seek (int64 pos, int32 mode, int64* result)
{
switch (mode)
{
case kIBSeekSet:
cursor = pos;
break;
case kIBSeekCur:
cursor = cursor + pos;
break;
case kIBSeekEnd:
cursor = size + pos;
break;
}
if (ownMemory == false)
if (cursor > memorySize)
cursor = memorySize;
if (result)
*result = cursor;
return kResultTrue;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MemoryStream::tell (int64* pos)
{
if (!pos)
return kInvalidArgument;
*pos = cursor;
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSize MemoryStream::getSize () const
{
return size;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void MemoryStream::setSize (TSize s)
{
if (s <= 0)
{
if (ownMemory && memory)
free (memory);
memory = nullptr;
memorySize = 0;
size = 0;
cursor = 0;
return;
}
TSize newMemorySize = (((Max (memorySize, s) - 1) / kMemGrowAmount) + 1) * kMemGrowAmount;
if (newMemorySize == memorySize)
{
size = s;
return;
}
if (memory && ownMemory == false)
{
allocationError = true;
return;
}
ownMemory = true;
char* newMemory = nullptr;
if (memory)
{
newMemory = (char*)realloc (memory, (size_t)newMemorySize);
if (newMemory == nullptr && newMemorySize > 0)
{
newMemory = (char*)malloc ((size_t)newMemorySize);
if (newMemory)
{
memcpy (newMemory, memory, (size_t)Min (newMemorySize, memorySize));
free (memory);
}
}
}
else
newMemory = (char*)malloc ((size_t)newMemorySize);
if (newMemory == nullptr)
{
if (newMemorySize > 0)
allocationError = true;
memory = nullptr;
memorySize = 0;
size = 0;
cursor = 0;
}
else
{
memory = newMemory;
memorySize = newMemorySize;
size = s;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
char* MemoryStream::getData () const
{
return memory;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
char* MemoryStream::detachData ()
{
if (ownMemory)
{
char* result = memory;
memory = nullptr;
memorySize = 0;
size = 0;
cursor = 0;
return result;
}
return nullptr;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool MemoryStream::truncate ()
{
if (ownMemory == false)
return false;
if (memorySize == size)
return true;
memorySize = size;
if (memorySize == 0)
{
if (memory)
{
free (memory);
memory = nullptr;
}
}
else
{
if (memory)
{
char* newMemory = (char*)realloc (memory, (size_t)memorySize);
if (newMemory)
memory = newMemory;
}
}
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool MemoryStream::truncateToCursor ()
{
size = cursor;
return truncate ();
}
} // namespace

View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : Common Classes
// Filename : public.sdk/source/common/memorystream.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 03/2008
// Description : IBStream Implementation for memory blocks
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ibstream.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Memory based Stream for IBStream implementation (using malloc).
\ingroup sdkBase
*/
class MemoryStream : public IBStream
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
MemoryStream ();
MemoryStream (void* memory, TSize memorySize); ///< reuse a given memory without getting ownership
virtual ~MemoryStream ();
//---IBStream---------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API read (void* buffer, int32 numBytes, int32* numBytesRead) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API write (void* buffer, int32 numBytes, int32* numBytesWritten) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API seek (int64 pos, int32 mode, int64* result) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API tell (int64* pos) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
TSize getSize () const; ///< returns the current memory size
void setSize (TSize size); ///< set the memory size, a realloc will occur if memory already used
char* getData () const; ///< returns the memory pointer
char* detachData (); ///< returns the memory pointer and give up ownership
bool truncate (); ///< realloc to the current use memory size if needed
bool truncateToCursor (); ///< truncate memory at current cursor position
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
DECLARE_FUNKNOWN_METHODS
protected:
char* memory; // memory block
TSize memorySize; // size of the memory block
TSize size; // size of the stream
int64 cursor; // stream pointer
bool ownMemory; // stream has allocated memory itself
bool allocationError; // stream invalid
};
} // namespace

View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : Common Base Classes
// Filename : public.sdk/source/common/pluginview.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Plug-In View Implementation
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginview.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CPluginView implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
CPluginView::CPluginView (const ViewRect* _rect)
: rect (0, 0, 0, 0)
{
if (_rect)
rect = *_rect;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
CPluginView::~CPluginView ()
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API CPluginView::isPlatformTypeSupported (FIDString /*type*/)
{
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API CPluginView::attached (void* parent, FIDString /*type*/)
{
systemWindow = parent;
attachedToParent ();
return kResultOk;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API CPluginView::removed ()
{
systemWindow = nullptr;
removedFromParent ();
return kResultOk;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API CPluginView::onSize (ViewRect* newSize)
{
if (newSize)
rect = *newSize;
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API CPluginView::getSize (ViewRect* size)
{
if (size)
{
*size = rect;
return kResultTrue;
}
return kInvalidArgument;
}
} // end of namespace

View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : Common Base Classes
// Filename : public.sdk/source/common/pluginview.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Plug-In View Implementation
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/gui/iplugview.h"
#include "base/source/fobject.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Plug-In view default implementation.
\ingroup sdkBase
Can be used as base class for an IPlugView implementation.
*/
class CPluginView : public FObject, public IPlugView
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
CPluginView (const ViewRect* rect = nullptr);
virtual ~CPluginView ();
/** Returns its current frame rectangle. */
const ViewRect& getRect () const { return rect; }
/** Sets a new frame rectangle. */
void setRect (const ViewRect& r) { rect = r; }
/** Checks if this view is attached to its parent view. */
bool isAttached () const { return systemWindow != nullptr; }
/** Calls when this view will be attached to its parent view. */
virtual void attachedToParent () {}
/** Calls when this view will be removed from its parent view. */
virtual void removedFromParent () {}
//---from IPlugView-------
tresult PLUGIN_API isPlatformTypeSupported (FIDString type) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API attached (void* parent, FIDString type) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API removed () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API onWheel (float /*distance*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE { return kResultFalse; }
tresult PLUGIN_API onKeyDown (char16 /*key*/, int16 /*keyMsg*/,
int16 /*modifiers*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE
{
return kResultFalse;
}
tresult PLUGIN_API onKeyUp (char16 /*key*/, int16 /*keyMsg*/, int16 /*modifiers*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE
{
return kResultFalse;
}
tresult PLUGIN_API getSize (ViewRect* size) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API onSize (ViewRect* newSize) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API onFocus (TBool /*state*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE { return kResultFalse; }
tresult PLUGIN_API setFrame (IPlugFrame* frame) SMTG_OVERRIDE
{
plugFrame = frame;
return kResultTrue;
}
tresult PLUGIN_API canResize () SMTG_OVERRIDE { return kResultFalse; }
tresult PLUGIN_API checkSizeConstraint (ViewRect* /*rect*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE
{
return kResultFalse;
}
//---Interface------
OBJ_METHODS (CPluginView, FObject)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IPlugView)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (FObject)
REFCOUNT_METHODS (FObject)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
ViewRect rect;
void* systemWindow {nullptr};
IPlugFrame* plugFrame {nullptr};
};
} // namespace

View File

@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/hosting/hostclasses.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 03/05/2008.
// Description : VST 3 hostclasses, example implementations for IHostApplication, IAttributeList and IMessage
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "hostclasses.h"
#include <algorithm>
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HostApplication::HostApplication ()
{
FUNKNOWN_CTOR
mPlugInterfaceSupport = owned (NEW PlugInterfaceSupport);
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostApplication::getName (String128 name)
{
String str ("My VST3 HostApplication");
str.copyTo16 (name, 0, 127);
return kResultTrue;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostApplication::createInstance (TUID cid, TUID _iid, void** obj)
{
FUID classID (FUID::fromTUID (cid));
FUID interfaceID (FUID::fromTUID (_iid));
if (classID == IMessage::iid && interfaceID == IMessage::iid)
{
*obj = new HostMessage;
return kResultTrue;
}
else if (classID == IAttributeList::iid && interfaceID == IAttributeList::iid)
{
*obj = new HostAttributeList;
return kResultTrue;
}
*obj = nullptr;
return kResultFalse;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostApplication::queryInterface (const char* _iid, void** obj)
{
QUERY_INTERFACE (_iid, obj, FUnknown::iid, IHostApplication)
QUERY_INTERFACE (_iid, obj, IHostApplication::iid, IHostApplication)
if (mPlugInterfaceSupport && mPlugInterfaceSupport->queryInterface (iid, obj) == kResultTrue)
return kResultOk;
*obj = nullptr;
return kResultFalse;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 PLUGIN_API HostApplication::addRef ()
{
return 1;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 PLUGIN_API HostApplication::release ()
{
return 1;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IMPLEMENT_FUNKNOWN_METHODS (HostMessage, IMessage, IMessage::iid)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HostMessage::HostMessage () : messageId (nullptr), attributeList (nullptr)
{
FUNKNOWN_CTOR
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HostMessage::~HostMessage ()
{
setMessageID (nullptr);
if (attributeList)
attributeList->release ();
FUNKNOWN_DTOR
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
const char* PLUGIN_API HostMessage::getMessageID ()
{
return messageId;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
void PLUGIN_API HostMessage::setMessageID (const char* mid)
{
if (messageId)
delete[] messageId;
messageId = nullptr;
if (mid)
{
size_t len = strlen (mid) + 1;
messageId = new char[len];
strcpy (messageId, mid);
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IAttributeList* PLUGIN_API HostMessage::getAttributes ()
{
if (!attributeList)
attributeList = new HostAttributeList;
return attributeList;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class HostAttribute
{
public:
enum Type
{
kInteger,
kFloat,
kString,
kBinary
};
HostAttribute (int64 value) : size (0), type (kInteger) { v.intValue = value; }
HostAttribute (double value) : size (0), type (kFloat) { v.floatValue = value; }
/** size is in code unit (count of TChar) */
HostAttribute (const TChar* value, uint32 sizeInCodeUnit) : size (sizeInCodeUnit), type (kString)
{
v.stringValue = new TChar[sizeInCodeUnit];
memcpy (v.stringValue, value, sizeInCodeUnit * sizeof (TChar));
}
HostAttribute (const void* value, uint32 sizeInBytes) : size (sizeInBytes), type (kBinary)
{
v.binaryValue = new char[sizeInBytes];
memcpy (v.binaryValue, value, sizeInBytes);
}
~HostAttribute ()
{
if (size)
delete[] v.binaryValue;
}
int64 intValue () const { return v.intValue; }
double floatValue () const { return v.floatValue; }
/** sizeInCodeUnit is in code unit (count of TChar) */
const TChar* stringValue (uint32& sizeInCodeUnit)
{
sizeInCodeUnit = size;
return v.stringValue;
}
const void* binaryValue (uint32& sizeInBytes)
{
sizeInBytes = size;
return v.binaryValue;
}
Type getType () const { return type; }
protected:
union v
{
int64 intValue;
double floatValue;
TChar* stringValue;
char* binaryValue;
} v;
uint32 size;
Type type;
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IMPLEMENT_FUNKNOWN_METHODS (HostAttributeList, IAttributeList, IAttributeList::iid)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HostAttributeList::HostAttributeList ()
{
FUNKNOWN_CTOR
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
HostAttributeList::~HostAttributeList ()
{
auto it = list.rbegin ();
while (it != list.rend ())
{
delete it->second;
it++;
}
FUNKNOWN_DTOR
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
void HostAttributeList::removeAttrID (AttrID aid)
{
auto it = list.find (aid);
if (it != list.end ())
{
delete it->second;
list.erase (it);
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostAttributeList::setInt (AttrID aid, int64 value)
{
removeAttrID (aid);
list[aid] = new HostAttribute (value);
return kResultTrue;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostAttributeList::getInt (AttrID aid, int64& value)
{
auto it = list.find (aid);
if (it != list.end () && it->second)
{
value = it->second->intValue ();
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostAttributeList::setFloat (AttrID aid, double value)
{
removeAttrID (aid);
list[aid] = new HostAttribute (value);
return kResultTrue;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostAttributeList::getFloat (AttrID aid, double& value)
{
auto it = list.find (aid);
if (it != list.end () && it->second)
{
value = it->second->floatValue ();
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostAttributeList::setString (AttrID aid, const TChar* string)
{
removeAttrID (aid);
// + 1 for the null-terminate
list[aid] = new HostAttribute (string, String (string).length () + 1);
return kResultTrue;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostAttributeList::getString (AttrID aid, TChar* string, uint32 sizeInBytes)
{
auto it = list.find (aid);
if (it != list.end () && it->second)
{
uint32 sizeInCodeUnit = 0;
const TChar* _string = it->second->stringValue (sizeInCodeUnit);
memcpy (string, _string, std::min<uint32> (sizeInCodeUnit * sizeof (TChar), sizeInBytes));
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostAttributeList::setBinary (AttrID aid, const void* data, uint32 sizeInBytes)
{
removeAttrID (aid);
list[aid] = new HostAttribute (data, sizeInBytes);
return kResultTrue;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API HostAttributeList::getBinary (AttrID aid, const void*& data, uint32& sizeInBytes)
{
auto it = list.find (aid);
if (it != list.end () && it->second)
{
data = it->second->binaryValue (sizeInBytes);
return kResultTrue;
}
sizeInBytes = 0;
return kResultFalse;
}
}
} // namespace

View File

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/hosting/hostclasses.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 03/05/2008.
// Description : VST 3 hostclasses, example implementations for IHostApplication, IAttributeList and IMessage
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "public.sdk/source/vst/hosting/pluginterfacesupport.h"
#include "base/source/fstring.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivsthostapplication.h"
#include <map>
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Implementation's example of IHostApplication.
\ingroup hostingBase
*/
class HostApplication : public IHostApplication
{
public:
HostApplication ();
virtual ~HostApplication () { FUNKNOWN_DTOR }
//--- IHostApplication ---------------
tresult PLUGIN_API getName (String128 name) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API createInstance (TUID cid, TUID _iid, void** obj) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
DECLARE_FUNKNOWN_METHODS
PlugInterfaceSupport* getPlugInterfaceSupport () const { return mPlugInterfaceSupport; }
protected:
IPtr<PlugInterfaceSupport> mPlugInterfaceSupport;
};
class HostAttribute;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Implementation's example of IAttributeList.
\ingroup hostingBase
*/
class HostAttributeList : public IAttributeList
{
public:
HostAttributeList ();
virtual ~HostAttributeList ();
tresult PLUGIN_API setInt (AttrID aid, int64 value) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getInt (AttrID aid, int64& value) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API setFloat (AttrID aid, double value) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getFloat (AttrID aid, double& value) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API setString (AttrID aid, const TChar* string) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getString (AttrID aid, TChar* string, uint32 sizeInBytes) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API setBinary (AttrID aid, const void* data, uint32 sizeInBytes) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getBinary (AttrID aid, const void*& data, uint32& sizeInBytes) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
DECLARE_FUNKNOWN_METHODS
protected:
void removeAttrID (AttrID aid);
std::map<String, HostAttribute*> list;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Implementation's example of IMessage.
\ingroup hostingBase
*/
class HostMessage : public IMessage
{
public:
HostMessage ();
virtual ~HostMessage ();
const char* PLUGIN_API getMessageID () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
void PLUGIN_API setMessageID (const char* messageID) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
IAttributeList* PLUGIN_API getAttributes () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
DECLARE_FUNKNOWN_METHODS
protected:
char* messageId;
HostAttributeList* attributeList;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/hosting/pluginterfacesupport.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/2018.
// Description : VST 3 hostclasses, example implementations for IPlugInterfaceSupport
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfacesupport.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstaudioprocessor.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivsteditcontroller.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstunits.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmessage.h"
#include <algorithm>
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PlugInterfaceSupport::PlugInterfaceSupport ()
{
// add minimum set
//---VST 3.0.0--------------------------------
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IComponent::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IAudioProcessor::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IEditController::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IConnectionPoint::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IUnitInfo::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IUnitData::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IProgramListData::iid);
//---VST 3.0.1--------------------------------
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IMidiMapping::iid);
//---VST 3.1----------------------------------
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IEditController2::iid);
/*
//---VST 3.0.2--------------------------------
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IParameterFinder::iid);
//---VST 3.1----------------------------------
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IAudioPresentationLatency::iid);
//---VST 3.5----------------------------------
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IKeyswitchController::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IContextMenuTarget::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IEditControllerHostEditing::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IXmlRepresentationController::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (INoteExpressionController::iid);
//---VST 3.6.5--------------------------------
addPlugInterfaceSupported (ChannelContext::IInfoListener::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IPrefetchableSupport::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IAutomationState::iid);
//---VST 3.6.11--------------------------------
addPlugInterfaceSupported (INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping::iid);
//---VST 3.6.12--------------------------------
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IMidiLearn::iid);
//---VST 3.7-----------------------------------
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IProcessContextRequirements::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IParameterFunctionName::iid);
addPlugInterfaceSupported (IProgress::iid);
*/
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API PlugInterfaceSupport::isPlugInterfaceSupported (const TUID _iid)
{
auto uid = FUID::fromTUID (_iid);
if (std::find (mFUIDArray.begin (), mFUIDArray.end (), uid) != mFUIDArray.end ())
return kResultTrue;
return kResultFalse;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
void PlugInterfaceSupport::addPlugInterfaceSupported (const TUID _iid)
{
mFUIDArray.push_back (FUID::fromTUID (_iid));
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool PlugInterfaceSupport::removePlugInterfaceSupported (const TUID _iid)
{
return std::remove (mFUIDArray.begin (), mFUIDArray.end (), FUID::fromTUID (_iid)) !=
mFUIDArray.end ();
}
}
} // namespace

View File

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/hosting/pluginterfacesupport.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/20018.
// Description : VST 3 hostclasses, example implementations for IPlugInterfaceSupport
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstpluginterfacesupport.h"
#include <vector>
#include "base/source/fobject.h"
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Implementation's example of IPlugInterfaceSupport.
\ingroup hostingBase
*/
class PlugInterfaceSupport : public FObject, public IPlugInterfaceSupport
{
public:
PlugInterfaceSupport ();
//--- IPlugInterfaceSupport ---------
tresult PLUGIN_API isPlugInterfaceSupported (const TUID _iid) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
void addPlugInterfaceSupported (const TUID _iid);
bool removePlugInterfaceSupported (const TUID _iid);
OBJ_METHODS (PlugInterfaceSupport, FObject)
REFCOUNT_METHODS (FObject)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IPlugInterfaceSupport)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (FObject)
private:
std::vector<FUID> mFUIDArray;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/vstbus.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 03/2008
// Description : VST Bus Implementation
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "vstbus.h"
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Bus Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bus::Bus (const TChar* _name, BusType _busType, int32 _flags)
: name (_name), busType (_busType), flags (_flags), active (false)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Bus::getInfo (BusInfo& info)
{
name.copyTo16 (info.name, 0, str16BufferSize (info.name) - 1);
info.busType = busType;
info.flags = flags;
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// EventBus Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
EventBus::EventBus (const TChar* name, BusType busType, int32 flags, int32 channelCount)
: Bus (name, busType, flags), channelCount (channelCount)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool EventBus::getInfo (BusInfo& info)
{
info.channelCount = channelCount;
return Bus::getInfo (info);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// AudioBus Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
AudioBus::AudioBus (const TChar* name, BusType busType, int32 flags, SpeakerArrangement arr)
: Bus (name, busType, flags), speakerArr (arr)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool AudioBus::getInfo (BusInfo& info)
{
info.channelCount = SpeakerArr::getChannelCount (speakerArr);
return Bus::getInfo (info);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// BusList Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
BusList::BusList (MediaType type, BusDirection dir) : type (type), direction (dir)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/vstbus.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 03/2008
// Description : VST Bus Implementation
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "base/source/fobject.h"
#include "base/source/fstring.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstcomponent.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstaudioprocessor.h"
#include <vector>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic Bus object.
\ingroup vstClasses
*/
class Bus: public FObject
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Constructor. */
Bus (const TChar* name, BusType busType, int32 flags);
/** Returns true if the bus is active. */
TBool isActive () const { return active; }
/** Activates the bus. */
void setActive (TBool state) { active = state; }
/** Sets a new name for this bus. */
void setName (String newName) { name = newName; }
/** Sets a new busType for this bus. */
void setBusType (BusType newBusType) { busType = newBusType; }
/** Sets a new flags for this bus. */
void setFlags (uint32 newFlags) { flags = newFlags; }
/** Gets the BusInfo of this bus. */
virtual bool getInfo (BusInfo&);
OBJ_METHODS (Vst::Bus, FObject)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
String name; ///< name
BusType busType; ///< kMain or kAux, see \ref BusTypes
int32 flags; ///< flags, see \ref BusInfo::BusFlags
TBool active; ///< activation state
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Description of an Event Bus.
\ingroup vstClasses
*/
class EventBus: public Bus
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Constructor of an EventBus. */
EventBus (const TChar* name, BusType busType, int32 flags, int32 channelCount);
//---from Bus-------
/** Gets the BusInfo associated to this Event bus. */
bool getInfo (BusInfo& info) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
OBJ_METHODS (Vst::EventBus, Vst::Bus);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
int32 channelCount;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Description of an Audio Bus.
\ingroup vstClasses
*/
class AudioBus: public Bus
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
AudioBus (const TChar* name, BusType busType, int32 flags, SpeakerArrangement arr);
/** Gets the speaker arrangement defining this Audio bus. */
SpeakerArrangement getArrangement () const { return speakerArr; }
/** Sets the speaker arrangement defining this Audio bus. */
void setArrangement (const SpeakerArrangement& arr) { speakerArr = arr; }
//---from Bus---------------------
/** Gets the BusInfo associated to this Audio bus. */
bool getInfo (BusInfo& info) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
OBJ_METHODS (Vst::AudioBus, Vst::Bus)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
SpeakerArrangement speakerArr;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** List of Busses.
\ingroup vstClasses
*/
class BusList: public FObject, public std::vector<IPtr<Vst::Bus> >
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Constructor. */
BusList (MediaType type, BusDirection dir);
/** Returns the BusList Type. See \ref MediaType */
MediaType getType () const { return type; }
/** Returns the BusList direction. See \ref BusDirection */
BusDirection getDirection () const { return direction; }
OBJ_METHODS (Vst::BusList, FObject);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
MediaType type;
BusDirection direction;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/vstcomponent.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2005
// Description : Basic VST Plug-in Implementation
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "vstcomponent.h"
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Component Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Component::Component ()
: audioInputs (kAudio, kInput)
, audioOutputs (kAudio, kOutput)
, eventInputs (kEvent, kInput)
, eventOutputs (kEvent, kOutput)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API Component::initialize (FUnknown* context)
{
return ComponentBase::initialize (context);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API Component::terminate ()
{
// remove all busses
removeAllBusses ();
return ComponentBase::terminate ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
BusList* Component::getBusList (MediaType type, BusDirection dir)
{
if (type == kAudio)
return dir == kInput ? &audioInputs : &audioOutputs;
else if (type == kEvent)
return dir == kInput ? &eventInputs : &eventOutputs;
return nullptr;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult Component::removeAudioBusses ()
{
audioInputs.clear ();
audioOutputs.clear ();
return kResultOk;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult Component::removeEventBusses ()
{
eventInputs.clear ();
eventOutputs.clear ();
return kResultOk;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult Component::removeAllBusses ()
{
removeAudioBusses ();
removeEventBusses ();
return kResultOk;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API Component::getControllerClassId (TUID classID)
{
if (controllerClass.isValid ())
{
controllerClass.toTUID (classID);
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API Component::setIoMode (IoMode /*mode*/)
{
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 PLUGIN_API Component::getBusCount (MediaType type, BusDirection dir)
{
BusList* busList = getBusList (type, dir);
return busList ? static_cast<int32> (busList->size ()) : 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API Component::getBusInfo (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 index,
BusInfo& info)
{
if (index < 0)
return kInvalidArgument;
BusList* busList = getBusList (type, dir);
if (busList == nullptr)
return kInvalidArgument;
if (index >= static_cast<int32> (busList->size ()))
return kInvalidArgument;
Bus* bus = busList->at (index);
info.mediaType = type;
info.direction = dir;
if (bus->getInfo (info))
return kResultTrue;
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API Component::getRoutingInfo (RoutingInfo& /*inInfo*/, RoutingInfo& /*outInfo*/)
{
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API Component::activateBus (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 index,
TBool state)
{
if (index < 0)
return kInvalidArgument;
BusList* busList = getBusList (type, dir);
if (busList == nullptr)
return kInvalidArgument;
if (index >= static_cast<int32> (busList->size ()))
return kInvalidArgument;
Bus* bus = busList->at (index);
bus->setActive (state);
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API Component::setActive (TBool /*state*/)
{
return kResultOk;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API Component::setState (IBStream* /*state*/)
{
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API Component::getState (IBStream* /*state*/)
{
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult Component::renameBus (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 index,
const String128 newName)
{
if (index < 0)
return kInvalidArgument;
BusList* busList = getBusList (type, dir);
if (busList == nullptr)
return kInvalidArgument;
if (index >= static_cast<int32> (busList->size ()))
return kInvalidArgument;
Bus* bus = busList->at (index);
bus->setName (newName);
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Helpers Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult getSpeakerChannelIndex (SpeakerArrangement arrangement, uint64 speaker, int32& channel)
{
channel = SpeakerArr::getSpeakerIndex (speaker, arrangement);
return (channel < 0) == true ? kResultFalse : kResultTrue;
}
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/vstcomponent.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2005
// Description : Basic VST Plug-in Implementation
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "public.sdk/source/vst/vstcomponentbase.h"
#include "public.sdk/source/vst/vstbus.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstcomponent.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Default implementation for a VST 3 Component.
\ingroup vstClasses
Can be used as base class for a VST 3 component implementation.
*/
class Component : public ComponentBase, public IComponent
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Constructor */
Component ();
//---Internal Methods-------
/** Sets the controller Class ID associated to its component. */
void setControllerClass (const FUID& cid) { controllerClass = cid; }
/** Removes all Audio Busses. */
tresult removeAudioBusses ();
/** Removes all Event Busses. */
tresult removeEventBusses ();
/** Renames a specific bus. Do not forget to inform the host about this (see \ref
* IComponentHandler::restartComponent (kIoTitlesChanged)). */
tresult renameBus (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 index, const String128 newName);
//---from IComponent--------
tresult PLUGIN_API getControllerClassId (TUID classID) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API setIoMode (IoMode mode) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
int32 PLUGIN_API getBusCount (MediaType type, BusDirection dir) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getBusInfo (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 index, BusInfo& info) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getRoutingInfo (RoutingInfo& inInfo, RoutingInfo& outInfo) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API activateBus (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 index, TBool state) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API setActive (TBool state) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API setState (IBStream* state) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getState (IBStream* state) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//---from ComponentBase------
tresult PLUGIN_API initialize (FUnknown* context) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API terminate () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//---Interface---------
OBJ_METHODS (Component, ComponentBase)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IComponent)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (ComponentBase)
REFCOUNT_METHODS (ComponentBase)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
FUID controllerClass;
BusList audioInputs;
BusList audioOutputs;
BusList eventInputs;
BusList eventOutputs;
BusList* getBusList (MediaType type, BusDirection dir);
tresult removeAllBusses ();
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// some Helper functions....
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Gets the channel index of a given speaker in a arrangement, returns kResultFalse if speaker not
* part of the arrangement else returns kResultTrue. */
tresult getSpeakerChannelIndex (SpeakerArrangement arrangement, uint64 speaker, int32& channel);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/vstcomponentbase.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 05/2005
// Description : Base class for VST Component and Edit Controller
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "vstcomponentbase.h"
#include "base/source/fstring.h"
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ComponentBase Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ComponentBase::ComponentBase ()
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ComponentBase::~ComponentBase ()
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API ComponentBase::initialize (FUnknown* context)
{
// check if already initialized
if (hostContext)
return kResultFalse;
hostContext = context;
return kResultOk;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API ComponentBase::terminate ()
{
// release host interfaces
hostContext = nullptr;
// in case host did not disconnect us,
// release peer now
if (peerConnection)
{
peerConnection->disconnect (this);
peerConnection = nullptr;
}
return kResultOk;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API ComponentBase::connect (IConnectionPoint* other)
{
if (!other)
return kInvalidArgument;
// check if already connected
if (peerConnection)
return kResultFalse;
peerConnection = other;
return kResultOk;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API ComponentBase::disconnect (IConnectionPoint* other)
{
if (peerConnection && other == peerConnection)
{
peerConnection = nullptr;
return kResultOk;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API ComponentBase::notify (IMessage* message)
{
if (!message)
return kInvalidArgument;
if (FIDStringsEqual (message->getMessageID (), "TextMessage"))
{
TChar string[256] = {0};
if (message->getAttributes ()->getString ("Text", string, sizeof (string)) == kResultOk)
{
String tmp (string);
tmp.toMultiByte (kCP_Utf8);
return receiveText (tmp.text8 ());
}
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
IMessage* ComponentBase::allocateMessage () const
{
FUnknownPtr<IHostApplication> hostApp (hostContext);
if (hostApp)
return Vst::allocateMessage (hostApp);
return nullptr;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult ComponentBase::sendMessage (IMessage* message) const
{
if (message != nullptr && getPeer () != nullptr)
return getPeer ()->notify (message);
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult ComponentBase::sendTextMessage (const char8* text) const
{
if (auto msg = owned (allocateMessage ()))
{
msg->setMessageID ("TextMessage");
String tmp (text, kCP_Utf8);
if (tmp.length () >= 256)
tmp.remove (255);
msg->getAttributes ()->setString ("Text", tmp.text16 ());
return sendMessage (msg);
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult ComponentBase::sendMessageID (const char* messageID) const
{
if (auto msg = owned (allocateMessage ()))
{
msg->setMessageID (messageID);
return sendMessage (msg);
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult ComponentBase::receiveText (const char8* /*text*/)
{
return kResultOk;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/vstcomponentbase.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 05/2005
// Description : Base class for Component and Edit Controller
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ipluginbase.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmessage.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivsthostapplication.h"
#include "base/source/fobject.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Base class for VST 3 Component and Edit Controller.
\ingroup vstClasses
*/
class ComponentBase: public FObject,
public IPluginBase,
public IConnectionPoint
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ComponentBase ();
~ComponentBase () override;
//--- Internal Methods------
/** Returns the hostContext (set by the host during initialize call). */
FUnknown* getHostContext () const { return hostContext; }
/** Returns the peer for the messaging communication (you can only use IConnectionPoint::notify
* for communicate between peers, do not try to cast peerConnection. */
IConnectionPoint* getPeer () const { return peerConnection; }
/** Allocates a message instance (do not forget to release it). */
IMessage* allocateMessage () const;
/** Sends the given message to the peer. */
tresult sendMessage (IMessage* message) const;
/** Sends a simple text message to the peer (max 255 characters).
Text is interpreted as UTF-8. */
tresult sendTextMessage (const char8* text) const;
/** Sends a message with a given ID without any other payload. */
tresult sendMessageID (const char8* messageID) const;
/** Receives a simple text message from the peer (max 255 characters). Text is UTF-8 encoded. */
virtual tresult receiveText (const char8* text);
//---from IPluginBase------
tresult PLUGIN_API initialize (FUnknown* context) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API terminate () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//---from IConnectionPoint-----------
tresult PLUGIN_API connect (IConnectionPoint* other) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API disconnect (IConnectionPoint* other) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API notify (IMessage* message) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//---Interface------
OBJ_METHODS (ComponentBase, FObject)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IPluginBase)
DEF_INTERFACE (IConnectionPoint)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (FObject)
REFCOUNT_METHODS (FObject)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
IPtr<FUnknown> hostContext;
IPtr<IConnectionPoint> peerConnection;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,723 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/vsteditcontroller.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2005
// Description : VST Edit Controller Implementation
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "public.sdk/source/vst/vsteditcontroller.h"
#include "base/source/updatehandler.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ustring.h"
#include <cstdio>
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
KnobMode EditController::hostKnobMode = kCircularMode;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// EditController Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
EditController::EditController () : componentHandler (nullptr), componentHandler2 (nullptr)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditController::initialize (FUnknown* context)
{
return ComponentBase::initialize (context);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditController::terminate ()
{
parameters.removeAll ();
if (componentHandler)
{
componentHandler->release ();
componentHandler = nullptr;
}
if (componentHandler2)
{
componentHandler2->release ();
componentHandler2 = nullptr;
}
return ComponentBase::terminate ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditController::setComponentState (IBStream* /*state*/)
{
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditController::setState (IBStream* /*state*/)
{
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditController::getState (IBStream* /*state*/)
{
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 PLUGIN_API EditController::getParameterCount ()
{
return parameters.getParameterCount ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditController::getParameterInfo (int32 paramIndex, ParameterInfo& info)
{
if (Parameter* parameter = parameters.getParameterByIndex (paramIndex))
{
info = parameter->getInfo ();
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditController::getParamStringByValue (ParamID tag, ParamValue valueNormalized,
String128 string)
{
if (Parameter* parameter = getParameterObject (tag))
{
parameter->toString (valueNormalized, string);
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditController::getParamValueByString (ParamID tag, TChar* string,
ParamValue& valueNormalized)
{
if (Parameter* parameter = getParameterObject (tag))
{
if (parameter->fromString (string, valueNormalized))
{
return kResultTrue;
}
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamValue PLUGIN_API EditController::normalizedParamToPlain (ParamID tag,
ParamValue valueNormalized)
{
if (Parameter* parameter = getParameterObject (tag))
{
return parameter->toPlain (valueNormalized);
}
return valueNormalized;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamValue PLUGIN_API EditController::plainParamToNormalized (ParamID tag, ParamValue plainValue)
{
if (Parameter* parameter = getParameterObject (tag))
{
return parameter->toNormalized (plainValue);
}
return plainValue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamValue PLUGIN_API EditController::getParamNormalized (ParamID tag)
{
if (Parameter* parameter = getParameterObject (tag))
{
return parameter->getNormalized ();
}
return 0.;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditController::setParamNormalized (ParamID tag, ParamValue value)
{
if (Parameter* parameter = getParameterObject (tag))
{
parameter->setNormalized (value);
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditController::setComponentHandler (IComponentHandler* newHandler)
{
if (componentHandler == newHandler)
{
return kResultTrue;
}
if (componentHandler)
{
componentHandler->release ();
}
componentHandler = newHandler;
if (componentHandler)
{
componentHandler->addRef ();
}
// try to get the extended version
if (componentHandler2)
{
componentHandler2->release ();
componentHandler2 = nullptr;
}
if (newHandler)
{
newHandler->queryInterface (IComponentHandler2::iid, (void**)&componentHandler2);
}
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditController::beginEdit (ParamID tag)
{
if (componentHandler)
{
return componentHandler->beginEdit (tag);
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditController::performEdit (ParamID tag, ParamValue valueNormalized)
{
if (componentHandler)
{
return componentHandler->performEdit (tag, valueNormalized);
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditController::endEdit (ParamID tag)
{
if (componentHandler)
{
return componentHandler->endEdit (tag);
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditController::startGroupEdit ()
{
if (componentHandler2)
{
return componentHandler2->startGroupEdit ();
}
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditController::finishGroupEdit ()
{
if (componentHandler2)
{
return componentHandler2->finishGroupEdit ();
}
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditController::getParameterInfoByTag (ParamID tag, ParameterInfo& info)
{
if (Parameter* parameter = getParameterObject (tag))
{
info = parameter->getInfo ();
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditController::setDirty (TBool state)
{
if (componentHandler2)
{
return componentHandler2->setDirty (state);
}
return kNotImplemented;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditController::requestOpenEditor (FIDString name)
{
if (componentHandler2)
{
return componentHandler2->requestOpenEditor (name);
}
return kNotImplemented;
}
#ifndef NO_PLUGUI
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// EditorView Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
EditorView::EditorView (EditController* _controller, ViewRect* size)
: CPluginView (size), controller (_controller)
{
if (controller)
{
controller->addRef ();
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
EditorView::~EditorView ()
{
if (controller)
{
controller->editorDestroyed (this);
controller->release ();
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void EditorView::attachedToParent ()
{
if (controller)
{
controller->editorAttached (this);
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void EditorView::removedFromParent ()
{
if (controller)
{
controller->editorRemoved (this);
}
}
#endif // NO_PLUGUI
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// EditControllerEx1 implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
EditControllerEx1::EditControllerEx1 () : selectedUnit (kRootUnitId)
{
UpdateHandler::instance ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
EditControllerEx1::~EditControllerEx1 ()
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditControllerEx1::terminate ()
{
units.clear ();
for (const auto& programList : programLists)
{
if (programList)
programList->removeDependent (this);
}
programLists.clear ();
programIndexMap.clear ();
return EditController::terminate ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool EditControllerEx1::addUnit (Unit* unit)
{
units.emplace_back (unit, false);
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditControllerEx1::getUnitInfo (int32 unitIndex, UnitInfo& info /*out*/)
{
if (Unit* unit = units.at (unitIndex))
{
info = unit->getInfo ();
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditControllerEx1::notifyUnitSelection ()
{
tresult result = kResultFalse;
FUnknownPtr<IUnitHandler> unitHandler (componentHandler);
if (unitHandler)
result = unitHandler->notifyUnitSelection (selectedUnit);
return result;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool EditControllerEx1::addProgramList (ProgramList* list)
{
programIndexMap[list->getID ()] = programLists.size ();
programLists.emplace_back (list, false);
list->addDependent (this);
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ProgramList* EditControllerEx1::getProgramList (ProgramListID listId) const
{
auto it = programIndexMap.find (listId);
return it == programIndexMap.end () ? nullptr : programLists[it->second];
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditControllerEx1::notifyProgramListChange (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex)
{
tresult result = kResultFalse;
FUnknownPtr<IUnitHandler> unitHandler (componentHandler);
if (unitHandler)
result = unitHandler->notifyProgramListChange (listId, programIndex);
return result;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 PLUGIN_API EditControllerEx1::getProgramListCount ()
{
return static_cast<int32> (programLists.size ());
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditControllerEx1::getProgramListInfo (int32 listIndex,
ProgramListInfo& info /*out*/)
{
if (listIndex < 0 || listIndex >= static_cast<int32> (programLists.size ()))
return kResultFalse;
info = programLists[listIndex]->getInfo ();
return kResultTrue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditControllerEx1::getProgramName (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
String128 name /*out*/)
{
ProgramIndexMap::const_iterator it = programIndexMap.find (listId);
if (it != programIndexMap.end ())
{
return programLists[it->second]->getProgramName (programIndex, name);
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult EditControllerEx1::setProgramName (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
const String128 name /*in*/)
{
ProgramIndexMap::const_iterator it = programIndexMap.find (listId);
if (it != programIndexMap.end ())
{
return programLists[it->second]->setProgramName (programIndex, name);
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditControllerEx1::getProgramInfo (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
CString attributeId /*in*/,
String128 attributeValue /*out*/)
{
ProgramIndexMap::const_iterator it = programIndexMap.find (listId);
if (it != programIndexMap.end ())
{
return programLists[it->second]->getProgramInfo (programIndex, attributeId, attributeValue);
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditControllerEx1::hasProgramPitchNames (ProgramListID listId,
int32 programIndex)
{
ProgramIndexMap::const_iterator it = programIndexMap.find (listId);
if (it != programIndexMap.end ())
{
return programLists[it->second]->hasPitchNames (programIndex);
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API EditControllerEx1::getProgramPitchName (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
int16 midiPitch, String128 name /*out*/)
{
ProgramIndexMap::const_iterator it = programIndexMap.find (listId);
if (it != programIndexMap.end ())
{
return programLists[it->second]->getPitchName (programIndex, midiPitch, name);
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void PLUGIN_API EditControllerEx1::update (FUnknown* changedUnknown, int32 /*message*/)
{
auto* programList = FCast<ProgramList> (changedUnknown);
if (programList)
{
FUnknownPtr<IUnitHandler> unitHandler (componentHandler);
if (unitHandler)
unitHandler->notifyProgramListChange (programList->getID (), kAllProgramInvalid);
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Unit implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit::Unit ()
{
memset (&info, 0, sizeof (UnitInfo));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit::Unit (const String128 name, UnitID unitId, UnitID parentUnitId, ProgramListID programListId)
{
setName (name);
info.id = unitId;
info.parentUnitId = parentUnitId;
info.programListId = programListId;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit::Unit (const UnitInfo& info) : info (info)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void Unit::setName (const String128 newName)
{
UString128 (newName).copyTo (info.name, 128);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ProgramList implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ProgramList::ProgramList (const String128 name, ProgramListID listId, UnitID unitId)
: unitId (unitId), parameter (nullptr)
{
UString128 (name).copyTo (info.name, 128);
info.id = listId;
info.programCount = 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ProgramList::ProgramList (const ProgramList& programList)
: info (programList.info)
, unitId (programList.unitId)
, programNames (programList.programNames)
, parameter (nullptr)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 ProgramList::addProgram (const String128 name)
{
++info.programCount;
programNames.emplace_back (name);
programInfos.emplace_back ();
return static_cast<int32> (programNames.size ()) - 1;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool ProgramList::setProgramInfo (int32 programIndex, CString attributeId, const String128 value)
{
if (programIndex >= 0 && programIndex < static_cast<int32> (programNames.size ()))
{
programInfos.at (programIndex).insert (std::make_pair (attributeId, value));
return true;
}
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult ProgramList::getProgramInfo (int32 programIndex, CString attributeId,
String128 value /*out*/)
{
if (programIndex >= 0 && programIndex < static_cast<int32> (programNames.size ()))
{
StringMap::const_iterator it = programInfos[programIndex].find (attributeId);
if (it != programInfos[programIndex].end ())
{
if (!it->second.isEmpty ())
{
it->second.copyTo16 (value, 0, 128);
return kResultTrue;
}
}
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult ProgramList::getProgramName (int32 programIndex, String128 name /*out*/)
{
if (programIndex >= 0 && programIndex < static_cast<int32> (programNames.size ()))
{
programNames.at (programIndex).copyTo16 (name, 0, 128);
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult ProgramList::setProgramName (int32 programIndex, const String128 name /*in*/)
{
if (programIndex >= 0 && programIndex < static_cast<int32> (programNames.size ()))
{
programNames.at (programIndex) = name;
if (parameter)
{
static_cast<StringListParameter*> (parameter)->replaceString (programIndex, name);
}
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter* ProgramList::getParameter ()
{
if (parameter == nullptr)
{
auto* listParameter = new StringListParameter (
info.name, info.id, nullptr,
ParameterInfo::kCanAutomate | ParameterInfo::kIsList | ParameterInfo::kIsProgramChange,
unitId);
for (const auto& programName : programNames)
{
listParameter->appendString (programName);
}
parameter = listParameter;
}
return parameter;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ProgramListWithPitchNames implementation
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ProgramListWithPitchNames::ProgramListWithPitchNames (const String128 name, ProgramListID listId,
UnitID unitId)
: ProgramList (name, listId, unitId)
{
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 ProgramListWithPitchNames::addProgram (const String128 name)
{
int32 index = ProgramList::addProgram (name);
if (index >= 0)
pitchNames.emplace_back ();
return index;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool ProgramListWithPitchNames::setPitchName (int32 programIndex, int16 pitch,
const String128 pitchName)
{
if (programIndex < 0 || programIndex >= getCount ())
return false;
bool nameChanged = true;
std::pair<PitchNameMap::iterator, bool> res =
pitchNames[programIndex].insert (std::make_pair (pitch, pitchName));
if (!res.second)
{
if (res.first->second == pitchName)
nameChanged = false;
else
res.first->second = pitchName;
}
if (nameChanged)
changed ();
return true;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool ProgramListWithPitchNames::removePitchName (int32 programIndex, int16 pitch)
{
bool result = false;
if (programIndex >= 0 && programIndex < getCount ())
{
result = pitchNames.at (programIndex).erase (pitch) != 0;
}
if (result)
changed ();
return result;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult ProgramListWithPitchNames::hasPitchNames (int32 programIndex)
{
if (programIndex >= 0 && programIndex < getCount ())
return (pitchNames.at (programIndex).empty () == true) ? kResultFalse : kResultTrue;
return kResultFalse;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult ProgramListWithPitchNames::getPitchName (int32 programIndex, int16 midiPitch,
String128 name /*out*/)
{
if (programIndex >= 0 && programIndex < getCount ())
{
PitchNameMap::const_iterator it = pitchNames[programIndex].find (midiPitch);
if (it != pitchNames[programIndex].end ())
{
it->second.copyTo16 (name, 0, 128);
return kResultTrue;
}
}
return kResultFalse;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/vsteditcontroller.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2005
// Description : VST Edit Controller Implementation
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "public.sdk/source/vst/vstcomponentbase.h"
#include "public.sdk/source/vst/vstparameters.h"
#include "public.sdk/source/common/pluginview.h"
#include "base/source/fstring.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivsteditcontroller.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstunits.h"
#include <vector>
#include <map>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
class EditorView;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Default implementation for a VST 3 edit controller.
\ingroup vstClasses
Can be used as base class for a specific controller implementation
*/
class EditController : public ComponentBase, public IEditController, public IEditController2
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
EditController ();
//---from IEditController-------
tresult PLUGIN_API setComponentState (IBStream* state) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API setState (IBStream* state) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getState (IBStream* state) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
int32 PLUGIN_API getParameterCount () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getParameterInfo (int32 paramIndex, ParameterInfo& info) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getParamStringByValue (ParamID tag, ParamValue valueNormalized, String128 string) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getParamValueByString (ParamID tag, TChar* string, ParamValue& valueNormalized) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
ParamValue PLUGIN_API normalizedParamToPlain (ParamID tag, ParamValue valueNormalized) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
ParamValue PLUGIN_API plainParamToNormalized (ParamID tag, ParamValue plainValue) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
ParamValue PLUGIN_API getParamNormalized (ParamID tag) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API setParamNormalized (ParamID tag, ParamValue value) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API setComponentHandler (IComponentHandler* handler) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
IPlugView* PLUGIN_API createView (FIDString /*name*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE {return nullptr;}
//---from IEditController2-------
tresult PLUGIN_API setKnobMode (KnobMode mode) SMTG_OVERRIDE { hostKnobMode = mode; return kResultTrue; }
tresult PLUGIN_API openHelp (TBool /*onlyCheck*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE {return kResultFalse;}
tresult PLUGIN_API openAboutBox (TBool /*onlyCheck*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE {return kResultFalse;}
//---from ComponentBase---------
tresult PLUGIN_API initialize (FUnknown* context) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API terminate () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//---Internal Methods-------
virtual tresult beginEdit (ParamID tag); ///< to be called before a serie of performEdit
virtual tresult performEdit (ParamID tag, ParamValue valueNormalized); ///< will inform the host about the value change
virtual tresult endEdit (ParamID tag); ///< to be called after a serie of performEdit
virtual tresult startGroupEdit (); ///< calls IComponentHandler2::startGroupEdit() if host supports it
virtual tresult finishGroupEdit (); ///< calls IComponentHandler2::finishGroupEdit() if host supports it
virtual void editorDestroyed (EditorView* /*editor*/) {} ///< called from EditorView if it was destroyed
virtual void editorAttached (EditorView* /*editor*/) {} ///< called from EditorView if it was attached to a parent
virtual void editorRemoved (EditorView* /*editor*/) {} ///< called from EditorView if it was removed from a parent
static KnobMode getHostKnobMode () { return hostKnobMode; } ///< return host knob mode
/** Gets for a given tag the parameter object. */
virtual Parameter* getParameterObject (ParamID tag) { return parameters.getParameter (tag); }
/** Gets for a given tag the parameter information. */
virtual tresult getParameterInfoByTag (ParamID tag, ParameterInfo& info);
/** Calls IComponentHandler2::setDirty (state) if host supports it. */
virtual tresult setDirty (TBool state);
/** Calls IComponentHandler2::requestOpenEditor (name) if host supports it. */
virtual tresult requestOpenEditor (FIDString name = ViewType::kEditor);
//---Accessor Methods-------
IComponentHandler* getComponentHandler () const { return componentHandler; }
//---Interface---------
OBJ_METHODS (EditController, ComponentBase)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IEditController)
DEF_INTERFACE (IEditController2)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (ComponentBase)
REFCOUNT_METHODS (ComponentBase)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
IComponentHandler* componentHandler;
IComponentHandler2* componentHandler2;
ParameterContainer parameters;
static KnobMode hostKnobMode;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** View related to an edit controller.
\ingroup vstClasses
*/
class EditorView : public CPluginView
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
EditorView (EditController* controller, ViewRect* size = nullptr);
~EditorView () override;
/** Gets its controller part. */
EditController* getController () const { return controller; }
//---from CPluginView-------------
void attachedToParent () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
void removedFromParent () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
EditController* controller;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Unit element.
\ingroup vstClasses
*/
class Unit : public FObject
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit (const String128 name, UnitID unitId, UnitID parentUnitId = kRootUnitId,
ProgramListID programListId = kNoProgramListId);
Unit (const UnitInfo& unit);
/** Returns its info. */
const UnitInfo& getInfo () const { return info; }
/** Returns its Unit ID. */
UnitID getID () const { return info.id; }
/** Sets a new Unit ID. */
void setID (UnitID newID) { info.id = newID; }
/** Returns its Unit Name. */
const TChar* getName () const { return info.name; }
/** Sets a new Unit Name. */
void setName (const String128 newName);
/** Returns its ProgramList ID. */
ProgramListID getProgramListID () const { return info.programListId; }
/** Sets a new ProgramList ID. */
void setProgramListID (ProgramListID newID) { info.programListId = newID; }
OBJ_METHODS (Unit, FObject)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
Unit ();
UnitInfo info;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** ProgramList element.
\ingroup vstClasses
*/
class ProgramList : public FObject
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ProgramList (const String128 name, ProgramListID listId, UnitID unitId);
ProgramList (const ProgramList& programList);
const ProgramListInfo& getInfo () const { return info; }
ProgramListID getID () const { return info.id; }
const TChar* getName () const { return info.name; }
int32 getCount () const { return info.programCount; }
virtual tresult getProgramName (int32 programIndex, String128 name /*out*/);
virtual tresult setProgramName (int32 programIndex, const String128 name /*in*/);
virtual tresult getProgramInfo (int32 programIndex, CString attributeId,
String128 value /*out*/);
virtual tresult hasPitchNames (int32 programIndex)
{
(void)programIndex;
return kResultFalse;
}
virtual tresult getPitchName (int32 programIndex, int16 midiPitch, String128 name /*out*/)
{
(void)programIndex;
(void)midiPitch;
(void)name;
return kResultFalse;
}
/** Adds a program to the end of the list. returns the index of the program. */
virtual int32 addProgram (const String128 name);
/** Sets a program attribute value. */
virtual bool setProgramInfo (int32 programIndex, CString attributeId, const String128 value);
/** Creates and returns the program parameter. */
virtual Parameter* getParameter ();
OBJ_METHODS (ProgramList, FObject)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
using StringMap = std::map<String, String>;
using StringVector = std::vector<String>;
using ProgramInfoVector = std::vector<StringMap>;
ProgramListInfo info;
UnitID unitId;
StringVector programNames;
ProgramInfoVector programInfos;
Parameter* parameter;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** ProgramListWithPitchNames element.
\ingroup vstClasses
*/
class ProgramListWithPitchNames : public ProgramList
{
public:
ProgramListWithPitchNames (const String128 name, ProgramListID listId, UnitID unitId);
/** Sets a name for the given program index and a given pitch. */
bool setPitchName (int32 programIndex, int16 pitch, const String128 pitchName);
/** Removes the PitchName entry for the given program index and a given pitch. Returns true if
* it was found and removed. */
bool removePitchName (int32 programIndex, int16 pitch);
//---from ProgramList---------
int32 addProgram (const String128 name) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult hasPitchNames (int32 programIndex) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult getPitchName (int32 programIndex, int16 midiPitch,
String128 name /*out*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
OBJ_METHODS (ProgramListWithPitchNames, ProgramList)
protected:
using PitchNameMap = std::map<int16, String>;
using PitchNamesVector = std::vector<PitchNameMap>;
PitchNamesVector pitchNames;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Advanced implementation (support IUnitInfo) for a VST 3 edit controller.
\ingroup vstClasses
- [extends EditController]
*/
class EditControllerEx1 : public EditController, public IUnitInfo
{
public:
EditControllerEx1 ();
~EditControllerEx1 () override;
//---from ComponentBase---------
tresult PLUGIN_API terminate () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
/** Adds a given unit. */
bool addUnit (Unit* unit);
/** Adds a given program list. */
bool addProgramList (ProgramList* list);
/** Returns the ProgramList associated to a given listId. */
ProgramList* getProgramList (ProgramListID listId) const;
/** Notifies the host about program list changes. */
tresult notifyProgramListChange (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex = kAllProgramInvalid);
//---from IUnitInfo------------------
int32 PLUGIN_API getUnitCount () SMTG_OVERRIDE { return static_cast<int32> (units.size ()); }
tresult PLUGIN_API getUnitInfo (int32 unitIndex, UnitInfo& info /*out*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
int32 PLUGIN_API getProgramListCount () SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramListInfo (int32 listIndex,
ProgramListInfo& info /*out*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramName (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
String128 name /*out*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramInfo (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
CString attributeId /*in*/,
String128 attributeValue /*out*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API hasProgramPitchNames (ProgramListID listId,
int32 programIndex) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramPitchName (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
int16 midiPitch, String128 name /*out*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
virtual tresult setProgramName (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
const String128 name /*in*/);
// units selection --------------------
UnitID PLUGIN_API getSelectedUnit () SMTG_OVERRIDE { return selectedUnit; }
tresult PLUGIN_API selectUnit (UnitID unitId) SMTG_OVERRIDE
{
selectedUnit = unitId;
return kResultTrue;
}
tresult PLUGIN_API getUnitByBus (MediaType /*type*/, BusDirection /*dir*/, int32 /*busIndex*/,
int32 /*channel*/, UnitID& /*unitId*/ /*out*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE
{
return kResultFalse;
}
tresult PLUGIN_API setUnitProgramData (int32 /*listOrUnitId*/, int32 /*programIndex*/,
IBStream* /*data*/) SMTG_OVERRIDE
{
return kResultFalse;
}
/** Notifies the host about the selected Unit. */
virtual tresult notifyUnitSelection ();
//---from IDependent------------------
void PLUGIN_API update (FUnknown* changedUnknown, int32 message) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
//---Interface---------
OBJ_METHODS (EditControllerEx1, EditController)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IUnitInfo)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (EditController)
REFCOUNT_METHODS (EditController)
protected:
using ProgramListVector = std::vector<IPtr<ProgramList>>;
using ProgramIndexMap = std::map<ProgramListID, ProgramListVector::size_type>;
using UnitVector = std::vector<IPtr<Unit>>;
UnitVector units;
ProgramListVector programLists;
ProgramIndexMap programIndexMap;
UnitID selectedUnit;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/vstinitiids.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2009
// Description : Interface symbols file
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstaudioprocessor.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstautomationstate.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstchannelcontextinfo.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstcontextmenu.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivsteditcontroller.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstevents.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivsthostapplication.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstinterappaudio.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmessage.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmidilearn.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstparameterchanges.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstparameterfunctionname.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstphysicalui.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstpluginterfacesupport.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstplugview.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstprefetchablesupport.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstrepresentation.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivsttestplugprovider.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstunits.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//----VST 3.0--------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (IComponent)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IAudioProcessor)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IUnitData)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IProgramListData)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IEditController)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IUnitInfo)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IConnectionPoint)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandler)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IUnitHandler)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IParamValueQueue)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IParameterChanges)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IEventList)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IMessage)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IHostApplication)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IAttributeList)
//----VST 3.0.1--------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (IMidiMapping)
//----VST 3.0.2--------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (IParameterFinder)
//----VST 3.1----------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandler2)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IEditController2)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IAudioPresentationLatency)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IVst3ToVst2Wrapper)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IVst3ToAUWrapper)
//----VST 3.5----------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (INoteExpressionController)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IKeyswitchController)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IContextMenuTarget)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IContextMenu)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandler3)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IEditControllerHostEditing)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IXmlRepresentationController)
//----VST 3.6----------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (IInterAppAudioHost)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IInterAppAudioConnectionNotification)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IInterAppAudioPresetManager)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IStreamAttributes)
//----VST 3.6.5--------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (ChannelContext::IInfoListener)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPrefetchableSupport)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IUnitHandler2)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IAutomationState)
//----VST 3.6.8--------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandlerBusActivation)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IVst3ToAAXWrapper)
//----VST 3.6.11--------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping)
//----VST 3.6.12--------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (IMidiLearn)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPlugInterfaceSupport)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IVst3WrapperMPESupport)
//----VST 3.6.13--------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (ITestPlugProvider)
//----VST 3.7-----------------------------------
DEF_CLASS_IID (IParameterFunctionName)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IProcessContextRequirements)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IProgress)
DEF_CLASS_IID (ITestPlugProvider2)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // Vst
} // Steinberg

View File

@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/vstparameters.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 03/2008
// Description : VST Parameter Implementation
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LICENSE
// (c) 2021, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, All Rights Reserved
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
// are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
//
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
// this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
// and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
// * Neither the name of the Steinberg Media Technologies nor the names of its
// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
// software without specific prior written permission.
//
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
// ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
// INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
// BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
// OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
// OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "vstparameters.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/futils.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ustring.h"
#include <cstdlib>
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Parameter Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter::Parameter () : valueNormalized (0.), precision (4)
{
info = {};
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter::Parameter (const ParameterInfo& info)
: info (info), valueNormalized (info.defaultNormalizedValue), precision (4)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter::Parameter (const TChar* title, ParamID tag, const TChar* units,
ParamValue defaultValueNormalized, int32 stepCount, int32 flags,
UnitID unitID, const TChar* shortTitle)
: precision (4)
{
info = {};
UString (info.title, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (title);
if (units)
UString (info.units, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (units);
if (shortTitle)
UString (info.shortTitle, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (shortTitle);
info.stepCount = stepCount;
info.defaultNormalizedValue = valueNormalized = defaultValueNormalized;
info.flags = flags;
info.id = tag;
info.unitId = unitID;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter::~Parameter ()
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Parameter::setNormalized (ParamValue normValue)
{
if (normValue > 1.0)
{
normValue = 1.0;
}
else if (normValue < 0.)
{
normValue = 0.;
}
if (normValue != valueNormalized)
{
valueNormalized = normValue;
changed ();
return true;
}
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void Parameter::toString (ParamValue normValue, String128 string) const
{
UString wrapper (string, str16BufferSize (String128));
if (info.stepCount == 1)
{
if (normValue > 0.5)
{
wrapper.assign (STR16 ("On"));
}
else
{
wrapper.assign (STR16 ("Off"));
}
}
else
{
if (!wrapper.printFloat (normValue, precision))
string[0] = 0;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool Parameter::fromString (const TChar* string, ParamValue& normValue) const
{
UString wrapper (const_cast<TChar*> (string), tstrlen (string));
return wrapper.scanFloat (normValue);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamValue Parameter::toPlain (ParamValue normValue) const
{
return normValue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamValue Parameter::toNormalized (ParamValue plainValue) const
{
return plainValue;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RangeParameter Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
RangeParameter::RangeParameter () : minPlain (0), maxPlain (1)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
RangeParameter::RangeParameter (const ParameterInfo& paramInfo, ParamValue min, ParamValue max)
: Parameter (paramInfo), minPlain (min), maxPlain (max)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
RangeParameter::RangeParameter (const TChar* title, ParamID tag, const TChar* units,
ParamValue minPlain, ParamValue maxPlain,
ParamValue defaultValuePlain, int32 stepCount, int32 flags,
UnitID unitID, const TChar* shortTitle)
: minPlain (minPlain), maxPlain (maxPlain)
{
UString (info.title, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (title);
if (units)
UString (info.units, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (units);
if (shortTitle)
UString (info.shortTitle, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (shortTitle);
info.stepCount = stepCount;
info.defaultNormalizedValue = valueNormalized = toNormalized (defaultValuePlain);
info.flags = flags;
info.id = tag;
info.unitId = unitID;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void RangeParameter::toString (ParamValue _valueNormalized, String128 string) const
{
if (info.stepCount > 1)
{
UString wrapper (string, str16BufferSize (String128));
int64 plain = static_cast<int64> (toPlain (_valueNormalized));
if (!wrapper.printInt (plain))
string[0] = 0;
}
else
{
Parameter::toString (toPlain (_valueNormalized), string);
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool RangeParameter::fromString (const TChar* string, ParamValue& _valueNormalized) const
{
UString wrapper (const_cast<TChar*> (string), tstrlen (string));
if (info.stepCount > 1)
{
int64 plainValue;
if (wrapper.scanInt (plainValue))
{
_valueNormalized = toNormalized ((ParamValue)plainValue);
return true;
}
return false;
}
if (wrapper.scanFloat (_valueNormalized))
{
if (_valueNormalized < getMin ())
_valueNormalized = getMin ();
else if (_valueNormalized > getMax ())
_valueNormalized = getMax ();
_valueNormalized = toNormalized (_valueNormalized);
return true;
}
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamValue RangeParameter::toPlain (ParamValue _valueNormalized) const
{
if (info.stepCount > 1)
return FromNormalized<ParamValue> (_valueNormalized, info.stepCount) + getMin ();
return _valueNormalized * (getMax () - getMin ()) + getMin ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamValue RangeParameter::toNormalized (ParamValue plainValue) const
{
if (info.stepCount > 1)
return ToNormalized <ParamValue>(plainValue - getMin (), info.stepCount);
return (plainValue - getMin ()) / (getMax () - getMin ());
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// StringListParameter Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
StringListParameter::StringListParameter (const ParameterInfo& paramInfo) : Parameter (paramInfo)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
StringListParameter::StringListParameter (const TChar* title, ParamID tag, const TChar* units,
int32 flags, UnitID unitID, const TChar* shortTitle)
{
UString (info.title, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (title);
if (units)
UString (info.units, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (units);
if (shortTitle)
UString (info.shortTitle, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (shortTitle);
info.stepCount = -1;
info.defaultNormalizedValue = 0;
info.flags = flags;
info.id = tag;
info.unitId = unitID;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
StringListParameter::~StringListParameter ()
{
for (auto& string : strings)
std::free (string);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void StringListParameter::appendString (const String128 string)
{
int32 length = strlen16 (string);
TChar* buffer = (TChar*)std::malloc ((length + 1) * sizeof (TChar));
if (!buffer)
return;
memcpy (buffer, string, length * sizeof (TChar));
buffer[length] = 0;
strings.push_back (buffer);
info.stepCount++;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool StringListParameter::replaceString (int32 index, const String128 string)
{
TChar* str = strings.at (index);
if (!str)
return false;
int32 length = strlen16 (string);
TChar* buffer = (TChar*)malloc ((length + 1) * sizeof (TChar));
if (!buffer)
return false;
memcpy (buffer, string, length * sizeof (TChar));
buffer[length] = 0;
strings[index] = buffer;
std::free (str);
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void StringListParameter::toString (ParamValue _valueNormalized, String128 string) const
{
int32 index = (int32)toPlain (_valueNormalized);
if (const TChar* valueString = strings.at (index))
{
UString (string, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (valueString);
}
else
string[0] = 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool StringListParameter::fromString (const TChar* string, ParamValue& _valueNormalized) const
{
int32 index = 0;
for (auto it = strings.begin (), end = strings.end (); it != end; ++it, ++index)
{
if (strcmp16 (*it, string) == 0)
{
_valueNormalized = toNormalized ((ParamValue)index);
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamValue StringListParameter::toPlain (ParamValue _valueNormalized) const
{
if (info.stepCount <= 0)
return 0;
return FromNormalized<ParamValue> (_valueNormalized, info.stepCount);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamValue StringListParameter::toNormalized (ParamValue plainValue) const
{
if (info.stepCount <= 0)
return 0;
return ToNormalized<ParamValue> (plainValue, info.stepCount);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ParameterContainer Implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParameterContainer::ParameterContainer () : params (nullptr)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParameterContainer::~ParameterContainer ()
{
if (params)
delete params;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void ParameterContainer::init (int32 initialSize, int32 /*resizeDelta*/)
{
if (!params)
{
params = new ParameterPtrVector;
if (initialSize > 0)
params->reserve (initialSize);
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter* ParameterContainer::addParameter (Parameter* p)
{
if (!params)
init ();
id2index[p->getInfo ().id] = params->size ();
params->push_back (IPtr<Parameter> (p, false));
return p;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter* ParameterContainer::addParameter (const ParameterInfo& info)
{
if (!params)
init ();
auto* p = new Parameter (info);
if (addParameter (p))
return p;
p->release ();
return nullptr;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter* ParameterContainer::getParameter (ParamID tag) const
{
if (params)
{
auto it = id2index.find (tag);
if (it != id2index.end ())
return params->at (it->second);
}
return nullptr;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool ParameterContainer::removeParameter (ParamID tag)
{
if (!params)
return false;
IndexMap::const_iterator it = id2index.find (tag);
if (it != id2index.end ())
{
params->erase (params->begin () + it->second);
id2index.erase (it);
}
return false;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter* ParameterContainer::addParameter (const TChar* title, const TChar* units,
int32 stepCount, ParamValue defaultNormalizedValue,
int32 flags, int32 tag, UnitID unitID, const TChar* shortTitle)
{
if (!title)
{
return nullptr;
}
ParameterInfo info = {};
UString (info.title, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (title);
if (units)
UString (info.units, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (units);
if (shortTitle)
UString (info.shortTitle, str16BufferSize (String128)).assign (shortTitle);
info.stepCount = stepCount;
info.defaultNormalizedValue = defaultNormalizedValue;
info.flags = flags;
info.id = (tag >= 0) ? tag : getParameterCount ();
info.unitId = unitID;
return addParameter (info);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More